Table of Contents

     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2009
Securities Act File No. 333-161752
1940 Act File No. 811-22328
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM N-2
(check appropriate box or boxes)
    þ REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
    þ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
 
    o Post-Effective Amendment No. ___
and/or
    þ REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
 
    þ AMENDMENT NO. 2
 
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
50606 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 221-2450
 
Scott R. Plummer
5228 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
With Copies to:
     
Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.   Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP   Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
31 West 52nd Street   425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10019   New York, New York 10017
(212) 878-8000   (212) 455-2000
 
APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
     If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, please check this box. o
     It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
      o when declared effective pursuant to 8(c).
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                             
 
                  Proposed     Proposed        
                  Maximum     Maximum        
                  Offering     Aggregate     Amount Of  
        Amount Being     Price Per     Offering     Registration  
  Title of Securities Being Registered     Registered     Unit(1)     Price(1)     Fee(2)  
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
    1,000 shares     $ 20.00       $ 20,000       $ 1.12    
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the filing fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2)   Previously paid.
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until such Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER  22, 2009
 
PROSPECTUS
 
(SELIGMAN LOGO)
 
           Common Shares
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY
GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
$20.00 PER SHARE
 
 
The Fund.   Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Fund’s investment manager is RiverSource Investments, LLC (“RiverSource Investments” or the “Investment Manager”).
 
Investment Objectives.   The Fund’s investment objectives are to seek growth of capital and current income.
 
NO PRIOR HISTORY. BECAUSE THE FUND IS NEWLY ORGANIZED, IT HAS NO PERFORMANCE HISTORY AND ITS SHARES OF COMMON STOCK (“COMMON SHARES”) HAVE NO HISTORY OF PUBLIC TRADING. THE COMMON STOCK OF CLOSED-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES, SUCH AS THE FUND, FREQUENTLY TRADES AT A DISCOUNT FROM ITS NET ASSET VALUE. THE RISK OF THE COMMON SHARES TRADING AT SUCH A DISCOUNT MAY BE OF GREATER CONCERN FOR INVESTORS EXPECTING TO SELL THEIR SHARES RELATIVELY SOON AFTER COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING.
 
It is anticipated that the Common Shares will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “STK.”
 
INVESTMENT STRATEGY.   Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment program will consist primarily of (1) investing in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that seeks to exceed the total return, before fees and expenses, of the S&P North America Technology Sector Index ® and (2) writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index ® , an unmanaged index that includes the largest and most active non-financial domestic and international companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or its exchange-traded fund equivalent (the “NASDAQ 100”) on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. The Fund expects to generate current income from premiums received from writing call options on the NASDAQ 100.
 
(continued on following page)
 
THE FUND’S INVESTMENT POLICY OF INVESTING IN TECHNOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY-RELATED COMPANIES AND WRITING CALL OPTIONS INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU COULD LOSE SOME OR ALL OF YOUR INVESTMENT. SEE “RISKS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 30.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
                 
    Per Share     Total(3)  
Public offering price
  $ 20.00     $    
Sales load(1)
  $ 0.90     $    
Estimated offering expenses(2)
  $ 0.04     $    
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund
  $ 19.06     $          
 
(1) The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) also may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. See “Underwriting.”
 
(2) Total expenses of the Common Share offering paid by the Fund (which do not include the sales load) are estimated to be $          , or $           assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option, which represents $           per Common Share issued. The Fund will pay Common Share offering costs up to $0.04 per Common Share, and the Investment Manager has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and Common Share offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $           per Common Share.
 
(3) The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to      additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund will be $          , $          , $           and $          , respectively. See “Underwriting.”
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about          , 2009.
 
Wells Fargo Securities UBS Investment Bank Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
 
 
Janney Montgomery Scott Oppenheimer & Co. RBC Capital Markets Stifel Nicolaus
 
Robert W. Baird & Co.     J.J.B. Hillard, W.L. Lyons, LLC     Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.     Maxim Group LLC
Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.       Wunderlich Securities
 
 
The date of this Prospectus is          , 2009.


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its “Managed Assets” (as defined herein) in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that the Investment Manager believes offer attractive opportunities for capital appreciation. These companies are those which the Investment Manager expects will generate a majority of their revenues from the development, advancement, use or sale of technology or technology-related products or services. Technology and technology-related companies may include companies operating in any industry, including but not limited to software, hardware, communications, information, health care, medical technology and technology services, including the internet.
 
The Fund may invest in companies of any size. Securities of large companies that are well established in the world technology market can be expected to grow with the market. Rapidly changing technologies and expansion of technology-related industries often provide a favorable environment for companies of small- to-medium size, and the Fund may invest in these companies as well. Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. companies, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in companies organized outside of the United States.
 
In addition to the Fund’s holdings in technology and technology-related companies, the Fund will seek to cushion downside volatility and produce current income by writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. In determining the level (i.e., 25% to 90%) of call options to be written on the NASDAQ 100, the Investment Manager will use a rules-based call option writing strategy (patent pending) (the “Rules-based Option Strategy”) based on the CBOE NASDAQ-100 Volatility Index SM (the “VXN Index”). The VXN Index measures the market’s expectation of 30-day volatility implicit in the prices of near-term NASDAQ 100 Index options. The VXN Index, which is quoted in percentage points (e.g., 19.36), is a leading barometer of investor sentiment and market volatility relating to the NASDAQ 100 Index. In general, the Investment Manager intends to write more call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is high (and premiums received for writing the option are high) and write fewer call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is low (and premiums for writing the option are low). The Investment Manager’s Rules-based Option Strategy with respect to writing call options is as follows:
 
     
    Aggregate Notional Amount of Written Call Options
    as a Percentage of the
When the VXN Index is:
  Fund’s Holdings in Common Stocks
 
17 or less
  25%
Greater than 17, but less than 18
  Increase up to 50%
At least 18, but less than 33
  50%
At least 33, but less than 34
  Increase up to 90%
At 34 or greater
  90%
 
The Rules-based Option Strategy is based upon the Investment Manager’s research and may change over time based upon the Fund’s experience and market factors.
 
In addition to the Rules-based Option Strategy described above, the Fund may write additional calls with aggregate notional amounts of up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s holdings in common stocks (to a maximum of 90% when aggregated with the call options written pursuant to the Rules-based Option Strategy) when call premiums are attractive relative to the risk of the price of the NASDAQ 100. The Fund may also close (or buy back) a written call option if the Investment Manager believes that a substantial amount of the premium (typically, 70% or more) to be received by the Fund has been captured before exercise, potentially reducing the call position to 0% of total equity until additional calls are written.
 
The Fund may also seek to provide downside protection by purchasing puts on the NASDAQ 100 when premiums on these options are considered by the Investment Manager to be low and, therefore, attractive relative to the downside protection provided. Furthermore, under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities (including convertible and non-


-ii-


Table of Contents

convertible debt securities), such as debt securities issued by technology and technology-related companies and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities and government-sponsored enterprises. The Fund may exceed this limit under certain circumstances during its initial three months of operation.
 
For more information on the Fund’s investment strategies, see “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks.”
 
There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
 
You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund that you ought to know before deciding whether to invest. You should retain this Prospectus for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated          , 2009, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into (i.e., is legally considered a part of) this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI, the table of contents of which is on page 57 of this Prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders, when available, and other information about the Fund by calling toll-free 800-221-2450 or from the Fund’s website at www.seligman.com. Additionally, you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). All website references in this Prospectus and the SAI are inactive textual references and the contents of such websites are not incorporated into such documents. Information on our website is not part of this Prospectus or the SAI and should not be considered when making an investment decision.
 
Common Shares do not represent a deposit with or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.


-iii-


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page  
 
    1  
    23  
    24  
    24  
    24  
    30  
    41  
    42  
    43  
    44  
    45  
    46  
    48  
    50  
    51  
    53  
    56  
    56  
    56  
    56  
    56  
    57  
 
YOU SHOULD ONLY RELY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THIS PROSPECTUS. THE FUND HAS NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE NOT, AUTHORIZED ANY OTHER PERSON TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION. IF ANYONE PROVIDES YOU WITH DIFFERENT OR INCONSISTENT INFORMATION, YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON IT. THE FUND IS NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS ARE NOT, MAKING AN OFFER OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. YOU SHOULD NOT ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATE ON THE FRONT OF THIS PROSPECTUS. THE FUND’S BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND PROSPECTS MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THAT DATE.


-iv-


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s common stock. You should carefully read the entire Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference into it, particularly the section entitled “Risks” beginning on page 30.
 
The Fund Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).
 
The Offering of Common Shares The Fund is offering shares of common stock at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “underwriters”) led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The shares of common stock are called “Common Shares” in this Prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares ($2,000) in order to participate in the offering. The Fund has given the underwriters an option to purchase up to           additional Common Shares to cover orders in excess of           Common Shares. See “Underwriting.” The Fund will pay Common Share offering costs up to $0.04 per Common Share, and the Investment Manager has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and Common Share offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.
 
Financial intermediaries that sell shares may impose fees, terms and conditions on investor accounts and investments in the Fund that are in addition to the terms and conditions imposed by the Fund. Any fees, terms and conditions imposed by financial intermediaries may affect or limit an investor’s ability to purchase shares or otherwise transact business with the Fund.
 
Investment Objectives and Principal Strategies of the Fund The Fund’s investment objectives are to seek growth of capital and current income.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment program will consist primarily of (1) investing in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that seeks to exceed the total return, before fees and expenses, of the S&P North America Technology Sector Index ® and (2) writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index ® , an unmanaged index that includes the largest and most active non-financial domestic and international companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or its exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) equivalent (the “NASDAQ 100”) on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. The Fund expects to generate current income from premiums received from writing call options on the NASDAQ 100.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its “Managed Assets” (as defined herein) in a portfolio of


1


Table of Contents

equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that the Investment Manager believes offer attractive opportunities for capital appreciation. These companies are those which the Investment Manager expects will generate a majority of their revenues from the development, advancement, use or sale of technology or technology-related products or services. Technology and technology-related companies may include companies operating in any industry, including but not limited to software, hardware, communications, information, health care, medical technology and technology services, including the internet.
 
The Fund may invest in companies of any size. Securities of large companies that are well established in the world technology market can be expected to grow with the market. Rapidly changing technologies and expansion of technology and technology-related industries often provide a favorable environment for companies of small-to-medium size, and the Fund may invest in these companies as well. Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. companies, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in companies organized outside of the United States.
 
In addition to the Fund’s core holdings in technology and technology-related companies, the Fund will seek to cushion downside volatility and produce current income by utilizing certain options strategies (the “Options Strategies”), primarily consisting of writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. In determining the level (i.e., 25% to 90%) of call options to be written on the NASDAQ 100, the Investment Manager will use a rules-based call option writing strategy (patent pending) (the “Rules-based Option Strategy”) based on the CBOE NASDAQ-100 Volatility Index SM (the “VXN Index”). The VXN Index measures the market’s expectation of 30-day volatility implicit in the prices of near-term NASDAQ 100 Index options. The VXN Index, which is quoted in percentage points (e.g., 19.36), is a leading barometer of investor sentiment and market volatility relating to the NASDAQ 100 Index. In general, the Investment Manager intends to write more call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is high (and premiums received for writing the option are high) and write fewer call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is low (and premiums for writing the option are


2


Table of Contents

low). The Investment Manager’s Rules-based Option Strategy with respect to writing call options is as follows:
 
     
    Aggregate Notional Amount of Written
When the VXN
  Call Options as a Percentage of the
Index is:
  Fund’s Holdings in Common Stocks
 
17 or less
  25%
Greater than 17, but less than 18
  Increase up to 50%
At least 18, but less than 33
  50%
At least 33, but less than 34
  Increase up to 90%
At 34 or greater
  90%
 
The Rules-based Option Strategy is based upon the Investment Manager’s research and may change over time based upon the Fund’s experience and market factors.
 
In addition to the Rules-based Option Strategy described above, the Fund may write additional calls with aggregate notional amounts of up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s holdings in common stocks (to a maximum of 90% when aggregated with the call options written pursuant to the Rules-based Option Strategy) when call premiums are attractive relative to the risk of the price of the NASDAQ 100. The Fund may also close (or buy back) a written call option if the Investment Manager believes that a substantial amount of the premium (typically, 70% or more) to be received by the Fund has been captured before exercise, potentially reducing the call position to 0% of total equity until additional calls are written.
 
The Fund intends to write (sell) NASDAQ 100 call options that are exchange-listed or traded over-the-counter (“OTC”). However, index options differ from options on individual securities (including ETFs) in that index options (i) typically are settled in cash rather than by delivery of securities and (ii) reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Compared to call options on individual stocks (including ETFs), writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index can achieve better tax efficiency because listed options on broad-based securities indices are “section 1256 contracts” that are subject to more favorable U.S. tax treatment than options on individual stocks. Accordingly, given this beneficial tax treatment and that index options are typically settled in cash at expiration (which can be less disruptive to portfolio management), the Investment Manager will generally prefer to write call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index.
 
As the seller of NASDAQ 100 call options, the Fund will receive cash (premiums) from options purchasers. The purchaser of a NASDAQ 100 call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the NASDAQ 100 over a fixed price (the exercise price or strike price) as of the relevant exercise date or exercise dates (depending on the style of the option). Generally, the Fund intends to sell NASDAQ 100 call options that are slightly “out-of-


3


Table of Contents

the-money” (i.e., the exercise price generally will be slightly above the current level of the NASDAQ 100 when the option is sold) and to close out the position if the Investment Manager believes that a substantial amount of the premium (typically, 70% or more) to be received by the Fund has been captured before exercise, potentially reducing the call position to 0% of total equity until additional calls are written. The Rules-based Option Strategy approach is based upon the Investment Manager’s research and may change over time based upon the Fund’s experience and market factors. The Fund will, in effect, sell the potential appreciation in the value of the NASDAQ 100 above the exercise price in exchange for the option premium received. In the case of a written call option on the NASDAQ 100, if the call option sold by the Fund is exercised, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the NASDAQ 100 and the exercise price of the option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the NASDAQ 100 will determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option. In the case of a written call option on an ETF, such as the NASDAQ 100, if the call option is exercised, the Fund will be required to deliver the number of shares of that ETF (representing the NASDAQ 100) for which the option was exercised. This is likely to require that the Fund purchase such shares at prices in excess of the exercise price of the option, meaning that it is likely that the Fund will incur a loss. Writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 involves a tradeoff between the option premiums received and reduced participation in potential future stock price appreciation of the Fund’s common stock holdings (to the extent the performance of the Fund’s holdings correlate to the performance of the NASDAQ 100).
 
The Fund may also seek to provide downside protection by purchasing puts on the NASDAQ 100 when premiums on these options are considered by the Investment Manager to be low and, therefore, attractive relative to the downside protection provided.
 
The Fund may also buy or write other call and put options on securities, indices, ETFs and market baskets of securities to generate additional income or return or to provide the portfolio with downside protection. In this regard, options may include writing “in-” or “out-of-the-money” put options or buying or selling options in connection with closing out positions prior to expiration of any options. However, the Fund does not intend to write “naked” call options on individual stocks (i.e., selling a call option on an individual security not owned by the Fund) other than in connection with implementing the Options Strategies with respect to the NASDAQ 100. The put and call options purchased, sold or written by the Fund may be exchange-listed or OTC.
 
Furthermore, under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities (including convertible and non-convertible debt securities), such as debt securities issued by technology and technology-related companies


4


Table of Contents

and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and government-sponsored enterprises, as well as below-investment grade securities (i.e., high-yield or junk bonds). The Fund may exceed this limit under certain circumstances during its initial three months of operation. See “The Fund’s Investments — Debt Securities.”
 
The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that at the time of purchase are not readily marketable). See “The Fund’s Investments — Illiquid Securities.”
 
The Fund’s investment objectives and policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) without approval of the Fund’s stockholders. However, the Fund’s investment policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in equity securities of technology and technology-related companies and its policy with respect to the use of the Rules-based Option Strategy on a month-to-month basis may be changed by the Board without stockholder approval only following the provision of 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders. The Fund has a fundamental policy of investing at least 25% of its total assets in securities principally engaged in technology and technology-related stocks. This policy may not be changed without a stockholder vote.
 
Investment Rationale The Investment Manager believes that a strategy of owning a portfolio of equity securities in technology and technology-related companies in conjunction with writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 should generally provide returns that are superior to investing in the same or similar stocks without an associated call option writing program under three different stock market scenarios: (1) down-trending technology markets; (2) flat market conditions for technology; and (3) moderately rising technology markets. In the Investment Manager’s opinion, only in more strongly rising technology markets would the option strategy on the NASDAQ 100 to be used by the Fund generally be expected to underperform the stock-only portfolio. For these purposes, the Investment Manager considers more strongly rising technology market conditions to exist whenever the current annual rate of return for U.S. common stocks of technology companies (as represented by the NASDAQ 100 Index) exceeds the long-term historical average of stock market returns as represented by the NASDAQ 100 Index. The Investment Manager considers moderately rising technology market conditions to exist whenever current annual returns on U.S. common stocks of technology companies are positive, but do not exceed their long-term historical average as represented by the NASDAQ 100 Index.
 
In addition, the Investment Manager believes that the flexible investment strategy of using options in a variety of circumstances (whether buying, selling or writing options on individual securities, indices or otherwise) will permit the Fund to take advantage of various market conditions. This may include purchasing put options when such options are considered to be inexpensive or


5


Table of Contents

writing call options when premiums are high. See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks.”
 
Use of Leverage The Fund does not currently anticipate issuing preferred stock of the Fund (“Preferred Shares”) or borrowing money in order to purchase additional portfolio securities. However, the Fund is authorized to issue Preferred Shares, so long as the asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred Shares is at least 200%. The Fund is also authorized to borrow money in amounts of up to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its Managed Assets (which includes amounts borrowed for investment purposes) at the time of such borrowings to purchase portfolio securities and for portfolio management purposes. These practices are known as “leverage.” See “Borrowings and Preferred Shares.” To the extent that the Fund uses leverage, it would seek to obtain a higher return for holders of Common Shares (the “Common Stockholders”) than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique and there are special risks involved. See “Risks — Leverage Risk.”
 
The Investment Manager The Fund’s investment manager is RiverSource Investments, LLC, (“RiverSource Investments” or the “Investment Manager”) located at 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474. RiverSource Investments is the investment manager to the RiverSource, RiverSource Partners, Threadneedle and Seligman funds (the “RiverSource Family of Funds”), and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (“Ameriprise Financial”), a financial planning and financial services company. In addition to managing investments for the RiverSource Family of Funds, RiverSource Investments manages investments for separate account clients, for itself and for its affiliates. For institutional clients, RiverSource Investments and its affiliates provide investment management and related services, such as separate account asset management, and institutional trust and custody, as well as other investment products. As of September 30, 2009, the Investment Manager had assets under management of approximately $145.76 billion.
 
The Fund will pay RiverSource Investments a fee for managing its assets. Under the Investment Management Services Agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”), subject to Board approval, the fee will be at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the net asset value of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares plus any liquidation preference of any issued and outstanding Preferred Shares and the principal amount of any borrowings used for leverage.
 
Dividend Distributions on Common Shares Initial Distribution.   The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 days after the completion of the offering, and paid approximately 45 days later, depending upon market conditions, and out of assets legally available therefor. Thereafter distributions are expected to be declared quarterly after the first full quarter of operations (i.e., June, September,


6


Table of Contents

December and March), depending on market conditions. Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, all of your distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan. See “Dividend Investment Plan.” The Board may change the Fund’s distribution policy and the amount or timing of the distributions, based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains and historical and projected net investment income and net short- and long-term capital gains.
 
Level Rate Distribution Policy.   Commencing with the Fund’s first distribution, the Fund intends to make quarterly cash distributions, and out of assets legally available therefor, to Common Stockholders at a rate that reflects the past and projected performance of the Fund. The Fund expects to receive all or some of its current income and gains from the following sources: (i) dividends received by the Fund that are paid on the equity and equity-related securities in its portfolio; and (ii) capital gains (short-term and long-term) from option premiums and the sale of portfolio securities. Distributions would be made only after paying dividends on Preferred Shares, if any have been issued, and interest and required principal payments on borrowings, if any. It is possible that the Fund’s distributions will at times exceed the earnings and profits of the Fund and therefore all or a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital as described below. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a stockholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the stockholder of his or her shares. Distributions may be variable, and the Fund’s distribution rate will depend on a number of factors, including the net earnings on the Fund’s portfolio investments and the rate at which such net earnings change as a result of changes in the timing of, and rates at which, the Fund receives income from the sources described above. The net investment income of the Fund consists of all income (other than net short-term and long-term capital gains) less all expenses of the Fund. As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of dividends on the Common Shares and the Fund’s distribution policy could change. Over time, the Fund will distribute all of its net investment income and net short-term capital gains. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under federal law, Common Stockholders of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by the Fund. The Fund may treat the cash value of tax credits and amounts refunded in connection with retained capital gains as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions.


7


Table of Contents

 
The Investment Company Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year (unless and until it receives an exemptive order as contemplated under “Managed Distribution Policy” below), which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised to a larger degree of long-term capital gains eligible for more favorable income tax treatment than others. During periods in which the Fund’s strategies do not generate enough income or result in net losses, a substantial portion of the Fund’s dividends may be comprised of capital gains from the sale of securities held by the Fund, which would involve transaction costs and may also result in realization of taxable short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income tax rates, particularly during the initial year of the Fund’s operations when all of the Fund’s portfolio securities will have been held for less than one year. The Board of the Fund reserves the right to change the dividend policy from time to time.
 
Managed Distribution Policy.   The Investment Manager has applied to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for an exemptive order under the Investment Company Act to permit funds managed by the Investment Manager, including the Fund, to include that fund’s realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to common stockholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the Investment Company Act (generally once per taxable year). Under a managed distribution policy, the Fund would distribute to Common Stockholders a fixed quarterly amount, which may be adjusted from time to time. As with the level rate distribution policy, distributions would be made only after paying dividends on Preferred Shares, if any have been issued, and interest and required principal payments on borrowings, if any. Under a managed distribution policy, if, for any quarterly distribution, net investment company taxable income and net capital gain were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets and result in a return of capital. A return of capital is a return of your original investment. Common Stockholders who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution consisting entirely or in part of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. Common Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net profit and should read any written disclosure accompanying distribution payments carefully. There can be no assurance that the SEC staff will process such application by the Investment Manager for an exemptive order on a timely basis or ever, or that the SEC will grant the requested relief or, if granted, that the Fund’s Board will determine to implement or maintain a managed distribution policy. As a result, the Fund has no current expectation that it will be in a position to include long-term capital gains in Fund distributions more frequently than is currently permitted under the Investment Company Act (generally, once per tax year), thus leaving the Fund with the possibility of variability in


8


Table of Contents

distributions (and their tax attributes) as discussed above. The Board of the Fund reserves the right to change the dividend policy from time to time.
 
Dividend Investment Plan Pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan (the “Plan”), unless a Common Stockholder elects otherwise, all cash dividends, capital gains distributions, and other distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares.
 
Common Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan (including those whose intermediaries do not permit participation in the Plan by their customers) will receive all dividends and distributions payable in cash directly to the Common Stockholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“AST”), as dividend paying agent. Common Stockholders may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all distributions of dividends and capital gains or other distributions in cash by sending written instructions to their broker or other nominee. Participation in the Plan may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by AST prior to the record date for the next distribution. Otherwise, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared distribution.
 
Under the Plan, Common Stockholders receive Common Shares in lieu of cash distributions unless they have elected otherwise as described in the preceding paragraph. Common Shares will be issued in lieu of cash by the Fund from authorized but unissued Common Shares. If the market price of a share on the ex-dividend date of such a distribution is at or above the Fund’s net asset value per share on such date, the number of shares to be issued by the Fund to each Common Stockholder receiving shares in lieu of cash distributions will be determined by dividing the amount of the cash distribution to which such Common Stockholder would be entitled by the greater of the net asset value per share on such date or 95% of the market price of a share on such date. If the market price of a share on such an ex-dividend date is below the net asset value per share, the number of shares to be issued to such Common Stockholders will be determined by dividing such amount by the per share market price. See “Dividend Investment Plan.”
 
Closed-End Fund Structure Closed-end funds differ from traditional open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the stockholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities that are redeemable at net asset value at the option of the stockholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares.
 
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. In recognition of this possibility and that such discount may not be in the interest of Common


9


Table of Contents

Stockholders, the Board, in consultation with the Investment Manager, from time to time may review possible actions to reduce any discount. The Board might consider open market repurchases or tender offers for Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share. The Board might also consider the conversion of the Fund to an open-end mutual fund. The Fund’s organizational documents, policies and features, however, have been designed to suit a closed-end structure. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is highly unlikely that the Fund would convert to an open-end management investment company.
 
Tax Aspects The Fund intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To satisfy the distribution requirements applicable to RICs and to avoid corporate level income taxation, the Fund intends to make quarterly distributions so that it distributes all or substantially all of its net investment income and realized capital gains, if any, each year to its stockholders. Please refer to the “Tax Matters” section of this Prospectus for additional information on the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding any potential state, local, non-U.S. or other tax consequences of an investment in the Fund.
 
Listing and Symbol It is anticipated that the Common Shares will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “STK.” See “Description of Common Shares — Common Shares.”
 
Administrative Services Agent Under an Administrative Services Agreement (the “Administrative Services Agreement”), Ameriprise Financial provides, or compensates others to provide, the Fund with certain services, including administrative, accounting, treasury, and other services. The Fund will pay Ameriprise Financial a fee for providing such services. Under the Administrative Services Agreement, subject to Board approval, the fee will be at the annual rate of 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Stockholder Service Agent and Dividend Paying Agent, and Board Services Corporation JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets. AST acts as the transfer agent, stockholder service agent and dividend paying agent for the Fund. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Stockholder Service Agent and Dividend Paying Agent.”
 
The funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, including the Fund, have an agreement with Board Services Corporation (“Board Services”) located at 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, MN 55402. This agreement sets forth


10


Table of Contents

the terms of Board Services’ responsibility to serve as an agent of the funds for purposes of administering the payment of compensation to each independent Board member, to provide office space for use by the funds and their boards, and to provide any other services to the boards or the independent members, as may be reasonably requested. See “Board Services Corporation.”
 
Special Risk Considerations
 
Newly Organized The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations.
 
Investment Risk
Investing in the Fund involves certain risks and the Fund may not be able to achieve its investment objectives for a variety of reasons, including, among others, the possibility that the Fund may not be able to implement the Options Strategies as anticipated. Because the value of your investment in the Fund will fluctuate, there is a risk that you will lose money. Your investment will decline in value if the value of the Fund’s investments decreases. The market price of a Common Share may decrease even though its net asset value increases. You cannot redeem your shares from the Fund at net asset value. The value of your shares also will be impacted by the Fund’s ability to successfully implement its investment strategy, as well as by market, economic and other conditions. As with any security, complete loss of investment is possible. The Fund’s Rules-based Option Strategy has not been applied in any technology or technology-related stock portfolio managed by the Investment Manager. Even if technology and technology-related stocks appreciate, the value of the Fund may not.
 
Equity Securities Risk
The Fund’s portfolio will include equity securities. An equity security, or stock, represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company. The value of an equity security is generally based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets and general market conditions. Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities with values that are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes to investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Even investments in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with


11


Table of Contents

large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
 
Small-Cap and Mid-Cap Companies Risk The Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in companies whose market capitalization is considered small- or mid-cap. These companies often are newer or less established companies than larger companies. Investments in these companies carry additional risks because earnings of these companies tend to be less predictable; they often have limited product lines, markets, distribution channels or financial resources; and the management of such companies may be dependent upon one or a few key people. The market movements of equity securities of small-cap and mid-cap companies may be more abrupt or erratic than the market movements of equity securities of larger, more established companies or the stock market in general. Historically, small-cap and mid-cap companies have sometimes gone through extended periods when they did not perform as well as larger companies. In addition, equity securities of these companies generally are less liquid than those of larger companies. This means that the Fund could have greater difficulty selling such securities at the time and price that the Fund would like.
 
Smaller-company stocks, as a whole, may experience larger price fluctuations than large-company stocks or other types of investments. During periods of investor uncertainty, investor sentiment may favor large, well-known companies over small, lesser-known companies. There may be less trading in a smaller company’s stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock’s price than is the case with larger company stocks.
 
Technology and Technology-Related Investment Risk The Fund will invest a substantial portion of its assets in technology and technology-related companies. The market prices of technology and technology-related stocks tend to exhibit a greater degree of market risk and price volatility than other types of investments. These stocks may fall in and out of favor with investors rapidly, which may cause sudden selling and dramatically lower market prices. These stocks also may be affected adversely by changes in technology, consumer and business purchasing patterns, government regulation and/or obsolete products or services. In addition, a rising interest rate environment tends to negatively affect technology and technology-related companies. In such an environment, those companies with high market valuations may appear less attractive to investors, which may cause sharp decreases in the companies’ market prices. Further, those technology or technology-related companies seeking to finance their expansion would have increased borrowing costs, which may negatively impact their earnings. As a result, these factors may negatively affect the performance of the Fund. The Fund may also be susceptible to factors affecting the technology and technology-related industries, and the Fund’s net asset value may


12


Table of Contents

fluctuate more than a fund that invests in a wider range of industries. Technology and technology-related companies are often smaller and less experienced companies and may be subject to greater risks than larger companies, such as limited product lines, markets and financial and managerial resources. These risks may be heightened for technology companies in foreign markets.
 
Writing Call Options Risk A principal aspect of the Fund’s investment strategy involves writing call options on the NASDAQ 100. This part of the Fund’s strategy subjects the Fund to certain additional risks. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. The principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying index or security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the actual or perceived volatility of the underlying index or security and the time remaining until the expiration date.
 
The Fund intends to write call options on the NASDAQ 100; however, it does not intend to have a portfolio of securities that mirrors the securities in the NASDAQ 100 Index. As a result, during a period when the Fund has outstanding call options written on the NASDAQ 100, the NASDAQ 100 may appreciate to a greater extent than the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. If the call options are exercised in these circumstances, the Fund’s loss on the options will be greater because it will be paying the option holder not only an amount effectively representing appreciation on securities in its own portfolio but also an amount representing the greater appreciation experienced by the securities in the NASDAQ 100 Index that the Fund does not own. If, at a time these call options may be exercised, the securities underlying these options have market values above the exercise price, then these call options will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to deliver to the option holder either the securities underlying these options or to deliver the cash value of those securities, in exchange for which the option holder will pay the Fund the exercise price. In either case, the Fund will incur losses to the extent the market value of the underlying securities exceeds the sum of the premium the Fund received from writing the call options and the exercise price of the call options, which loss may be very substantial.
 
To the extent all or part of the Fund’s call options are covered, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security underlying the call option above the sum of the option premium received and the exercise price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline below the exercise price minus the option premium received. The writer of an exchange-listed option on a security has no control over when during the exercise period of the option (which may be a single day or multiple days) it may be required to fulfill its


13


Table of Contents

obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it would be obligated to deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. Thus, the writing of call options may require the Fund to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values and will limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize above the exercise price of an option.
 
The Fund may be required to sell investments from its portfolio to effect cash settlement (or transfer ownership of a stock or other instrument to physically settle) on any written call options that are exercised. Such sales (or transfers) may occur at inopportune times, and the Fund may incur transaction costs that increase the expenses borne by Common Stockholders.
 
The Fund may sell written call options over an exchange or in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market. The options in the OTC markets may not be as liquid as exchange-listed options. The Fund may be limited in the number of counterparties willing to take positions opposite the Fund or may find the terms of such counterparties to be less favorable than the terms available for listed options. The Fund cannot guarantee that its Options Strategies will be effective. Moreover, OTC options may provide less favorable tax treatment than listed options. See “Risks — Writing Call Options Risk.”
 
Options Risk The Fund intends to engage in transactions in options on securities, indices, exchange-traded funds and market baskets of securities on exchanges and in the OTC markets. In general, exchange-traded options have standardized exercise prices and expiration dates and require the parties to post margin against their obligations, and the performance of the parties’ obligations in connection with such options is guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation. OTC options have more flexible terms negotiated between the buyer and the seller, but generally do not require the parties to post margin and may be subject to greater credit risk. OTC options also involve greater liquidity risk.
 
In addition to writing call options as described above, the Fund may purchase put options. By buying a put option, the Fund will pay a premium to acquire a right to sell the securities or instruments underlying the put at the exercise price of the option. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments underlying the option do not decline in value below the exercise price of the option by an amount sufficient to offset the premium paid to acquire the option. To the extent the Fund purchases put options in the OTC market, the Fund will be subject to the credit risk of the seller of the option. The Fund also may write put options on the types of securities or instruments that may be held by the Fund, provided that such put options are secured by segregated, liquid instruments. The Fund will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the Fund’s return. In exchange for the premium received, the Fund has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments underlying the option at an agreed upon price if the securities or instruments decrease below the


14


Table of Contents

exercise price of the option. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments decrease in value so that the amount the Fund is obligated to pay the counterparty to the option to purchase the securities underlying the option upon exercise of the option exceeds the value of those securities by an amount that is greater than the premium received by the Fund for writing the option.
 
The Fund may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. In exchange for paying the option premium, a purchased call option gives the Fund the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security or instrument at the exercise price. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments underlying the option do not appreciate in value in an amount sufficient to offset the premium paid by the Fund to acquire the option.
 
General Risks Related to Derivatives In addition to call options or other options strategies, the Fund may use other derivatives, such as, among others, total return and other types of swaps, forward contracts, futures and options on futures and swaps. The Fund’s use of derivatives involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the investments underlying these derivatives. Derivatives may be volatile and involve significant risk, such as, among other things, credit risk, currency risk, leverage risk and liquidity risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and correlation risk (i.e., the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly, or to any degree, with the underlying asset, interest rate or index). Using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when security prices, indices, currency rates or interest rates are changing in unexpected ways. The Fund may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount of its investments in derivative contracts.
 
Changes in the value of derivative contracts may not match or offset fully changes in the values of the underlying portfolio securities, indices or rates. The Fund’s investments in derivatives could result in the Fund losing more than the principal amount invested. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by Common Stockholders as well as accelerate the time for the payment of taxes. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, derivatives can make the Fund’s assets less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.
 
Foreign Securities Risk The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities of companies organized outside the United States. Investments in foreign securities involve certain risks not associated with investments in U.S. companies. Securities markets in certain foreign countries are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States. Therefore, the prices of foreign securities are often volatile and trading costs are higher. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of the issuer of foreign securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located


15


Table of Contents

outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise. Generally, there is less publicly available information about foreign companies due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in foreign securities.
 
The Fund may invest in securities of issuers located or doing substantial business in “emerging markets” (lesser developed countries). Because of the less developed markets and economics and, in some countries, less mature governments and governmental institutions, the risks of investing in foreign securities can be intensified in the case of investments in issuers domiciled or doing substantial business in emerging markets. These risks include a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries; political and social uncertainties; over-dependence on exports, especially with respect to primary commodities, making these economies vulnerable to changes in commodity prices; overburdened infrastructure and obsolete or unseasoned financial systems; environmental problems; less developed legal systems; and less reliable custodial services and settlement practices.
 
U.S. Government Debt Securities Risk The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities, including U.S. government debt securities. U.S. government debt securities generally do not involve the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities.
 
Debt Securities Risk The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities, including U.S. government debt securities and below-investment grade securities (e.g., high-yield or junk bonds). Investments in debt securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the Fund to sustain losses on those investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments. High-yield fixed-income securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. This means that, compared to issuers of higher rated securities, issuers of medium and lower rated securities are less likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business,


16


Table of Contents

financial or economic conditions and/or may be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal.
 
The market values of medium and lower rated securities tend to be more sensitive to company-specific developments and changes in economic conditions than higher rated securities. The companies that issue these securities often are highly leveraged, and their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. These companies may not have access to more traditional methods of financing, and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or principal by these issuers is significantly greater than with higher rated securities because medium and lower rated securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to senior debt.
 
Default, or the market’s perception that an issuer is likely to default, could reduce the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund, thereby reducing the value of your investment in the Fund and may cause the Fund to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In addition, the secondary markets in which below-investment grade securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for high-grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading markets could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a particular below-investment grade security when necessary to meet liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the net asset value of Common Shares. The valuation of securities that are illiquid or that trade infrequently often requires the exercise of greater judgment. Adverse publicity and investors’ perceptions may significantly impact the values and liquidity of below-investment grade securities, which could impact the net asset value and market price of Common Shares. In addition, new laws and proposed new laws may have an adverse impact on the market for below-investment grade securities.
 
Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed income securities in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or repay principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. If the recent adverse conditions in the credit markets continue to adversely affect the broader global economy, the credit quality of issuers of fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest would be more likely to decline, all other things being equal. Changes by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in its rating of securities and in the ability of an issuer to make scheduled payments may also affect the value of the Fund’s investments. To the extent the Fund invests in below-investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests solely in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general


17


Table of Contents

economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Fixed income securities of below-investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default.
 
Preferred Securities Risk To the extent the Fund invests in preferred securities, there are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
 
Deferral.   Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer.
 
Subordination.   Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure with respect to priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
Liquidity.   Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities.
 
Limited Voting Rights.   Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
 
In the case of certain trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except (i) if the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing. In such an event, rights of holders of trust preferred securities generally would include the right to appoint and authorize a trustee to enforce the trust or special purpose entity’s rights as a creditor under the agreement with its operating company.
 
Special Redemption Rights.   In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer of the preferred securities may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
 
Leverage Risk Although it has no present intention to do so, the Fund may use leverage to increase its investments or for other management activities. The Fund may borrow money from banks in amounts up to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its Managed Assets to finance additional investments. In addition, the Fund may issue Preferred Shares to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act. The use of leverage creates certain risks for the Fund’s Common Stockholders, including the greater likelihood of higher volatility of the


18


Table of Contents

Fund’s return, its net asset value and the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares. Changes in the value of the Fund’s total assets will have a disproportionate effect on the net asset value per share when leverage is used. For example, if the Fund were to use leverage equal to 50% of the Fund’s Common Share equity, it would show an approximately 1.5% increase or decline in net asset value for each 1% increase or decline in the value of its total assets. An additional risk of leverage is that the cost of the leverage plus applicable Fund expenses may exceed the return on the transactions undertaken with the proceeds of the leverage, thereby diminishing rather than enhancing the return to the Fund’s Common Stockholders. These risks generally would make the Fund’s return to stockholders more volatile if it were to use leverage. The Fund also may be required to sell investments in order to make interest payments on borrowings used for leverage when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
 
Because the fees received by the Investment Manager are based on the managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares or use borrowings, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager, on the one hand, and the Common Stockholders on the other hand.
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk The Fund may invest, on an ongoing basis, up to 15% of its Managed Assets in restricted securities and other investments that may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Investments in illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.
 
Foreign Currency Risk Although the Fund will report its net asset value and pay dividends in U.S. dollars, foreign securities often are purchased with, and make dividend or interest payments in, foreign currencies. Therefore, when the Fund invests in foreign securities, it will be subject to foreign currency risk, which means that the Fund’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of foreign securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise.
 
Interest Rate Risk The premiums from writing options and amounts available from the Fund’s option activities may decrease in declining interest rate environments. The value of the Fund’s portfolio investments


19


Table of Contents

may also be influenced by changes in interest rates. High-yielding stocks and stocks of issuers whose businesses are substantially affected by changes in interest rates may be particularly sensitive to interest rate risk.
 
ETF Risk If the Fund invests in ETFs, Common Stockholders would bear not only the Fund’s expenses (including operating expenses and management fees) but also similar expenses of the ETFs, and the Fund’s return will therefore be lower. To the extent the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund is exposed to the risks associated with the underlying investments of the ETFs and the Fund’s performance may be negatively affected if the value of those underlying investments declines.
 
Frequent Trading Risk Frequent trading of investments increases the possibility that the Fund will realize taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxable at higher rates than long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes), which could reduce the Fund’s after-tax return. Frequent trading can also mean higher brokerage and other transaction costs, which could reduce the Fund’s return.
 
Counterparty Risk Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s counterparties with respect to derivatives, or other transactions supported by another party’s credit, will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced these entities’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using such derivatives or other transactions, the Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, the Fund may sustain losses or be unable to liquidate a derivatives position.
 
Tax Risk The Fund’s strategy of writing calls on the NASDAQ 100 involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. The application of these special rules would therefore also affect the character of distributions made by the Fund, and may increase the amount of taxes payable by a shareholder as well as accelerate the time for the payment of taxes. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Active Management Risk The Fund is actively managed and its performance therefore will reflect in part the ability of the Investment Manager to select securities and to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the Fund’s investment objectives. Due to its active management, the Fund could underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.


20


Table of Contents

 
Market Price of Shares; Market Discount from Net Asset Value Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic is separate and distinct from the risk that net asset value could decrease as a result of investment activities and may be a greater risk to investors expecting to sell their shares relatively soon after completion of this offering. The Fund cannot predict the level of trading activity or whether Common Shares will trade at, above or below net asset value or the initial public offering price. Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk The aftermath of the war with Iraq, instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the occupation of Iraq cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks closed some of the U.S. securities markets in 2001, and similar events cannot be ruled out in the future. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. These risks may adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, investor psychology, credit risk, inflation and other factors. High-yield securities tend to be more volatile than higher rated securities so that these events and any actions resulting from them may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of high-yield securities than on higher rated securities.
 
Non-Diversified Risk Because the Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the Investment Company Act, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible than a “diversified” fund to any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. To mitigate this risk, the Fund does not anticipate investing more than 10% of its Managed Assets in the securities of any one issuer. See “The Fund’s Investments.” Moreover, the Fund intends to diversify its investments to the extent necessary to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks — Non-Diversified Risk.” See also “Tax Matters.”


21


Table of Contents

 
Anti-Takeover Provisions The Fund’s charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a price higher than the then-current market price of Common Shares. See “Description of Common Shares” and “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws” and “Risks — Anti-Takeover Provisions.”


22


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a Common Stockholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The amount set forth under “Other Expenses” in the table is based upon estimates for the current fiscal year and assumes the Fund issues approximately 12,500,000 Common Shares. The Fund’s actual expenses may vary from the estimated expenses shown in the table and from year to year. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. See “Management of the Fund.”
 
     
Stockholder Transaction Expenses
   
 
Sales Load (as a percentage of the offering price)
  4.5%
Offering Expenses of the Common Shares Borne by Common Stockholders
  0.2%(1)(2)
Dividend Investment Plan Fees
  None(3)
 
         
    Percentage of Net Assets
Estimated Annual Expenses
  Attributable to Common Shares
 
Management Fees
    1.00% (4)
Interest Payments on Borrowed Money
    None  
Other Expenses(5)(6)
    0.26%  
Total Annual Expenses(1)
    1.26%  
 
 
(1) The Fund will pay Common Share offering costs up to $0.04 per Common Share, and the Investment Manager has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and will pay Common Share offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.
 
(2) The Investment Manager has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. The Investment Manager may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. See “Underwriting.”
 
(3) You will pay brokerage charges if you direct AST, as the plan agent (“Plan Agent”) for the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan, to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend investment account. See “Dividend Investment Plan.”
 
(4) The Management Fee rate is subject to approval by the Fund’s Board.
 
(5) “Other expenses” includes costs associated with administrative, accounting, treasury and other services provided by Ameriprise Financial as the Fund’s Administrative Services Agent. The fee paid to Ameriprise Financial for the provision of administrative services to the Fund is subject to approval of the Fund’s Board.
 
(6) Estimated expenses based on the current fiscal year and $250,000,000 in assets.
 
Example
 
The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and estimated expense of this offering of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (i) “Total Annual Expenses” of 1.26% for years one through ten and (ii) a 5% annual return(1):
 
             
1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
 
$59
  $85   $113   $193
 
 
(1) The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. Examples do not reflect expenses associated with the issuance of Preferred Shares or borrowings. If the Fund issues Preferred Shares or borrows money, the total annual expense ratio and total expenses incurred would be greater.


23


Table of Contents

 
THE FUND
 
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Fund was organized as a corporation on September 2, 2009 pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. Its principal office is located at 707 2nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, and its toll-free telephone number is 800 221-2450.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $           ($           if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated organizational expenses and offering costs. The Fund will pay its Common Share offering costs up to $0.04 per Common Share, and the Investment Manager has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and Common Share offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objectives and policies as stated below. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in accordance with its investment objectives and policies within three months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high-quality, short-term money market instruments, including shares of money market funds that are managed by the Fund’s Investment Manager.
 
THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS
 
Investment Objectives
 
The Fund’s investment objectives are to seek growth of capital and current income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
 
Principal Strategies
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment program will consist primarily of (1) investing in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that seeks to exceed the total return, before fees and expenses, of the S&P North America Technology Sector Index ® and (2) writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index ® or its exchange-traded fund equivalent (NASDAQ 100) on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. The Fund expects to generate current income from premiums received from writing call options on the NASDAQ 100.
 
Technology and Technology-Related Companies.   Under normal market conditions, the Fund intends to invest at least 80% of its “Managed Assets” in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that the Investment Manager believes offer attractive opportunities for capital appreciation. These companies are those which the Investment Manager expects will generate a majority of their revenues from the development, advancement, use or sale of technology or technology-related products or services. Technology and technology-related companies may include companies operating in any industry, including but not limited to software, hardware, communications, information, health care, medical technology and technology services, including the internet.
 
The Fund may invest in companies of any size. Securities of large companies that are well established in the world technology market can be expected to grow with the market. Rapidly changing technologies and expansion of technology and technology-related industries often provide a favorable environment for companies of small- to-medium size, and the Fund may invest in these companies as well. Although the Fund will invest primarily in U.S. companies, the Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in companies organized outside of the United States.


24


Table of Contents

 
The Options Strategy.   In addition to the Fund’s core holdings in technology and technology-related companies, the Fund will seek to cushion downside volatility and produce current income by utilizing Options Strategies, primarily consisting of writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock. In determining the level (i.e., 25% to 90%) of call options to be written on the NASDAQ 100, the Investment Manager will use the Rules-based Option Strategy based on the VXN Index. The VXN Index measures the market’s expectation of 30-day volatility implicit in the prices of near-term NASDAQ 100 Index options. The VXN Index, which is quoted in percentage points (e.g., 19.36), is a leading barometer of investor sentiment and market volatility relating to the NASDAQ 100 Index. In general, the Investment Manager intends to write more call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is high (and premiums received for writing the option are high) and write fewer call options when market volatility, as represented by the VXN Index, is low (and premiums for writing the option are low). The Investment Manager’s Rules-based Option Strategy with respect to writing call options is as follows:
 
     
    Aggregate Notional Value of Written Call Options as
    a Percentage of the
When the VXN Index is:
  Fund’s Holdings in Common Stocks
 
17 or less
  25%
Greater than 17, but less than 18
  Increase up to 50%
At least 18, but less than 33
  50%
At least 33, but less than 34
  Increase up to 90%
At 34 or greater
  90%
 
The Rules-based Option Strategy is based upon the Investment Manager’s research and may change over time based upon the Fund’s experience and market factors.
 
In addition to the Rules-based Option Strategy, the Fund may write additional calls with aggregate notional amounts of up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s holdings in common stocks (to a maximum of 90% when aggregated with the call options written pursuant to the Rules-based Option Strategy) when call premiums are attractive relative to the risk of the price of the NASDAQ 100. The Fund may also close (or buy back) a written call option if the Investment Manager believes that a substantial amount of the premium (typically, 70% or more) to be received by the Fund has been captured before exercise, potentially reducing the call position to 0% of total equity until additional calls are written.
 
The Fund intends to write (sell) NASDAQ 100 call options that are either exchange-listed or traded OTC. However, index options differ from options on individual securities (including ETFs) in that index options (i) typically are settled in cash rather than by delivery of securities and (ii) reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Compared to call options on individual stocks (including ETFs), writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index can achieve better tax efficiency because listed options on broad-based securities indices are “section 1256 contracts” that are subject to more favorable U.S. tax treatment than options on individual stocks. Accordingly, given this beneficial tax treatment and that index options are typically settled in cash at expiration (which can be less disruptive to portfolio management), the Investment Manager will generally prefer to write call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index.
 
As the seller of NASDAQ 100 call options, the Fund will receive cash (premiums) from options purchasers. The purchaser of a NASDAQ 100 call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the NASDAQ 100 over a fixed price (the exercise price or strike price) as of the relevant exercise date or exercise dates (depending on the style of the option). Generally, the Fund intends to sell NASDAQ 100 call options that are slightly “out-of-the-money” (i.e., the exercise price generally will be slightly above the current level of the NASDAQ 100 when the option is sold) and to close out the position if the Investment Manager believes that a substantial amount of the premium (typically, 70% or more) to be received by the Fund has been captured before exercise, potentially reducing the call position to 0% of total equity until additional calls are written. The Rules-based Option Strategy is based upon the Investment Manager’s research and may change overtime based upon the Fund’s experience and market factors. The Fund will, in


25


Table of Contents

effect, sell the potential appreciation in the value of the NASDAQ 100 above the exercise price in exchange for the option premium received. In the case of a written call option on the NASDAQ 100, if the call option sold by the Fund is exercised, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the NASDAQ 100 and the exercise price of the option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the NASDAQ 100 will determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option. In the case of a written call option on an ETF, such as the NASDAQ 100, if the call option is exercised, the Fund will be required to deliver the number of shares of that ETF (representing the NASDAQ 100) for which the option was exercised. This is likely to require that the Fund purchase such shares at prices in excess of the exercise price of the option, meaning that it is likely that the Fund will incur a loss. Writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 involves a tradeoff between the option premiums received and reduced participation in potential future stock price appreciation of the Fund’s common stock holdings (to the extent the performance of the Fund’s holdings correlate to the performance of the NASDAQ 100).
 
The Fund may also seek to provide downside protection by purchasing put options on the NASDAQ 100 when premiums on these options are considered by the Investment Manager to be low and, therefore, attractive relative to the downside protection provided.
 
The Fund may also buy or write other call and put options on securities, indices, ETFs and market baskets of securities to generate additional income or return or to provide the portfolio with downside protection. In this regard, options may include writing “in-” or “out-of-the-money” put options or buying or selling options in connection with closing out positions prior to expiration of any options. However, the Fund does not intend to write “naked” call options on individual stocks (i.e., selling a call option on an individual security not owned by the Fund) other than in connection with implementing the Options Strategies with respect to the NASDAQ 100. The put and call options purchased, sold or written by the Fund may be exchange-listed or OTC.
 
Foreign Securities.   The Fund, under normal market conditions, may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in equity securities of companies organized outside of the United States. The Fund may hold foreign securities of issuers located or doing substantial business in emerging markets which may entail additional risks. Since foreign securities often are purchased with and payable in currencies of foreign countries, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.
 
Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Warrants and Rights, and Convertible Securities.   As noted above, the Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in equity securities of technology and technology-related companies.
 
  •  Common Stock.   Common stock consists of shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other class of securities, including such entity’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.
 
  •  Preferred Stock.   Preferred stock generally has a preference as to dividends and liquidation over an issuer’s common stock but ranks junior to debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Preferred stock in which the Fund may invest will generally have no voting rights or their voting rights are limited to certain extraordinary transactions or events.
 
  •  Rights and Warrants.   The Fund may invest in common stock rights and warrants.
 
  •  Convertible Securities.   A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock, warrant or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other security of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt securities or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the


26


Table of Contents

  convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities generally have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. The value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates rise and, because of the conversion feature, tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities. Convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common equity securities of the same or similar issuers. Convertible securities generally rank senior to common equity securities in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable non-convertible securities. Convertible securities generally do not participate directly in any dividend increases or decreases of the underlying securities, although the market prices of convertible securities may be affected by any dividend changes or other changes in the underlying securities.
 
The portion of the Fund’s assets invested in common equity, preferred and convertible securities, as well as rights and warrants, are subject to the market conditions at the time of such initial investment, the current market prices of such securities and the Investment Manager’s views on the marketplace for such securities. The Fund’s portfolio composition can be expected to vary over time based on the Investment Manager’s assessment of market conditions.
 
ETFs.   The Fund may also invest in ETFs and, as described herein, options on ETFs. ETFs are traded on an exchange like individual stocks, but they generally represent baskets of securities that seek to track the performance of certain indices. The indices include not only broad-market indices but more specific indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, countries and regions.
 
An ETF’s share price may not track its specified market index and may trade below its net asset value (i.e., at a discount). ETFs generally use a “passive” investment strategy and will not attempt to take defensive positions in volatile or declining markets. An active secondary market in an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained and may be halted or interrupted due to actions by its listing exchange, unusual market conditions or other reasons. There can be no assurance an ETF’s shares will continue to be listed on an active exchange. In addition, Common Stockholders bear both their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses and similar expenses incurred through the Fund’s ownership of the ETF.
 
Debt Securities.   Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities (including convertible and non-convertible debt securities), such as debt securities issued by technology and technology-related companies and obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and government-sponsored enterprises. As noted below, the Fund may exceed this limit under certain circumstances during its initial three months of operation.
 
  •  Debt Securities of Technology and Technology-Related Companies.   Debt securities in which the Fund may invest include all types of debt obligations having varying terms with respect to security or credit support, subordination, purchase price, interest payments and maturity. The debt securities in which the Fund may invest may bear interest at fixed rates or variable rates of interest, and may involve equity features such as contingent interest or participation based on revenues, rents or profits. The prices of debt securities generally vary inversely with interest rates.
 
  •  U.S. Government.   Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities include bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, as well as certain “stripped” or “zero coupon” U.S. Treasury obligations representing future interest or principal payments on U.S. Treasury notes or bonds. Stripped securities are sold at a discount to their “face value” and may exhibit greater price volatility than interest-bearing securities since investors receive no payment until maturity. Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, though issued by an instrumentality chartered by the U.S. government, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. The U.S. government may choose not to provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities if it is not legally obligated to do so. Even where a


27


Table of Contents

  security is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, it does not guarantee the market price of that security, only the payment of principal and/or interest.
 
If interest rates rise, debt security prices generally fall; if interest rates fall, debt security prices generally rise. Debt securities with longer maturities generally offer higher yields than debt securities with shorter maturities assuming all other factors, including credit quality, are equal. For a given change in interest rates, the market prices of longer-maturity debt securities generally fluctuate more than the market prices of shorter-maturity debt securities. This potential for a decline in prices of debt securities due to rising interest rates is referred to herein as “interest rate risk.”
 
Included among the investment grade quality debt securities in which the Fund may invest are unrated securities determined by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality. In the event that one rating agency assigns an investment grade rating and another rating agency assigns a below-investment grade rating to the same debt security, the Investment Manager will determine which rating it considers more appropriate and categorize the debt security accordingly. Investment grade quality debt securities are those that have received ratings of Baa or higher or BBB or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), as well as unrated securities determined by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality.
 
Below-Investment Grade Securities.   The debt securities owned by the Fund may include below-investment grade quality debt securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The Investment Manager will monitor the credit quality of the Fund’s debt securities. As noted above, the Fund may also invest without limit in preferred securities including those rated below investment grade or that are not rated and are considered by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality.
 
Securities that are below-investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Because the Fund may hold below-investment grade preferred stock and debt securities, the Fund may hold below-investment grade quality securities that have a currently identifiable vulnerability to default on their payments of principal and interest. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. The Fund will not purchase securities that are in default as to payment of principal and interest at the time of purchase. For a description of security ratings, see Appendix A of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).
 
Illiquid Securities.   Substantially all of the equity securities of technology and technology-related companies in which the Fund intends to invest are traded on a national securities or foreign exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The Fund may, however, invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that at the time of purchase are not readily marketable). These securities may include, but are not limited to, certain securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, certain repurchase agreements, and derivative instruments. To the extent the Fund invests in illiquid or restricted securities, it may encounter difficulty in determining a market value for the securities. Disposing of illiquid or restricted securities may involve time-consuming negotiations and legal expense, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell the investment promptly and at an acceptable price.
 
In determining the liquidity of all securities and derivatives, such as Rule 144A securities, which are unregistered securities offered to qualified institutional buyers, and interest-only and principal-only fixed mortgage-backed securities (IOs and POs) issued by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities, the Investment Manager, under guidelines established by the Board, will consider any relevant factors including the frequency of trades, the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the nature of marketplace trades.
 
Although one or more of the other risks described herein may apply, the largest risks associated with illiquid and restricted securities include liquidity risk.
 
Cash Positions.   In anticipation of or in response to adverse market conditions, for cash management purposes, during a reasonable start-up period following the completion of this offering or for defensive


28


Table of Contents

purposes, the Fund may temporarily hold all or a portion of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, money market instruments or bonds or other debt securities. Doing so may help the Fund minimize losses but may mean lost opportunities for the Fund to achieve its investment objectives. A reasonable start up period following any offering would not be expected to exceed three months.
 
Money market instruments in which the Fund may invest its cash reserves will generally consist of obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations and commercial paper. The Fund may also invest in money market funds affiliated with the Investment Manager.
 
Portfolio Turnover.   The Fund may actively and frequently trade securities in its portfolio to carry out its principal strategies. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs. Frequent and active trading may cause adverse tax consequences for investors in the Fund due to an increase in short-term capital gains. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Fundamental and Other Investment Policies
 
The Fund’s investment objectives and policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Fund’s Board without approval of the Fund’s stockholders. However, the Fund’s investment policy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in equity securities of technology and technology-related companies and its policy with respect to the use of its Rules-based Option Strategy may be changed by the Board without stockholder approval only following the provision of 60 days’ prior written notice to Common Stockholders. The Fund has a fundamental policy of investing at least 25% of its total assets in securities principally engaged in technology and technology-related stocks. This policy may not be changed without a stockholder vote.
 
Investment Rationale
 
The portfolio managers for the Fund are described on page 41.
 
The Investment Manager believes that a strategy of owning a portfolio of equity securities in technology and technology-related companies in conjunction with writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 should generally provide returns that are superior to investing in the same or similar stocks without an associated call option writing program under three different stock market scenarios: (1) down-trending technology markets; (2) flat market conditions for technology; and (3) moderately rising technology markets. In the Investment Manager’s opinion, only in more strongly rising technology markets would the option strategy on the NASDAQ 100 to be used by the Fund generally be expected to underperform the stock-only portfolio. For these purposes, the Investment Manager considers more strongly rising technology market conditions to exist whenever the current annual rate of return for U.S. common stocks of technology companies (as represented by the NASDAQ 100) exceeds the long-term historical average of stock market returns as represented by the NASDAQ 100 Index. The Investment Manager considers moderately rising technology market conditions to exist whenever current annual returns on U.S. common stocks of technology companies are positive, but do not exceed their long-term historical average as represented by the NASDAQ 100 Index.
 
In addition, the Investment Manager believes that the investment strategy of using options in a variety of circumstances (whether buying, selling or writing options on individual securities, indices or otherwise) will permit the Fund to take advantage of various market conditions. This may include purchasing put options when such options are considered to be inexpensive or writing call options when premiums are high.


29


Table of Contents

 
RISKS
 
The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the amount you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and other distributions.
 
Newly Organized
 
The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations.
 
Investment Risk
 
Investing in the Fund involves certain risks and the Fund may not be able to achieve its investments objectives for a variety of reasons, including, among others, the possibility that the Fund may not be able to implement the Options Strategies as anticipated. Because the value of your investment in the Fund will fluctuate, there is a risk that you will lose money. Your investment will decline in value if the value of the Fund’s investments decreases. The market price of a Common Share may decrease even though its net asset value increases. You cannot redeem your shares from the Fund at net asset value. The value of your shares also will be impacted by the Fund’s ability to successfully implement its investment strategy, as well as by market, economic and other conditions. As with any security, complete loss of investment is possible. The Fund’s Rules-based Option Strategy has not been applied in any technology or technology-related stock portfolio managed by the Investment Manager. Even if technology and technology-related stocks appreciate, the value of the Fund may not.
 
Equity Securities Risk
 
The Fund’s portfolio will include equity securities. An equity security, or stock, represents a proportionate share of the ownership of a company. The value of an equity security is generally based on the success of the company’s business, any income paid to stockholders, the value of its assets and general market conditions. Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities with values that are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes to investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Even investments in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to changes in the marketplace.
 
Small-Cap and Mid-Cap Companies Risk
 
The Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in companies whose market capitalization is considered small- or mid-cap. These companies often are newer or less established companies than larger companies. Investments in these companies carry additional risks because earnings of these companies tend to be less predictable; they often have limited product lines, markets, distribution channels or financial resources; and the management of such companies may be dependent upon one or a few key people. The market movements of equity securities of small-cap and mid-cap companies may be


30


Table of Contents

more abrupt or erratic than the market movements of equity securities of larger, more established companies or the stock market in general. Historically, small-cap and mid-cap companies have sometimes gone through extended periods when they did not perform as well as larger companies. In addition, equity securities of these companies generally are less liquid than those of larger companies. This means that the Fund could have greater difficulty selling such securities at the time and price that the Fund would like.
 
Smaller-company stocks, as a whole, may experience larger price fluctuations than large-company stocks or other types of investments. During periods of investor uncertainty, investor sentiment may favor large, well-known companies over small, lesser-known companies. There may be less trading in a smaller company’s stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock’s price than is the case with larger company stocks.
 
Technology and Technology-Related Investment Risk
 
The Fund will invest a substantial portion of its assets in technology and technology-related companies. The market prices of technology and technology-related stocks tend to exhibit a greater degree of market risk and price volatility than other types of investments. These stocks may fall in and out of favor with investors rapidly, which may cause sudden selling and dramatically lower market prices. These stocks also may be affected adversely by changes in technology, consumer and business purchasing patterns, government regulation and/or obsolete products or services. In addition, a rising interest rate environment tends to negatively affect technology and technology-related companies. In such an environment, those companies with high market valuations may appear less attractive to investors, which may cause sharp decreases in the companies’ market prices. Further, those technology or technology-related companies seeking to finance their expansion would have increased borrowing costs, which may negatively impact their earnings. As a result, these factors may negatively affect the performance of the Fund. Finally, the Fund may be susceptible to factors affecting the technology and technology-related industries, and the Fund’s net asset value may fluctuate more than a fund that invests in a wider range of industries. Technology and technology-related companies are often smaller and less experienced companies and may be subject to greater risks than larger companies, such as limited product lines, markets and financial and managerial resources. These risks may be heightened for technology companies in foreign markets.
 
Writing Call Options Risk
 
A principal aspect of the Fund’s investment strategy involves writing call options on the NASDAQ 100. This part of the Fund’s strategy subjects the Fund to certain additional risks. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. The principal factors affecting the market value of an option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying index or security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the actual or perceived volatility of the underlying index or security and the time remaining until the expiration date.
 
The Fund intends to write call options on the NASDAQ 100; however, it does not intend to have a portfolio of securities that mirrors the securities in the NASDAQ 100 Index. As a result, during a period when the Fund has outstanding call options written on the NASDAQ 100, the NASDAQ 100 may appreciate to a greater extent than the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. If the call options are exercised in these circumstances, the Fund’s loss on the options will be greater because it will be paying the option holder not only an amount effectively representing appreciation on securities in its own portfolio but also an amount representing the greater appreciation experienced by the securities in the NASDAQ 100 Index that the Fund does not own. If, at a time these call options may be exercised, the securities underlying these options have market values above the exercise price, then these call options will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to deliver to the option holder either the securities underlying these options or to deliver the cash value of those securities, in exchange for which the option holder will pay the Fund the exercise price. In either case, the Fund will incur losses to the extent the market value of the underlying securities exceed the


31


Table of Contents

sum of the premium the Fund received from writing the call options and the exercise price of the call options, which loss may be very substantial.
 
To the extent all or part of the Fund’s call options are covered, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security underlying the call option above the sum of the option premium received and the exercise price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline below the exercise price minus the option premium received. The writer of an exchange-listed option on a security has no control over when during the exercise period of the option (which may be a single day or multiple days) it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it would be obligated to deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. Thus, the writing of call options may require the Fund to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values and will limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize above the exercise price of an option.
 
The Fund may be required to sell investments from its portfolio to effect cash settlement (or transfer ownership of a stock or other instrument to physically settle) on any written call options that are exercised. Such sales (or transfers) may occur at inopportune times, and the Fund may incur transaction costs that increase the expenses borne by Common Stockholders. The Fund may sell written call options over an exchange or in the OTC market. The options in the OTC markets may not be as liquid as exchange-listed options. The Fund may be limited in the number of counterparties willing to take positions opposite the Fund or may find the terms of such counterparties to be less favorable than the terms available for listed options. The Fund cannot guarantee that its Options Strategies will be effective. Moreover, OTC options may provide less favorable tax treatment than listed options.
 
The value of options may be adversely affected if the market for such options becomes less liquid or smaller. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position, in the case of a call option written, by buying the option back. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options) at some future date. If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options will be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.
 
The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected concurrently in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, changes in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
 
The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the


32


Table of Contents

maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Manager. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and may impose certain other sanctions.
 
Options Risk
 
The Fund intends to engage in transactions in options on securities, indices, exchange-traded funds and market baskets of securities on exchanges and in the OTC markets. In general, exchange-traded options have standardized exercise prices and expiration dates and require the parties to post margin against their obligations, and the performance of the parties’ obligations in connection with such options is guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation. OTC options have more flexible terms negotiated between the buyer and the seller, but generally do not require the parties to post margin and are subject to greater credit risk. OTC options also involve greater liquidity risk.
 
In addition to writing call options as described above, the Fund may purchase put options. By buying a put option, the Fund will pay a premium to acquire a right to sell the securities or instruments underlying the put at the exercise price of the option. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments underlying the option do not decline in value below the exercise price of the option by an amount sufficient to offset the premium paid to acquire the option. To the extent the Fund purchases put options in the OTC market, the Fund will be subject to the credit risk of the seller of the option. The Fund also may write put options on the types of securities or instruments that may be held by the Fund, provided that such put options are secured by segregated, liquid instruments. The Fund will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the Fund’s return. In exchange for the premium received, the Fund has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments underlying the option at an agreed-upon exercise price if the securities or instruments decrease below the exercise price of the option. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments decrease in value so that the amount the Fund is obligated to pay the counterparty to the option to purchase the securities underlying the option upon exercise of the option exceeds the value of those securities by an amount that is greater than the premium received by the Fund for writing the option.
 
The Fund may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. In exchange for paying the option premium, a purchased call option gives the Fund the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security or instrument at the exercise price. The Fund will lose money if the securities or instruments underlying the option do not appreciate in value in an amount sufficient to offset the premium paid by the Fund to acquire the option.
 
General Risks Related to Derivatives
 
In addition to call options or other option strategies, the Fund may use other derivatives, such as, among others, total return and other types of swaps, forward contracts, futures and options on futures and swaps. The Fund’s use of derivatives involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the investments underlying these derivatives.
 
Derivatives may be volatile and involve significant risk, such as, among other things, credit risk, currency risk, leverage risk and liquidity risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and correlation risk (i.e., the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly, or to any degree, with the underlying asset, interest rate or index). Using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when security prices, indices, currency rates or interest rates are changing in unexpected ways. The Fund may suffer disproportionately heavy losses relative to the amount of its investments in derivative contracts.


33


Table of Contents

Changes in the value of derivative contracts may not match or offset fully changes in the values of the underlying portfolio securities, indices or rates. The Fund’s investments in derivatives could result in the Fund losing more than the principal amount invested. The use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by Common Stockholders as well as accelerate the time for the payment of taxes. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, derivatives can make the Fund’s assets less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.
 
Foreign Securities Risk
 
The Fund may invest up to 25% of its Managed Assets in securities of companies organized outside the United States. Investments in foreign securities involve certain risks not associated with investments in U.S. companies. Securities markets in certain foreign countries are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States. Therefore, the prices of foreign securities are often volatile and trading costs are higher. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of foreign securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise. Generally, there is less publicly available information about foreign companies due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards and regulatory practices. In addition, the Fund will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Fund to lose money on its investments in foreign securities.
 
The Fund may invest in securities of issuers located or doing substantial business in “emerging markets” (lesser developed countries). Because of the less developed markets and economics and, in some countries, less mature governments and governmental institutions, the risks of investing in foreign securities can be intensified in the case of investments in issuers domiciled or doing substantial business in emerging markets. These risks include a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries; political and social uncertainties; over-dependence on exports, especially with respect to primary commodities, making these economies vulnerable to changes in commodity prices; overburdened infrastructure and obsolete or unseasoned financial systems; environmental problems; less developed legal systems; and less reliable custodial services and settlement practices.
 
U.S. Government Debt Securities Risk
 
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities, including U.S. government debt securities. U.S. government debt securities generally do not involve the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s net asset value. Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities.
 
Debt Securities Risk
 
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in debt securities, including U.S. government debt securities and below-investment grade securities (e.g., high-yield or junk bonds). Investments in debt securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the Fund to sustain losses on those investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments. High-yield fixed-income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. This means that, compared to issuers of higher rated securities, issuers of medium and lower rated securities are less likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the


34


Table of Contents

event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions and/or may be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal.
 
The market values of medium and lower rated securities tend to be more sensitive to company-specific developments and changes in economic conditions than higher rated securities. The companies that issue these securities often are highly leveraged, and their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. These companies may not have access to more traditional methods of financing, and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or principal by these issuers is significantly greater than with higher rated securities because medium and lower rated securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to senior debt.
 
Default, or the market’s perception that an issuer is likely to default, could reduce the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund, thereby reducing the value of your investment in the Fund and default may cause the Fund to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In addition, the secondary markets in which below-investment grade securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for high-grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading markets could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a particular below-investment grade security when necessary to meet liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the net asset value of Common Shares. The valuation of securities that are illiquid or that trade infrequently often requires the exercise of greater judgment. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions may significantly impact the values and liquidity of below-investment grade securities, which could impact the net asset value and market price of Common Shares. In addition, new laws and proposed new laws may have an adverse impact on the market for below-investment grade securities.
 
Credit Risk
 
Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed income securities in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or repay principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. If the recent adverse conditions in the credit markets continue to adversely affect the broader global economy, the credit quality of issuers of fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest would be more likely to decline, all other things being equal. Changes by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in its rating of securities and in the ability of an issuer to make scheduled payments may also affect the value of the Fund’s investments. To the extent the Fund invests in below-investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests solely in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Fixed income securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default.
 
Preferred Securities Risk
 
To the extent the Fund invests in preferred securities, there are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
 
Deferral.   Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer.
 
Subordination.   Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure with respect to priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
Liquidity.   Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. government securities.


35


Table of Contents

 
Limited Voting Rights.   Generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
 
In the case of certain trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except (i) if the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) if a declaration of default occurs and is continuing. In such an event, rights of holders of trust preferred securities generally would include the right to appoint and authorize a trustee to enforce the trust or special purpose entity’s rights as a creditor under the agreement with its operating company.
 
Special Redemption Rights.   In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by a change in income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer of the preferred securities may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
 
Leverage Risk
 
Although it has no present intention to do so, the Fund may use leverage to increase its investments or for other management activities. The Fund may borrow money from banks in amounts up to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its Managed Assets to finance additional investments. In addition, the Fund may issue Preferred Shares to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act. The use of leverage creates certain risks for the Fund’s Common Stockholders, including the greater likelihood of higher volatility of the Fund’s return, its net asset value and the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares. Changes in the value of the Fund’s total assets will have a disproportionate effect on the net asset value per share when leverage is used. For example, if the Fund were to use leverage equal to 50% of the Fund’s Common Share equity, it would show an approximately 1.5% increase or decline in net asset value for each 1% increase or decline in the value of its total assets. An additional risk of leverage is that the cost of the leverage plus applicable Fund expenses may exceed the return on the transactions undertaken with the proceeds of the leverage, thereby diminishing rather than enhancing the return to the Fund’s Common Stockholders. These risks generally would make the Fund’s return to stockholders more volatile if it were to use leverage. The Fund also may be required to sell investments in order to make interest payments on borrowings used for leverage when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
 
Because the fees received by the Investment Manager are based on the managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding), the Investment Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares or use borrowings, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Manager, on the one hand, and the Common Stockholders on the other hand.
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk
 
The Fund may invest, on an ongoing basis, up to 15% of its Managed Assets in restricted securities and other investments that may be illiquid. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable and may include some restricted securities, which are securities that may not be resold to the public without an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, or, if they are unregistered, may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. Investments in illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Although the Fund will report its net asset value and pay dividends in U.S. dollars, foreign securities often are purchased with, and make dividend or interest payments in, foreign currencies. Therefore, when


36


Table of Contents

the Fund invests in foreign securities, it will be subject to foreign currency risk, which means that the Fund’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of foreign securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country, due to blockage of foreign currency exchanges or otherwise.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The premiums from writing options and amounts available from the Fund’s option activities may decrease in declining interest rate environments. The value of the Fund’s portfolio investments may also be influenced by changes in interest rates. High-yielding stocks and stocks of issuers whose businesses are substantially affected by changes in interest rates may be particularly sensitive to interest rate risk.
 
ETF Risk
 
If the Fund invests in ETFs, Common Stockholders would bear not only the Fund’s expenses (including operating expenses and management fees) but also similar expenses of the ETFs, and the Fund’s return will therefore be lower. To the extent the Fund invests in ETFs, the Fund is exposed to the risks associated with the underlying investments of the ETFs and the Fund’s performance may be negatively affected if the value of those underlying investments declines.
 
Frequent Trading Risk
 
Frequent trading of investments increases the possibility that the Fund will realize taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains, which are generally taxable at higher rates than long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes), which could reduce the Fund’s after-tax return. Frequent trading can also mean higher brokerage and other transaction costs, which could reduce the Fund’s return.
 
Counterparty Risk
 
Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as the Fund’s counterparties with respect to derivatives, or other transactions supported by another party’s credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such hardships have reduced these entities’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such transactions. By using such derivatives or other transactions, the Fund assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience similar financial hardships. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, the Fund may sustain losses or be unable to liquidate a derivatives position.
 
Tax Risk
 
The Fund’s strategy of writing calls on the NASDAQ 100 involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. The application of these special rules would therefore also affect the character of distributions made by the Fund, and may increase the amount of taxes payable by a shareholder as well as accelerate the time for the payment of taxes. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Active Management Risk
 
The Fund is actively managed and its performance therefore will reflect in part the ability of the Investment Manager to select securities and to make investment decisions that are suited to achieving the Fund’s investment objectives. Due to its active management, the Fund could underperform other funds with similar investment objectives.


37


Table of Contents

Market Price of Shares; Market Discount from Net Asset Value
 
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic is separate and distinct from the risk that the net asset value could decrease as a result of investment activities and may be a greater risk to investors expecting to sell their shares relatively soon after completion of this offering. The net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of the sales load and all of the Fund’s Common Share offering costs up to and including $0.04 per Common Share. Whether an investor will realize gain or loss on the sale of Common Shares will depend not on the Fund’s net asset value but on whether the market price of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the Common Shares. The market price of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as relative supply of and demand for the Common Shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the Fund’s control. The Fund cannot predict the level of trading activity or whether Common Shares will trade at, above or below net asset value or the initial public offering price. Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
The aftermath of the war with Iraq, instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the occupation of Iraq cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks closed some of the U.S. securities markets in 2001, and similar events cannot be ruled out in the future. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. These risks may adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, investor psychology, credit risk, inflation and other factors. High-yield securities tend to be more volatile than higher rated securities so that these events and any actions resulting from them may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of high-yield securities than on higher rated securities.
 
Non-Diversified Risk
 
Because the Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the Investment Company Act, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible than a “diversified” fund to any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. To mitigate this risk, the Fund does not anticipate investing more than 10% of its Managed Assets in the securities of any one issuer. See “The Fund’s Investments.” Moreover, the Fund intends to diversify its investments to the extent necessary to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the IRC. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
The Fund’s charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a price higher than the then-current market price of Common Shares. See “Description of Common Shares” and “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws.”
 
Power to Classify and Issue Additional Stock
 
The Fund’s charter authorizes the Fund to issue additional shares of stock. The Board also may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of stock, and may set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. The Board may, without any action by its stockholders, amend the


38


Table of Contents

charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has authority to issue. See “Description of Common Shares.”
 
New Types of Securities
 
From time to time, new types of securities have been, and may in the future be, offered that have features other than those described in this Prospectus. The Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Investment Manager believes that doing so would be in the best interest of the Fund in a manner consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, as may be amended from time to time. Since the market for these instruments will be new, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
 
Convertible Securities Risk
 
Although to a lesser extent than with non-convertible fixed-income securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stock. A unique feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.
 
Inflation Risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline.
 
Deflation Risk
 
Deflation risk is the risk that the Fund’s dividends may be reduced in the future as lower prices reduce interest rates and earning power, resulting in lower distributions on the assets owned by the Fund being redeemed by their issuers.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
The Fund may actively and frequently trade securities in its portfolio to carry out its principal strategies. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs. Frequent and active trading may cause adverse tax consequences for investors in the Fund due to an increase in short-term capital gains. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate will not be a limiting factor when the Fund deems it desirable to sell or purchase securities.
 
Liquidity/Listing of Fund’s Shares
 
It is anticipated that the Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “STK.” There is currently no public market for the Fund’s shares and there can be no assurance that an active public market will develop or be sustained after completion of this offering. There also is no assurance that, should the NYSE authorize the Fund to list its shares, the Fund will be able to maintain the listing of its shares on the NYSE.


39


Table of Contents

Short-Term Investments
 
The Fund may, from time to time, manage its cash (for purposes such as paying fees and expenses) by investing all or a part of its assets in short-term, high quality fixed-income securities and money market instruments, including shares of money market funds managed by the Fund’s Investment Manager, or in cash and cash equivalents. These types of investments typically have a lower yield than other longer term investments and lack the capital appreciation potential of equity securities. In addition, while these investments are generally designed to limit the Fund’s losses, they can prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objectives.
 
Asset Segregation
 
When the Fund enters into certain transactions that involve obligations to make future payments to third parties that are not otherwise covered, including, but not limited to, swap contracts, the purchase of securities on when-issued or delayed delivery basis, forward contracts, futures or reverse repurchase agreements, it will segregate cash or liquid securities in a manner consistent with the positions articulated by the SEC and its staff.
 
General Economic and Market Conditions
 
The success of the Fund’s activities may be affected by general economic and market conditions, such as interest rates, availability of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws, and national and international political circumstances. These factors may affect the level and volatility of security prices and liquidity of the Fund’s investments. Unexpected market volatility or changes in liquidity could impair the Fund’s profitability or result in its suffering losses.


40


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Directors and Officers
 
The business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Board. Accordingly, the Fund’s Board is broadly responsible for the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by RiverSource Investments. The names and business addresses of the Directors and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under the heading “Management of the Fund” contained in the SAI.
 
Investment Manager
 
RiverSource Investments, LLC, 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474, is the investment manager to the Fund, and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (“Ameriprise Financial”). Ameriprise Financial is a financial planning and financial services company that has been offering solutions for clients’ asset accumulation, income management and protection needs for more than 110 years. In addition to managing investments for the Fund, RiverSource Investments manages investments for itself and its affiliates. For institutional clients, RiverSource Investments and its affiliates provide investment management and related services, such as separate account asset management and institutional trust and custody, as well as other investment products. As of September 30, 2009, the Investment Manager had assets under management of approximately $145.76 billion. For all of its clients, RiverSource Investments seeks to allocate investment opportunities in an equitable manner over time. See the SAI for more information.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
The Fund’s portfolio is managed by RiverSource Investments and headed by the portfolio managers for the Fund: Paul Wick, Ajay Diwan and John K. Schonberg, CFA. Messrs. Wick and Diwan are responsible for the day-to-day investment decisions relating to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, with primary day-to-day investment decisions relating to the Options Strategies provided by Mr. Schonberg. In addition to managing the Fund, Messrs. Wick and Diwan provide portfolio management services for certain mutual funds, private funds and offshore funds, including those that invest a substantial portion of their assets in technology and technology-related companies and those that use long and short strategies.
 
Mr. Wick is the head of the Seligman Technology Group of RiverSource Investments. Mr. Wick began his investment career in 1987 when he joined J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated (“Seligman”) as an Associate in Investment Research. During his Seligman career, he became Vice President and Investment Officer in 1991, Managing Director in 1995 and a member of Seligman’s Board of Directors in 1997. Mr. Wick holds a B.A. in Economics from Duke University and an M.B.A. in Finance from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business.
 
Mr. Diwan, a member of the Seligman Technology Group of RiverSource Investments, began his investment career in 1992 and joined Seligman in 2001, where he was Managing Director. Mr. Diwan holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Applied Physics from Case Western Reserve University and an M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University.
 
Mr. Wick and Mr. Diwan joined RiverSource Investments in November 2008 in connection with RiverSource Investments’ acquisition of Seligman and each is based at the Investment Manager’s Menlo Park, California office.
 
Mr. Schonberg is a portfolio manager of the Fund, primarily responsible for providing the Options Strategies to the Fund. Mr. Schonberg also provides portfolio management services for certain mutual funds and private funds. Mr. Schonberg joined RiverSource Investments in 1997 and is based at the Investment Manager’s Minnesota office. He began his investment career in 1988. He holds a B.S. from the University of Nebraska.


41


Table of Contents

Management
 
Pursuant to an Investment Management Services Agreement dated           between RiverSource Investments and the Fund (the “Management Agreement”), subject to Board approval, the Fund will pay RiverSource Investments a management fee, payable on a monthly basis, at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the services it provides (the “Management Fee”).
 
In addition to the Management Fee, the Fund will pay all other costs and expenses of its operations, including the compensation of its Directors (other than those affiliated with RiverSource Investments or Ameriprise Financial), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, listing fees, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing Prospectuses, stockholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
The basis for the Board of Director’s initial approval of the Fund’s Management Agreement will be provided in the Fund’s initial stockholder report. The basis for subsequent continuations of the Fund’s Management Agreement will be provided in annual or semi-annual reports to Common Stockholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.
 
Under an Administrative Services Agreement between Ameriprise Financial and the Fund, Ameriprise Financial provides, or compensates others to provide, the Fund with certain services, including administrative, accounting, treasury and other services. Subject to Board approval, the Fund will pay Ameriprise Financial a fee for providing such services. Under the Administrative Services Agreement, the fee will be at the annual rate of 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, and is reflected in the Fund’s “Other Expenses” in the “Summary of Fund Expenses” on page 23.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The net asset value per share (“NAV”) of the Fund’s Common Shares is determined by dividing the total value of the Fund’s net assets by the total number of shares outstanding. The Fund’s net assets are determined by subtracting any liabilities (including borrowings for leverage) from the total value of its portfolio investments and other assets. Net asset value per Common Share is determined by dividing the net assets available for the Common Stockholders by the number of Common Shares outstanding. Common Shares are valued as of a particular time (the “Valuation Time”) which is normally at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) (the “NYSE Close”). In unusual circumstances, the Fund’s Board may determine that the Valuation Time shall be as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, notwithstanding an earlier, unscheduled close or halt of trading on the NYSE.
 
Securities are valued primarily on the basis of market quotations. Market quotations are obtained from outside pricing services approved and monitored under procedures adopted by the Board. Certain short-term securities with maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. When reliable market quotations are not readily available, investments are priced at fair value based on procedures adopted by the Board. These procedures are also used when the value of an investment held by the Fund is materially affected by events that occur after the close of a securities market but prior to the time as of which the Fund’s NAV is determined. Valuing investments at fair value involves reliance on judgment. The fair value of an investment is likely to differ from any available quoted or published price. To the extent that the Fund has significant holdings of foreign securities or small- or mid-cap stocks that may trade infrequently, fair valuation may be used more frequently than for other funds. The Fund uses an unaffiliated service provider to assist in determining fair values for foreign securities.
 
Foreign investments are valued in U.S. dollars. Some of the Fund’s portfolio securities may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares. In that event, the NAV of the Fund’s Common Shares may change on days when Common Stockholders will not be able to purchase or sell the Fund’s shares.


42


Table of Contents

 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Initial Distribution
 
The Fund’s initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 days after the completion of the offering, and paid approximately 45 days later, depending upon market conditions. Thereafter, distributions are expected to be declared quarterly after the first full quarter of operations (i.e., June, September, December and March), depending on market conditions, out of assets legally available therefor.
 
Level Rate Distribution Policy
 
Commencing with the Fund’s first distribution, the Fund intends to make quarterly cash distributions to Common Stockholders at a rate that reflects the past and projected performance of the Fund. The Fund expects to receive all or some of its current income and gains from the following sources: (i) dividends received by the Fund that are paid on the equity and equity-related securities in its portfolio; and (ii) capital gains (short-term and long-term) from option premiums and the sale of portfolio securities. Distributions would be made only after paying dividends on Preferred Shares, if any have been issued, and interest and required principal payments on borrowings, if any. It is possible that the Fund’s distributions will at times exceed the earnings and profits of the Fund and therefore all or a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital as described below. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a stockholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the stockholder of his or her shares.
 
Distributions may be variable, and the Fund’s distribution rate will depend on a number of factors, including the net earnings on the Fund’s portfolio investments and the rate at which such net earnings change as a result of changes in the timing of and rates at which the Fund receives income from the sources described above. The net investment income of the Fund consists of all income (other than net short-term and long-term capital gains) less all expenses of the Fund.
 
As portfolio and market conditions change, the rate of dividends on the Common Shares and the Fund’s distribution policy could change. Over time, the Fund will distribute all of its net investment income and net short-term capital gains. In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under federal law, Common Stockholders of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by the Fund. The Fund may treat the cash value of tax credits and amounts refunded in connection with retained capital gains as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions. The Investment Company Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gains in any tax year (unless and until it receives an exemptive order as contemplated under “Managed Distribution Policy” below), which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised to a larger degree of long-term capital gains eligible for more favorable income tax treatment than others. During periods in which the Fund’s strategies do not generate enough income or result in net losses, a substantial portion of the Fund’s dividends may be comprised of capital gains from the sale of securities held by the Fund, which would involve transaction costs and may also result in realization of taxable short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income tax rates particularly during the initial year of the Fund’s operations when all of the Fund’s portfolio securities will have been held for less than one year. The Board of the Fund reserves the right to change the dividend policy from time to time.
 
Managed Distribution Policy
 
The Investment Manager has applied to the SEC for an exemptive order under the Investment Company Act to permit funds managed by the Investment Manager, including the Fund, to include that fund’s realized long-term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to common stockholders more


43


Table of Contents

frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the Investment Company Act (generally once per taxable year).
 
Under a managed distribution policy, the Fund would distribute to Common Stockholders a fixed quarterly amount, which may be adjusted from time to time. As with the level rate distribution policy, distributions would be made only after paying dividends on Preferred Shares, if any have been issued, and interest and required principal payments on borrowings, if any. Under a managed distribution policy, if, for any quarterly distribution, net investment company taxable income and net capital gain were less than the amount of the distribution, the difference would be distributed from the Fund’s assets and result in a return of capital.
 
There can be no assurance that the SEC staff will process such application by the Investment Manager for an exemptive order on a timely basis or ever, or that the SEC will grant the requested relief or, if granted, that the Fund’s Board will determine to implement or maintain a managed distribution policy. As a result, the Fund has no current expectation that it will be in a position to include long-term capital gains in Fund distributions more frequently than is currently permitted under the Investment Company Act (generally once per tax year), thus leaving the Fund with the possibility of variability in distributions (and their tax attributes) as discussed above.
 
Common Stockholders who periodically receive the payment of a dividend or other distribution consisting entirely or in part of a return of capital may be under the impression that they are receiving net profits when they are not. A return of capital represents a return of your original investment. Common Stockholders should not assume that the source of a distribution from the Fund is net profit and should read any written disclosure accompanying distribution payments carefully.
 
The Board of the Fund reserves the right to change the distribution policy from time to time.
 
DIVIDEND INVESTMENT PLAN
 
Pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan (the “Plan”), unless a Common Stockholder elects otherwise, all cash dividends, capital gains distributions, and other distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares. Common Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan (including those whose intermediaries do not permit participation in the Plan by their customers) will receive all dividends and distributions payable in cash directly to the Common Stockholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) as dividend paying agent. Common Stockholders may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all distributions of dividends and capital gains or other distributions in cash by sending written instructions to AST. Participation in the Plan may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by AST prior to the record date for the next distribution. Otherwise, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared distribution.
 
Under the Plan, Common Stockholders receive Common Shares in lieu of cash distributions unless they have elected otherwise as described in the preceding paragraph. Common Shares will be issued in lieu of cash by the Fund from previously authorized but unissued Common Shares. If the market price of a share on the ex-dividend date of such a distribution is at or above the Fund’s net asset value per share on such date, the number of shares to be issued by the Fund to each Common Stockholder receiving shares in lieu of cash distributions will be determined by dividing the amount of the cash distribution to which such Common Stockholder would be entitled by the greater of the net asset value per share on such date or 95% of the market price of a share on such date. If the market price of a share on such an ex-dividend date is below the net asset value per share, the number of shares to be issued to such Common Stockholders will be determined by dividing such amount by the per share market price. Market price on any day means the closing price for the Common Shares at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on such day or, if such day is not a day on which the Common Shares trades, the closing price for the Common Shares at the close of regular trading on the immediately preceding day on which trading occurs.


44


Table of Contents

Common Stockholders who hold their shares in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact such broker or other nominee to discuss the extent to which such nominee will permit their participation in the Plan. The Fund will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by nominees as representing the total amount of shares held through such nominees by beneficial Common Stockholders who are participating in the Plan and by delivering shares on behalf of such beneficial Common Stockholders to the nominees’ accounts at The Depository Trust Company.
 
AST will maintain all Common Stockholders’ accounts in the Plan not held by The Depository Trust Company and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the account, including information needed by Common Stockholders for tax records. Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held in non-certificated form in the name of the participant, and each Common Stockholder’s proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan.
 
The Fund currently intends to make open market purchases of its Common Shares from time to time, when the Fund is trading at a discount to NAV, in an amount approximately sufficient to offset the growth in the number of Common Shares attributable to the reinvestment of the portion of its distributions to Common Stockholders that are attributable to distributions received from portfolio investments less Fund expenses. Assets of the Fund used to repurchase Common Shares are not available for investment in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and strategies.
 
The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to any distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to participants in the Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such distribution. There are no service or brokerage charges to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable to the Fund by the participants. The Fund also reserves the right to amend the Plan to provide for payment of brokerage fees by Plan participants in the event the Plan is changed to provide for open market purchases of Common Shares on behalf of Plan participants. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to AST, 59 Maiden Lane Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038.
 
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON SHARES
 
The following description of the terms of the Fund’s stock is only a summary. For a complete description, please refer to the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), and the Fund’s charter and Bylaws. The charter and Bylaws are exhibits to the Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
General
 
The Fund’s charter provides that the Fund may issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Shares”). A majority of the entire Board may, without any action by the Fund’s stockholders, amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has authority to issue. Under Maryland law, the stockholders generally are not liable for the Fund’s debts or obligations.
 
Common Shares
 
All of the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Common Stockholders are entitled to receive distributions if, as and when authorized by the Board and declared by the Fund out of assets legally available for the payment of distributions. They also are entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to the Fund’s Common Stockholders in the event of the Fund’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of, or adequate provision for, all of the Fund’s known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of the Fund’s stock.


45


Table of Contents

 
Each outstanding Common Share entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Common Stockholders, including the election of Directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, Common Shares will possess the exclusive voting power. All of the Common Shares will have equal dividend, liquidation, voting and other rights. There is no cumulative voting in the election of Directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares can elect all of the Directors then standing for election, and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any Directors.
 
Holders of Common Shares have no preference, conversion, redemption, exchange, sinking fund, or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of the Fund’s securities.
 
Power to Reclassify Shares of the Fund’s Stock and Issue Additional Shares
 
The Fund’s charter authorizes the Board to classify and reclassify any unissued Common Shares into other classes or series of stock, including Preferred Shares, and authorizes the issuance of additional shares of stock. Before issuing shares of each new class or series, the Board is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s charter to set the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, and terms or conditions of redemption of the class and series.
 
The Fund believes that the power to issue additional shares of Common Shares and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of Common Shares and thereafter to issue the classified or reclassified shares provides the Fund with increased flexibility in meeting needs of the Fund that might arise. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if any, these actions can be taken without Common Stockholder approval, unless Common Stockholder approval is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Fund’s securities may be listed or traded. Although the Fund has no present intention of doing so, the Fund could issue a class or series of stock that could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of the Fund that might involve a premium price for Common Stockholders or otherwise be in the Fund’s best interests.
 
BORROWINGS AND PREFERRED SHARES
 
Although the Fund does not currently intend to issue senior securities such as Preferred Shares or debt instruments, the Fund is permitted, without prior approval of the Common Stockholders, to borrow money and issue Preferred Shares. The Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. In connection with such borrowing, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
 
Limitations.   Borrowings by the Fund are subject to certain limitations under the Investment Company Act, including the amount of asset coverage required. In addition, agreements related to the borrowings may also impose certain requirements, which may be more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. See “Use of Financial Leverage” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”
 
Distribution Preference.   The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on, and repayment of, principal of any such borrowings will be senior to those of the Common Stockholders, and the terms of any such borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Stockholders in certain circumstances.
 
Voting Rights.   In certain circumstances, the Investment Company Act grants the Fund’s lenders certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on, or repayment of, principal. In the event that such provisions would impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the IRC, the Fund, subject to its ability to liquidate its portfolio holdings, intends to repay the borrowings.


46


Table of Contents

Any borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future borrowings of the Fund.
 
The discussion above describes the Board’s present intention with respect to a possible offering of Preferred Shares or borrowings. If the Board determines to authorize any of the foregoing, the terms may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Fund’s charter.
 
Preferred Shares.   The Fund is authorized under the Investment Company Act to issue Preferred Shares in an amount up to 50% of its Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the net asset value of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares plus any liquidation preference of any issued and outstanding Preferred Shares and the principal amount of any borrowings used for leverage. Preferred Shares generally pay fixed or floating rate dividends to investors, and have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred securities before paying any dividends on its common stock. Preferred security holders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters.
 
It is not the Fund’s current intention to issue Preferred Shares. However, the Fund may determine at a subsequent time to issue Preferred Shares, subject to market conditions, in an aggregate amount limited to approximately 50% of its Managed Assets (including the proceeds of the leverage) as valued immediately after the issuance of Preferred Shares in order to purchase additional securities of technology and technology-related companies and other securities as described herein.
 
The Preferred Shares would have priority over Common Shares and other non-Preferred Shares upon distribution of assets. Although the timing and other terms of the offering of Preferred Shares and the terms of the Preferred Shares would be determined by the Fund’s Board of Directors, the Fund expects to invest the proceeds of any Preferred Shares offering in accordance with its investment objectives. So long as the Fund’s portfolio is invested in securities that provide a higher level of income than the dividend rate of the Preferred Shares, after taking expenses into consideration, the leverage will cause Common Stockholders to receive higher distributions than if the Fund were not leveraged.
 
The Fund intends to apply for ratings on any Preferred Shares it may issue from one or more nationally recognized ratings agencies. The Fund believes that obtaining a rating for Preferred Shares will enhance the marketability of the Preferred Shares and thereby reduce the dividend rate on the Preferred Shares from that which the Fund would be required to pay if the Preferred Shares were not rated. The rating agencies for any Preferred Shares may require asset coverage maintenance ratios not imposed by the Investment Company Act. The ability of the Fund to comply with such asset coverage maintenance ratios may be subject to circumstances beyond control of the Fund such as market conditions for its portfolio securities. It is expected that the terms of any Preferred Shares will provide for mandatory redemption of the Preferred Shares in the event the Fund fails to meet such asset coverage maintenance ratios. In such circumstances, the Fund may have to liquidate portfolio securities in order to meet redemption requirements. Such liquidations may occur at disadvantageous times, which could have the effect of reducing the NAV to Common Stockholders.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the holders of Preferred Shares, voting as a class, must have the right to elect at least two directors at all times, and, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, to elect a majority of the directors if at any time dividends on such class of securities shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends on such securities, and to continue to be so represented until all dividends in arrears shall have been paid or otherwise provided for. In addition, the vote of a majority of the Preferred Shares, voting as a class, is required to approve any plan of reorganization adversely affecting the Preferred Shares, or any action requiring a vote of security holders pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment policies. In addition, at the discretion of the Board, subject to the Investment Company Act, the terms of any Preferred Shares may also provide for the vote of up to 66 2 / 3 % of the class regarding certain transactions involving a merger, sale of assets or liquidation of the Fund, or conversion of


47


Table of Contents

the Fund to open-end status and other matters. See “Description of Common Shares,” “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Tender Offers; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”
 
The issuance of any Preferred Shares will entail certain initial costs and expenses such as underwriting discounts, fees associated with the registration of the Preferred Shares with the SEC, filings under state securities laws, rating agency fees, legal and accounting fees, printing costs, and certain other ongoing expenses such as administrative and accounting fees. These costs and expenses will be borne by the Fund and will reduce net assets available to Common Stockholders.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets less certain ordinary course liabilities is at least 200% of the sum of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares plus any indebtedness for leverage purposes (i.e., the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the sum of the Fund’s net assets plus any indebtedness incurred for leverage purposes). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares or repurchase any of its Common Shares unless the Fund satisfies the asset coverage requirements described in the previous sentence immediately after giving effect to such declaration or repurchase. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the Preferred Shares, the terms of any Preferred Shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require a reduction of indebtedness or the redemption of the Preferred Shares in the event of non-compliance by the Fund and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Fund may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions, or reductions in indebtedness, would cause the Fund to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Fund. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the Common Shares could impair the Fund’s ability to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE MARYLAND GENERAL
CORPORATION LAW AND THE FUND’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS
 
The MGCL and the Fund’s charter and Bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a person or group of persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Certain of these provisions are intended to preserve the Fund’s status as a closed-end investment company and to discourage certain coercive takeover practices, inadequate takeover bids and attempts to cause the Fund to liquidate or convert to an open-end investment company. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over the then-current market price of Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund or from taking action intended to result in the open-ending or liquidation of the Fund or discouraging the implementation of measures that may result in a temporary or long-term reduction in any market discount.
 
Election of Directors.   The Fund’s charter provides that, except as provided in the Fund’s Bylaws, each director will be elected by the holders of a majority of the Common Shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon. Accordingly, the holders of less than a majority of the outstanding Common Shares will not be able to elect any directors. If no nominee receives the required vote to be elected, the incumbent director-nominees will continue to serve as the Fund’s directors until the next annual meeting of Common Stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. The Board may amend the Bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.
 
Classification of the Board of Directors.   Pursuant to the Fund’s charter, the Board is divided into three classes of directors. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Beginning at the Fund’s annual meeting in 2011, upon the expiration of their


48


Table of Contents

current terms, directors of each class will be elected for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders.
 
The classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time-consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of Common Stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of the Fund. The Fund believes that classification of the Board will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Fund’s strategies and policies as determined by the Board.
 
Removal of Directors.   Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if any, to elect directors, the Fund’s charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 75 % of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the provisions in the Fund’s charter and Bylaws authorizing only the Board to fill vacant directorships, precludes Common Stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and by a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by the removal with their own nominees.
 
Certain Extraordinary Transactions; Amendments to the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws.   Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation such as the Fund generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless advised by the Board and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may, however, provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a different percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions described below, the Fund’s charter provides for approval of charter amendments by the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
The Fund’s charter provides that the liquidation or dissolution of the Fund, any merger, consolidation, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund that requires the approval of the Fund’s stockholders under the MGCL, certain transactions between the Fund and any person or group of persons acting together and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such person or member of such group, that may exercise or direct the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power of the Fund, any amendment to the Fund’s charter that would convert the Fund from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company or otherwise make the Fund’s Common Shares a redeemable security and any amendment to certain provisions of the Fund’s charter, including the provisions relating to the Fund’s business as a closed-end management investment company and the number, qualifications, classification, election and removal of directors, requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. If such a proposal is approved by at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Continuing Directors (defined below) (in addition to approval by the full Board), however, such proposal may be approved by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. The “Continuing Directors” are defined in the Fund’s charter as (i) the Fund’s current Directors (ii) those Directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the Directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board and (iii) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office. This provision could make it more difficult for certain extraordinary transactions to be approved if they are opposed by the Continuing Directors, and discourage proxy contests for control of the Fund’s Board by persons wishing to cause such transactions to take place.
 
The Fund’s charter and Bylaws provide that the Board will have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Fund’s Bylaws or to make new Bylaws.
 
Quorum.   The MGCL provides that the presence of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of stockholders constitutes a quorum unless the law or the charter provides otherwise. The Fund’s charter provides that the presence of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any


49


Table of Contents

meeting of stockholders with respect to that matter. However, the Fund’s charter also provides that with respect to a matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements or the charter, requires approval by a separate vote of the holders of one or more classes of stock, the presence of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum. The Fund’s charter specifies that the Bylaws may provide otherwise, within a limited range of one-third to two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (without regard to class). Currently, the Fund’s Bylaws provide that the presence of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on a matter at a meeting of stockholders constitutes a quorum. However, because the Bylaws may be amended only by the Board, the Board has the power to specify a quorum requirement other than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter at the meeting.
 
Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business.   The Fund’s Bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (i) pursuant to the Fund’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the Bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in the Fund’s notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting may be made only (i) pursuant to the Fund’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) provided that the Board has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a Common Stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.
 
Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders.   The Fund’s Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Fund’s Board and certain of the Fund’s officers. Additionally, the Fund’s Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the Secretary of the Fund upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; TENDER OFFERS; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
 
The Fund is a closed-end management investment company and, as such, its Common Stockholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including financial leverage, dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Shares of a closed-end management investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Board will monitor the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company, which would require approval by the stockholders. The Fund cannot assure you that its Board will decide to consider, take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce market discount.
 
If the Fund converted to an open-end management investment company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Common Shares would be de-listed from the NYSE. In contrast to a closed-end management investment company, stockholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.
 
Before deciding whether to take any action to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of


50


Table of Contents

the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its stockholders, and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its stockholders, no action should be taken. See the SAI under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Tender Offers; Conversion to Open-End Fund” for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate such discount to net asset value.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in shares will be taxed. The tax information in this Prospectus is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax adviser about the tax consequences of an investment in Common Shares. Unless otherwise noted, the following tax discussion assumes that you are a U.S. stockholder and that you hold the Common Shares as capital assets. You will be a U.S. stockholder if you are an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation, or any other person that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of an investment in the Common Shares.
 
Unless your investment in the shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when the Fund makes distributions or you sell your Common Shares.
 
Fund Status
 
The Fund intends to elect and to qualify annually as a “regulated investment company” under the federal tax laws. To qualify, the Fund must, among other things, satisfy certain requirements relating to the source and nature of its income and the diversification of its assets. If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes all of its income, the Fund generally will not pay federal income or excise taxes.
 
Taxes on Distributions
 
Dividends from net investment income, if any, are declared and paid quarterly. While the Fund intends to make quarterly level distributions, it is possible that the Fund may also pay a special distribution at the end of the calendar year to comply with federal tax requirements. In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or reinvest them in the Fund. Dividends paid out of the Fund’s income and net short-term capital gains, if any, are taxable as ordinary income. Distributions of net long-term capital gains, if any, in excess of net short-term capital losses are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares.
 
Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. Qualified dividends for these taxable years paid by the Fund to non-corporate shareholders may qualify for taxation at the lower tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that certain conditions are met. Because the Fund primarily intends to invest in equity securities of technology and technology-related companies, which generally do not pay significant amounts of dividends, the Fund does not expect to earn a significant amount of such qualified dividends.
 
Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your basis in your Common Shares, and as capital gain thereafter. A distribution will reduce the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share and may be taxable to you as ordinary income or capital gain even though, from an investment standpoint, the distribution may constitute a return of capital.
 
Some of the Fund’s investments and positions may be subject to special tax rules that may change the normal treatment of income, gains and losses recognized by the Fund (for example, the calls written by the Fund on the NASDAQ 100, investments in futures transactions or non-U.S. corporations classified as “passive foreign investment companies”). Those special tax rules can, among other things, affect the


51


Table of Contents

treatment of capital gain or loss as long-term or short-term and may result in ordinary income or loss rather than capital gain or loss. The application of these special rules would therefore also affect the character of distributions made by the Fund, and may increase the amount of taxes payable by Common Stockholders.
 
Each January, you will be sent information on the tax status of any distributions made during the previous calendar year. Because each Common Stockholder’s situation is unique, you should always consult your tax adviser concerning the effect income taxes may have on your individual investment.
 
The securities in which the Fund invest may not provide complete tax information to the Fund as to the tax character of the dividends distributed by such company (e.g., income, capital gain or return of capital) until after the calendar year end. Consequently, because of such delay, it may be necessary for the Fund to request permission to extend the deadline for the issuance of a Form 1099-DIV until after January 31 or to issue a revised Form 1099-DIV after January 31. Further, the tax treatment of distributions reported on Form 1099-DIV may differ from the characterization of distributions provided at the time the distribution was made.
 
Taxes on Sales of Shares
 
When you sell your Common Shares, any gain or loss you realize will generally be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if you held your Common Shares for more than one year, or as a short-term capital gain or loss if you held your Common Shares for one year or less. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited. However, if you sell your Common Shares on which a long-term capital gain distribution has been received (or on which amounts have been designated as undistributed capital gains) and you held the shares for six months or less, any loss you realize will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the long-term capital gain distribution (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to the Common Shares. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares of the Fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired within a 61 day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date on which the Common Shares are disposed. In that case, the basis in the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. It does not represent a detailed description of the federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. stockholders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax. You may also be subject to state and local taxation on Fund distributions and sales of Common Shares. You are advised to consult your personal tax adviser about the potential tax consequences of an investment in the Common Shares under all applicable tax laws.


52


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of the final Prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriters
  Common Shares  
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. 
       
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
       
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
       
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. 
       
Maxim Group LLC
       
Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
Wunderlich Securities, Inc. 
       
Total
       
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) shown above if any of the Common Shares are purchased.
 
The underwriters propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and some of the Common Shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $           per share. The sales load the Fund will pay of $0.90 per share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $           per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before          . The representatives have advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Additional Compensation
 
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc., from its own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $           and $          , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. will not exceed     % and     %, respectively, of the gross offering proceeds.
 
The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to UBS Securities LLC, from its own assets, a structuring fee for certain financial advisory services in assisting the Investment Manager in structuring and organizing the Fund in the amount of $          . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC will not exceed     % of the gross offering proceeds.


53


Table of Contents

The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.
 
The total amount of the underwriters’ additional compensation payments by the Investment Manager described above will not exceed 4.5% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments to the underwriters and other expenses, will be limited to not more than 9.0% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to           additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
 
The Fund and the Investment Manager have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, the Fund will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, dispose of or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided that the Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan.
 
To meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell Common Shares in a manner such that Common Shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the NYSE, at least 1,100,000 Common Shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $60 million. It is anticipated that the Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “STK.”
 
The following table shows the sales load that the Fund will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Common Shares.
 
                 
    Paid by Fund
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Per Common Share
  $ 0.90     $ 0.90  
Total
  $       $  
 
The Fund and the Investment Manager have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Certain underwriters may make a market in the Common Shares after trading in the Common Shares has commenced on the NYSE. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This Prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.
 
In connection with the offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of itself and the other underwriters, may purchase and sell the Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of


54


Table of Contents

Common Shares made in an amount up to the number of Common Shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of Common Shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Common Shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the over-allotment option.
 
Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Common Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of Common Shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Common Shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
 
The underwriters may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases Common Shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the Common Shares.
 
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price Common Shares. They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
A Prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. Other than this Prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this Prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.
 
The Fund anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
 
Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Investment Manager and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business.
 
Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, the Investment Manager or an affiliate will purchase Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.
 
The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171. The principal business address of Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc. is 707 2nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.


55


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGENT
 
Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 200 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474, provides or compensates others to provide administrative services to the Fund. These services include administrative, accounting, treasury, and other services. Fees paid by the Fund for these services are included under “Other expenses” in the fees table.
 
TRANSFER AGENT, STOCKHOLDER SERVICE AGENT AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT
 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC acts as the transfer agent, stockholder service agent and dividend paying agent and performs certain recordkeeping functions for the Fund, maintains the records of stockholder accounts and furnishes dividend paying and related services.
 
BOARD SERVICES CORPORATION
 
The Fund, as well as the other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, have an agreement with Board Services Corporation (“Board Services”) located at 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. This agreement sets forth the terms of Board Services’ responsibility to serve as an agent of the funds for purposes of administering the payment of compensation to each independent Board member, to provide office space for use by the funds and their boards, and to provide any other services to the boards or the independent members, as may be reasonably requested.
 
LEGAL OPINIONS AND EXPERTS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Clifford Chance US LLP and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland. Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, provides auditing and tax services to the Fund.


56


Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT
OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
         
Investment Strategies and Risks
    1  
Management of the Fund
    22  
Portfolio Managers
    32  
Securities Transactions
    34  
Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws
    36  
Repurchase of Common Shares; Tender Offers; Conversion to Open-End Fund
    39  
Tax Matters
    40  
Tax Consequences of Certain Investments
    43  
Report to Stockholders
    44  
Custodian
    45  
Administrative Services Agent
    45  
Board Services Corporation
    46  
Transfer Agent, Stockholder Service Agent and Dividend Paying Agent
    47  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    47  
Counsel
    47  
Other Matters
    48  
Registration Statement
    50  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    51  
Appendix A Ratings of Corporate Bonds and Commercial Paper
    A-1  


57


Table of Contents

 
UNTIL          , 2009 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE THE COMMON SHARES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS’ OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
           SHARES
 
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
COMMON SHARES
 
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Wells Fargo Securities
UBS Investment Bank
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
Janney Montgomery Scott
Oppenheimer & Co.
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel Nicolaus
Robert W. Baird & Co.
J.J.B. Hillard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC
Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities
 
          , 2009
 


 

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) may not sell securities until a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell securities, and the Fund is not soliciting an offer to buy securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated October 22, 2009
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. The Fund was organized as a corporation on September 2, 2009 pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation governed by the laws of the State of Maryland. The Fund’s investment manager is RiverSource Investments, LLC (“RiverSource Investments” or the “Investment Manager”).
     This Statement of Additional Information dated ___ (“SAI”) relating to shares of common stock of the Fund (“Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating to the Common Shares dated ___, 2009 (“Prospectus”). This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. You can obtain a free copy of the Prospectus by calling 1-800-221-2450. You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the web site (www.sec.gov) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the Prospectus or in this SAI in connection with the offering made by the Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund. The Prospectus and this SAI do not constitute an offering by the Fund in any jurisdiction in which such offering may not lawfully be made.
     
 
 
    1  
    22  
    32  
    34  
    36  
    39  
    40  
    43  
    44  
    45  
    45  
    46  
    47  
    47  
    47  
    48  
    50  
    51  
    A-1  

-i-


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
The investment objectives and principal investment strategies of the Fund, as well as the principal risks associated with the Fund’s investment strategies, are set forth in the Prospectus. The following information regarding the Fund’s investment strategies and risks supplements the information contained in the Fund’s Prospectus.
ACCESS TRADES AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may participate in access trades. Access trades are over-the-counter transactions that provide access to a designated security, group of securities or market index without directly investing in the reference security/index. For a commission, the counterparty agrees to provide a return based on the return of the reference security/index. Access trades are typically used in foreign markets where limits on direct foreign ownership can affect prices and/or where there are significant complexities in directly purchasing or selling shares in the reference security/index. Since access trades are over-the-counter transactions, the Fund bears the risk that the counterparty will be unable or unwilling to meet its obligations. In addition, since over-the-counter markets are generally less liquid than exchanges, the Fund may not be able to sell when it is deemed advantageous to do so.
AGENCY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES AND THEIR RISKS. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and government-sponsored enterprises issue many different types of securities, which the Fund may invest in. U.S. Treasury bonds, notes, and bills and securities, including mortgage pass through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), are guaranteed by the U.S. government. Other U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by federal agencies or instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises but are not guaranteed by the U.S. government. This may increase the credit risk associated with these investments. Government-sponsored entities issuing securities include privately owned, publicly chartered entities created to reduce borrowing costs for certain sectors of the economy, such as farmers, homeowners, and students. They include the Federal Farm Credit Bank System, Farm Credit Financial Assistance Corporation, Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA), and Resolution Trust Corporation (RTC). On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), an agency of the U.S. government, placed the FHLMC and FNMA into conservatorship, a statutory process with the objective of returning the entities to normal business operations. FHFA will act as the conservator to operate the enterprises until they are stabilized. Government-sponsored entities may issue discount notes (with maturities ranging from overnight to 360 days) and bonds. Agency and government securities are subject to the same concerns as other debt obligations. (See also “Debt Obligations.”) Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with agency and government securities include Inflation Risk, Interest Rate Risk, Prepayment and Extension Risk, and Reinvestment Risk.
BORROWING AND RELATED RISKS. Although the Fund does not currently anticipate borrowing money, the Fund is authorized to borrow money. If the Fund borrows money, its net asset value per share may be subject to greater fluctuation until the borrowing is paid off. If the Fund makes additional investments while borrowings are outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage. Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), the Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if such liquidations of the Fund’s holdings may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities or the Fund’s net asset value (NAV), and money borrowed will be subject to interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds.
To the extent the Fund borrows money for investment purposes, which is commonly referred to as “leveraging,” the Fund’s exposure to fluctuations in the prices of its assets will be increased as compared to the Fund’s exposure if the Fund did not borrow money. The Fund’s borrowing activities will exaggerate any increase or decrease in the NAV of the Fund’s Common Shares. In addition, the interest which the Fund pays on borrowed money, together with any additional costs of maintaining a borrowing facility, are additional costs borne by the Fund and could reduce or eliminate any net investment profits. Unless profits on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of borrowing will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what it would have been without borrowing. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with borrowing money include Inflation Risk.

-1-


Table of Contents

CASH/MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in cash/money market instruments. Cash-equivalent investments include short-term U.S. and Canadian government securities and negotiable certificates of deposit, non-negotiable fixed-time deposits, bankers’ acceptances, and letters of credit of banks or savings and loan associations having capital, surplus, and undivided profits (as of the date of its most recently published annual financial statements) in excess of $100 million (or the equivalent in the instance of a foreign branch of a U.S. bank) at the date of investment. The Fund also may purchase short-term notes and obligations of U.S. and foreign banks and corporations and may use repurchase agreements with broker-dealers registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) and with commercial banks. (See also risks of “Commercial Paper,” “Debt Obligations,” and “Repurchase Agreements.”) These types of instruments generally offer low rates of return and subject the Fund to certain costs and expenses.
Bankers’ acceptances are marketable short-term credit instruments used to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods. They are termed “accepted” when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity.
Bank certificates of deposit are certificates issued against funds deposited in a bank (including eligible foreign branches of U.S. banks), are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return and are normally negotiable.
The Fund may invest its daily cash balance in RiverSource Short-Term Cash Fund or any other money market fund established for the exclusive use of the RiverSource, RiverSource Partners, Threadneedle and Seligman funds (“RiverSource Family of Funds”) and other institutional clients of RiverSource Investments.
Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with cash/money market instruments include Credit Risk and Inflation Risk.
COMMERCIAL PAPER AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in commercial paper. Commercial paper is a short-term debt obligation with a maturity ranging from 2 to 270 days issued by banks, corporations, and other borrowers. It is sold to investors with temporary idle cash as a way to increase returns on a short-term basis. These instruments are generally unsecured, which increases the credit risk associated with this type of investment. (See also “Debt Obligations” and “Illiquid and Restricted Securities.”) Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with commercial paper include Credit Risk and Liquidity Risk.
COMMON STOCKS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in common stock of public companies. Common stock represents units of ownership in a corporation. Owners typically are entitled to vote on the selection of directors and other important matters as well as to receive dividends on their holdings. In the event that a corporation is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.
The price of common stock is generally determined by corporate earnings, type of products or services offered, projected growth rates, experience of management, liquidity, and general market conditions for the markets on which the stock trades.
An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes to investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occurs. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with common stock include Issuer Risk, Market Risk and Small- and Mid-Sized Company Risk.
CORPORATE BONDS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in corporate bonds. Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by private corporations, as distinct from bonds issued by a government agency or a municipality. Corporate bonds typically have four distinguishing features: (1) they are taxable; (2) they have a par value of $1,000; (3) they have a term maturity, which means they come due all at once; and (4) many are traded on major exchanges. Corporate bonds are subject to the same concerns as other debt obligations. (See also “Debt Obligations” and “High-

-2-


Table of Contents

Yield Debt Securities (Junk Bonds) And Their Risks.”) Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Unsecured corporate bonds are generally referred to as “debentures.” Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with corporate bonds include Credit Risk, Interest Rate Risk, Issuer Risk, Prepayment and Extension Risk, and Reinvestment Risk.
COUNTERPARTY RISK. Counterparty risk is the risk that a counterparty to a financial instrument entered into by the Fund or held by a special purpose or structured vehicle becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties. The Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
CREDIT RISK. Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a security, or the counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable or unwilling to honor a financial obligation, such as payments due on a bond or a note. If the Fund purchases unrated securities, or if the rating of a security is reduced after purchase, the Fund will depend on the Investment Manager’s analysis of credit risk more heavily than usual.
DEBT OBLIGATIONS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in debt obligations. Many different types of debt obligations exist (for example, bills, bonds, or notes). Issuers of debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at a fixed, variable or floating rate on specified dates and to repay principal on a specified maturity date. Certain debt obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term bonds) have provisions that allow the issuer to redeem or “call” a bond before its maturity. Issuers are most likely to call these securities during periods of falling interest rates. When this happens, an investor may have to replace these securities with lower yielding securities, which could result in a lower return.
The market value of debt obligations is affected primarily by changes in prevailing interest rates and the issuers perceived ability to repay the debt. The market value of a debt obligation generally reacts inversely to interest rate changes. When prevailing interest rates decline, the price usually rises, and when prevailing interest rates rise, the price usually declines.
In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher its yield and the greater the sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the price stability.
As noted, the values of debt obligations also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the payment of interest and repayment of principal. To compensate investors for taking on such increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with better credit ratings. (See also “Agency and Government Securities,” “Corporate Bonds,” and “High-Yield Debt Securities (Junk Bonds) And Their Risks.”)
Generally, debt obligations that are investment grade are those that have been rated in one of the top four credit quality categories by two out of the three independent rating agencies. In the event that a debt obligation has been rated by only two agencies, the most conservative, or lower, rating must be in one of the top four credit quality categories in order for the security to be considered investment grade. If only one agency has rated the debt obligation, that rating must be in one of the top four credit quality categories for the security to be considered investment grade. See Appendix A for a discussion of securities ratings.
All ratings limitations are applied at the time of purchase. Subsequent to purchase, a debt security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by a Fund. Neither event will require the sale of such a security by the Fund, but it will be a factor in considering whether to continue to hold the security. To the extent that ratings change as a result of changes in a rating agency or its rating system, the Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for selecting investments.
Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with debt obligations include: Credit Risk, Interest Rate Risk, Issuer Risk, Prepayment and Extension Risk, and Reinvestment Risk.

-3-


Table of Contents

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in depositary receipts. Some foreign securities are traded in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities of foreign issuers. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies, evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by either a foreign or U.S. issuer. Generally, depositary receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. and depositary receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the U.S. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. Depositary receipts involve the risks of other investments in foreign securities. In addition, ADR holders may not have all the legal rights of shareholders and may experience difficulty in receiving shareholder communications. (See also “Common Stock” and “Foreign and Emerging Markets Securities.”) Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with depositary receipts include Foreign Securities Risk and Investment Risk.
DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery, i.e., for issuance or delivery to or by the Fund later than a normal settlement date for such securities at a stated price and yield. The Fund generally would not pay for such securities or start earning interest on them until they are received. When the Fund undertakes a delayed delivery obligation, however, it immediately assumes the risks of ownership, including the risks of price fluctuation. Failure of the issuer to deliver a security purchased by the Fund on a delayed delivery basis may result in the Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to make an alternative investment. The Fund’s delayed delivery purchase commitments could cause its net asset value per share to be more volatile. The Fund may sell the right to acquire the security prior to delivery if the Investment Manager deems it advantageous to do so, which may result in a gain or loss to the Fund.
DERIVATIVES INSTRUMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. Derivatives are financial instruments that have a value which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of something else, such as one or more underlying securities, pools of securities, options, futures, indexes or currencies. The Fund may use derivative instruments to maintain cash reserves while remaining fully invested, to offset anticipated declines in values of investments, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to pursue higher investment returns. Derivative instruments are characterized by requiring little or no initial payment. Their value changes daily based on a security, a currency, a group of securities or currencies, or an index. A small change in the value of the underlying security, currency, or index can cause a sizable percentage gain or loss in the price of the derivative instrument.
Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts, and exchange-traded futures. Forward-based derivatives are sometimes referred to generically as “futures contracts.” Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on futures) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or futures in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets.
Options . An option is a contract. A person who buys a call option for a security has the right to buy the security at a set price for the length of the contract. A person who sells a call option is called a writer. The writer of a call option agrees to sell the security at the set price when the buyer wants to exercise the option at a certain time as provided in the option, no matter what the market price of the security is at that time. A person who buys a put option has the right to sell a security at a set price at a certain time as provided in the option. A person who writes a put option agrees to buy the security at the set price if the purchaser wants to exercise the option at a certain time as provided in the option, no matter what the market price of the security is at that time. An option is covered if the writer owns the security (in the case of a call) or sets aside the cash or securities of equivalent value (in the case of a put) that would be required upon exercise.
The price paid by the buyer for an option is called a premium. In addition to the premium, the buyer generally pays a broker a commission. The writer receives a premium, less another commission, at the time the option is written. The premium received by the writer is retained whether or not the option is exercised. A writer of a call option may have to sell the security for a below-market price if the market price rises above the exercise price. A writer of a put option may have to pay an above-market price for the security if its market price decreases below the exercise price.
When an option is purchased, the buyer pays a premium and a commission. It then pays a second commission on the purchase or sale of the underlying security when the option is exercised. For record keeping and tax purposes,

-4-


Table of Contents

the price obtained on the sale of the underlying security is the combination of the exercise price, the premium, and both commissions.
One of the risks an investor assumes when it buys an option is the loss of the premium. To be beneficial to the investor, the price of the underlying security must change within the time set by the option contract. Furthermore, the change must be sufficient to cover the premium paid, the commissions paid both in the acquisition of the option and in a closing transaction or in the exercise of the option and sale (in the case of a call) or purchase (in the case of a put) of the underlying security. Even then, the price change in the underlying security does not ensure a profit since prices in the option market may not reflect such a change.
Options on many securities are listed on options exchanges. When the Fund writes listed options, it will follow the rules of the options exchange. Options are valued at the close of the New York Stock Exchange. An option listed on a national exchange, Chicago Board Options Exchange, or NASDAQ will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices.
Options on certain securities are not actively traded on any exchange, but may be entered into directly with a dealer. These options may be more difficult to close. If an investor is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the call written by the investor expires or is exercised.
Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in futures contracts. A futures contract is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the “long” position) and a seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred until a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. Many futures contracts trade in a manner similar to the way a stock trades on a stock exchange and the commodity exchanges.
Generally, a futures contract is terminated by entering into an offsetting transaction. An offsetting transaction is effected by an investor taking an opposite position. At the time a futures contract is made, a good faith deposit called initial margin is set up. Daily thereafter, the futures contract is valued and the payment of variation margin is required so that each day a buyer would pay out cash in an amount equal to any decline in the contract’s value or receive cash equal to any increase. At the time a futures contract is closed out, a nominal commission is paid, which is generally lower than the commission on a comparable transaction in the cash market.
Futures contracts may be based on various securities, securities indexes (such as the S&P 500 Index), foreign currencies and other financial instruments and indexes.
The Fund may engage in futures and related options transactions to produce incremental earnings, to hedge existing positions, and to increase flexibility. The Fund intends to comply with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), under which a registered investment company such as the Fund is exempt from the definition of a “commodity pool operator.” The Fund, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator, meaning that the Fund may invest in futures contracts without registering with the CFTC.
Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in options on futures contracts. Options on futures contracts give the holder a right to buy or sell futures contracts in the future. Unlike a futures contract, which requires the parties to the contract to buy and sell a security on a set date (some futures are settled in cash), an option on a futures contract merely entitles its holder to decide on or before a future date (within nine months of the date of issue) whether to enter into a contract. If the holder decides not to enter into the contract, all that is lost is the amount (premium) paid for the option. Further, because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily payments of cash to reflect the change in the value of the underlying contract. However, since an option gives the buyer the right to enter into a contract at a set price for a fixed period of time, its value does change daily.
One of the risks in buying an option on a futures contract is the loss of the premium paid for the option. The risk involved in writing options on futures contracts an investor owns, or on securities held in its portfolio, is that there could be an increase in the market value of these contracts or securities. If that occurred, the option would be exercised and the asset sold at a lower price than the cash market price. To some extent, the risk of not realizing a

-5-


Table of Contents

gain could be reduced by entering into a closing transaction. An investor could enter into a closing transaction by purchasing an option with the same terms as the one previously sold. The cost to close the option and terminate the investor’s obligation, however, might still result in a loss. Further, the investor might not be able to close the option because of insufficient activity in the options market. Purchasing options also limits the use of monies that might otherwise be available for long-term investments.
Options on Indexes. The Fund may invest in options on indexes. Options on indexes are securities traded on national securities exchanges. An option on an index is similar to an option on a futures contract except all settlements are in cash. The Fund when exercising a put, for example, would receive the difference between the exercise price and the current index level. Options may also be traded with respect to other types of indexes, such as options on indexes of commodities futures.
Currency Options. The Fund may invest in currency options. Options on currencies are contracts that give the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call options) or sell (put options) a specified amount of a currency at a predetermined price (strike rate) on or before the option matures (expiry date). Conversely, the seller has the obligation to buy or sell a currency option upon exercise of the option by the purchaser. Currency options are traded either on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter.
Tax and Accounting Treatment. If the Fund is using short futures contracts for hedging purposes, the Fund may be required to defer recognizing losses incurred on short futures contracts and on underlying securities. Any losses incurred on securities that are part of a straddle may be deferred to the extent there is unrealized appreciation on the offsetting position until the offsetting position is sold. Federal income tax treatment of gains or losses from transactions in options, options on futures contracts and indexes will depend on whether the option is a section 1256 contract. If the option is a non-equity option, the Fund would either make a 1256(d) election and treat the option as a mixed straddle or mark to market the option at fiscal year end and treat the gain/loss as 40% short-term and 60% long-term.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has ruled publicly that an exchange-traded call option is a security for purposes of the 50%-of-assets test and that its issuer is the issuer of the underlying security, not the writer of the option, for purposes of the diversification requirements.
Accounting for futures contracts will be according to generally accepted accounting principles. Initial margin deposits will be recognized as assets due from a broker (the Fund’s agent in acquiring the futures position). During the period the futures contract is open, changes in value of the contract will be recognized as unrealized gains or losses by marking to market on a daily basis to reflect the market value of the contract at the end of each day’s trading. Variation margin payments will be made or received depending upon whether gains or losses are incurred. All contracts and options will be valued at the last quoted sales price on their primary exchange.
Other Risks of Derivatives. The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk of the underlying asset, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose an investor to losses. Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. The successful use of derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the Investment Manager’s ability to predict movements of the securities, currencies, and commodity markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed.
Another risk is the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded derivative instruments is generally less than for privately-negotiated or OTC derivative instruments, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For privately-negotiated instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. In all transactions, an investor will bear the risk that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other losses.

-6-


Table of Contents

When a derivative transaction is used to completely hedge another position, an imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments will result in changes in the market value of the combined position (the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged). With a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged for any change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated. For example, if the value of a derivative instrument used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded.
Derivatives also are subject to the risk that they cannot be sold, closed out, or replaced quickly at or very close to their fundamental value. Generally, exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.
Another risk is caused by the legal unenforceability of a party’s obligations under the derivative. A counterparty that has lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products. (See also “Foreign Currency Transactions.”)
Losses involving derivative instruments may be substantial, because a relatively small price movement in the underlying security(ies), instrument, currency or index may result in a substantial loss for the Fund. In addition to the potential for increased losses, the use of derivative instruments may lead to increased volatility within the Fund. Derivative instruments in which the Fund invests will typically increase the Fund’s exposure to its principal risks to which it is otherwise exposed, and may expose the Fund to additional risks, including correlation risk, counterparty credit risk, hedging risk, leverage risk, and liquidity risk.
Correlation risk is related to hedging risk and is the risk that there may be an incomplete correlation between the hedge and the opposite position, which may result in increased or unanticipated losses.
Counterparty credit risk is the risk that a counterparty to the derivative instrument becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, and the Fund may obtain no recovery of its investment or may only obtain a limited recovery, and any recovery may be delayed.
Hedging risk is the risk that derivative instruments used to hedge against an opposite position may offset losses, but they may also offset gains. There is no guarantee that a hedging strategy will eliminate the risk which the hedging strategy is intended to offset, which may lead to losses within the Fund.
Leverage risk is the risk that losses from the derivative instrument may be greater than the amount invested in the derivative instrument.
Liquidity risk is the risk that the derivative instrument may be difficult or impossible to sell or terminate, which may cause the Fund to be in a position to do something the Investment Manager would not otherwise choose, including accepting a lower price for the derivative instrument, selling other investments or foregoing another, more appealing investment opportunity. Derivative instruments which are not traded on an exchange, including, but not limited to, forward contracts, swaps, and over-the-counter options may have liquidity risk.
Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited losses regardless of the size of the initial investment.
DIVERSIFICATION RISK. The Fund is a non-diversified fund. A non-diversified fund may invest more of its assets in fewer companies than if it were a diversified fund. Because each investment has a greater effect on the Fund’s performance, the Fund may be more exposed to the risks of loss and volatility than a fund that invests more broadly.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are traded on an exchange like individual stocks, but they generally represent baskets of securities that seek to track the

-7-


Table of Contents

performance of certain indices. The indices include not only broad-market indices but more specific indices as well, including those relating to particular sectors, countries and regions.
An ETF’s share price may not track its specified market index and may trade below its net asset value (i.e., at a discount). ETFs generally use a “passive” investment strategy and will not attempt to take defensive positions in volatile or declining markets. An active secondary market in an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained and may be halted or interrupted due to actions by its listing exchange, unusual market conditions or other reasons. There can be no assurance an ETF’s shares will continue to be listed on an active exchange. In addition, shareholders bear both their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses and similar expenses incurred through the Fund’s ownership of shares of the ETF. See also “Investments in Other Investment Companies and Related Risks.”
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS AND THEIR RISKS. Investments in foreign countries usually involve currencies of foreign countries. In addition, the Fund may hold cash and cash equivalent investments in foreign currencies. As a result, the value of the Fund’s assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations. Also, the Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time causing the Fund’s NAV to fluctuate. Currency exchange rates are generally determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates, and other complex factors. Currency exchange rates also can be affected by the intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments.
Spot Rates and Derivative Instruments. The Fund may conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either at the spot (cash) rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or by entering into forward currency exchange contracts (forward contracts). (See also “Derivative Instruments.”) These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such derivative instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.
The Fund may enter into forward contracts for a variety of reasons, but primarily it will enter into such contracts for risk management (hedging) or for investment purposes.
The Fund may enter into forward contracts to settle a security transaction or handle dividend and interest collection. When the Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or has been notified of a dividend or interest payment, it may desire to lock in the price of the security or the amount of the payment, usually in U.S. dollars, although it could desire to lock in the price of the security in another currency. By entering into a forward contract, the Fund would be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between different currencies from the date the security is purchased or sold to the date on which payment is made or received or when the dividend or interest is actually received.
The Fund may enter into forward contracts when management of the Fund believes the currency of a particular foreign country may decline in value relative to another currency. When selling currencies forward in this fashion, the Fund may seek to hedge the value of foreign securities it holds against an adverse move in exchange rates. The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of securities involved generally will not be possible since the future value of securities in foreign currencies more than likely will change between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
This method of protecting the value of the Fund’s securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange that can be achieved at some point in time. Although forward contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in value of hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result should the value of such currency increase.

-8-


Table of Contents

The Fund may also enter into forward contracts when the Investment Manager believes the currency of a particular country will increase in value relative to another currency. The Fund may buy currencies forward to gain exposure to a currency without incurring the additional costs of purchasing securities denominated in that currency.
The Fund may designate cash or securities in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to consummating forward contracts entered into under the circumstance set forth above. If the value of the securities declines, additional cash or securities will be designated on a daily basis so that the value of the cash or securities will equal the amount of the Fund’s commitments on such contracts.
At maturity of a forward contract, the Fund may either deliver (if a contract to sell) or take delivery of (if a contract to buy) the foreign currency or terminate its contractual obligation by entering into an offsetting contract with the same currency trader, the same maturity date, and covering the same amount of foreign currency.
If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it would incur a gain or loss to the extent there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to buy or sell the foreign currency.
Although the Fund values its assets each business day in terms of U.S. dollars, it may not intend to convert its foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. It would do so from time to time, and stockholders should be aware of currency conversion costs. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (spread) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
Options on Foreign Currencies. The Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and cash-secured put options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes and to gain exposure to foreign currencies. For example, a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against the diminutions in the value of securities, the Fund may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, the Fund would have the right to sell the currency for a fixed amount in dollars and would offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio that otherwise would have resulted.
Conversely, where a change in the dollar value of a currency would increase the cost of securities the Fund plans to buy, or where the Fund would benefit from increased exposure to the currency, the Fund may buy call options on the foreign currency. The purchase of the options could offset, at least partially, the changes in exchange rates.
As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Fund derived from purchases of foreign currency options would be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require it to forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in rates.
The Fund may write options on foreign currencies for the same types of purposes. For example, when the Fund anticipates a decline in the dollar value of foreign-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option would most likely not be exercised and the diminution in value of securities would be fully or partially offset by the amount of the premium received.
Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option when a foreign currency is expected to appreciate, the Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency. If rates move in the manner projected, the put option would expire unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium.
As in the case of other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and the Fund would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss

-9-


Table of Contents

that may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Fund also may be required to forego all or a portion of the benefits that might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements on exchange rates.
All options written on foreign currencies will be covered. An option written on foreign currencies is covered if the Fund holds currency sufficient to cover the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that currency without additional cash consideration upon conversion of assets denominated in that currency or exchange of other currency held in its portfolio. An option writer could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investments, due to the margin and collateral requirements associated with such positions.
Options on foreign currencies are traded through financial institutions acting as market-makers, although foreign currency options also are traded on certain national securities exchanges, such as the Philadelphia Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, subject to SEC regulation. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For example, there are no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. Although the purchaser of an option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related transaction costs, this entire amount could be lost.
Foreign currency option positions entered into on a national securities exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation (OCC), thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily available than in the over-the-counter market, potentially permitting the Fund to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.
The purchase and sale of exchange-traded foreign currency options, however, is subject to the risks of availability of a liquid secondary market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in certain foreign countries for that purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.
Foreign Currency Futures and Related Options. The Fund may enter into currency futures contracts to buy or sell currencies. It also may buy put and call options and write covered call and cash-secured put options on currency futures. Currency futures contracts are similar to currency forward contracts, except that they are traded on exchanges (and have margin requirements) and are standardized as to contract size and delivery date. Most currency futures call for payment of delivery in U.S. dollars. The Fund may use currency futures for the same purposes as currency forward contracts, subject to CFTC limitations.
Currency futures and options on futures values can be expected to correlate with exchange rates, but will not reflect other factors that may affect the value of the Fund’s investments. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a Yen-denominated bond against a decline in the Yen, but will not protect the Fund against price decline if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Because the value of the Fund’s investments denominated in foreign currency will change in response to many factors other than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of a forward contract to the value of the Fund’s investments denominated in that currency over time.
The Fund will hold securities or other options or futures positions whose values are expected to offset its foreign currency obligations. The Fund would not enter into a foreign currency option or futures position that exposes the Fund to an obligation to another party unless it owns either (i) an offsetting position in securities or (ii) cash, receivables and securities with a value sufficient to cover its potential obligations. (See also “Derivative Instruments” and “Foreign and Emerging Markets Securities.”) Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with foreign currency transactions include: Derivatives Risk, Interest Rate Risk and Liquidity Risk.

-10-


Table of Contents

FOREIGN GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in debt securities issued by foreign governments, which are sovereign debt obligations. By investing in debt obligations of governmental entities, the Fund will be exposed to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social and economic changes in various countries. Political changes in a particular country may affect the willingness of a particular government to make or provide for timely payments of its debt obligations. The country’s economic status, as reflected, among other things, in its inflation rate, the amount of its external debt and its gross domestic product, will also affect the government’s ability to honor its obligations.
In addition, the Fund’s investment in debt obligations of supranational entities is subject to the additional risk that one or more member governments may fail to make required capital contributions to a particular supranational entity and, as a result, such supranational entity may be unable to meet its obligations with respect to its debt obligations held by the Fund.
With respect to sovereign debt of emerging market issuers, investors should be aware that certain emerging market countries are among the largest debtors to commercial banks and foreign governments. At times, certain emerging market countries have declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on external debt. Certain emerging market countries have experienced difficulty in servicing their sovereign debt in a timely basis that led to defaults and the restructuring of certain indebtedness.
FOREIGN AND EMERGING MARKETS SECURITIES AND THEIR RISKS. Foreign securities are securities of issuers organized outside the United States. Foreign securities are primarily denominated in foreign currencies. In addition to the risks normally associated with domestic securities of the same type, foreign securities are subject to country risk, currency risk, custody risk, and emerging markets risk, each as described below:
Country risk includes the risks associated with the political, economic, social and other conditions of a foreign country. These conditions include lack of publicly available information and less government oversight and regulation of business and industry practices of stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S. (including lack of uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to domestic companies). In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of nationalization, expropriation, the imposition of additional withholding or confiscatory taxes, political, social, or economic instability, diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries, or other unforeseen actions by regulatory bodies (such as changes to settlement or custody procedures). It may be more difficult for an investor’s agents to keep currently informed about corporate actions such as stock dividends or other matters that may affect the prices of portfolio securities. The liquidity of foreign investments may be more limited than for most U.S. investments, which means that, at times it may be difficult to sell foreign securities at desirable prices. Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets and, when participating in new issues, some foreign countries require payment to be made in advance of issuance (at the time of issuance, the market value of the security may be more or less than the purchase price). Fixed commissions on some foreign stock exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges. Further, the Fund may encounter difficulties or be unable to pursue legal remedies and obtain judgments in foreign courts. The introduction of the euro for participating European nations in the Economic and Monetary Union (EU) presents unique risks. The most important is the exposure to the economic, political and social development of the member countries in the EU.
Currency risk results from the constantly changing exchange rates between local currency and the U.S. dollar. Whenever the Fund holds securities valued in a foreign currency or holds the currency, changes in the exchange rate add to or subtract from the value of the investment.
Custody risk refers to the process of clearing and settling trades. It also covers holding securities with local agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to such problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Local agents are held only to the standard of care of the local market. Governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that are not subject to independent evaluation. The less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of problems occurring.

-11-


Table of Contents

Emerging markets risk includes the risks associated with the dramatic pace of change (economic, social and political) in these countries as well as the other considerations listed above. These markets, which may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities, are in early stages of development and are extremely volatile. They can be marked by extreme inflation, devaluation of currencies, dependence on trade partners, and hostile relations with neighboring countries.
HIGH-YIELD DEBT SECURITIES (JUNK BONDS) AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in high yield (high-risk) debt securities, sometimes referred to as junk bonds. They are non-investment grade (lower quality) securities that have speculative characteristics. Lower quality securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below. (See also “Debt Obligations.”)
All fixed rate interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than a default by issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower quality security defaulted, an investor might incur additional expenses to seek recovery.
Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the securities. Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality.
An investor may have difficulty disposing of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities also may make it more difficult for an investor to obtain accurate market quotations. Market quotations are generally available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales.
Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with high-yield debt securities include Credit Risk, Interest Rate Risk, and Prepayment and Extension Risk.
ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED SECURITIES AND THEIR RISKS. Illiquid securities are securities that are not readily marketable. These securities may include, but are not limited to, certain securities that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, certain repurchase agreements, and derivative instruments. To the extent the Fund invests in illiquid or restricted securities, it may encounter difficulty in determining a market value for the securities. Disposing of illiquid or restricted securities may involve time-consuming negotiations and legal expense, and it may be difficult or impossible for the Fund to sell the investment promptly and at an acceptable price.
In determining the liquidity of all securities and derivatives, such as Rule 144A securities, which are unregistered securities offered to qualified institutional buyers, and interest-only and principal-only fixed mortgage-backed

-12-


Table of Contents

securities (IOs and POs) issued by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities, the Investment Manager, under guidelines established by the Fund’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), will consider any relevant factors including the frequency of trades, the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the nature of marketplace trades. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risk associated with illiquid and restricted securities is Liquidity Risk.
INFLATION RISK. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of the Fund’s holdings or its distribution will decrease as inflation shrinks the purchasing power of the U.S. dollar. Inflation causes money to decrease in value at some rate, and does so whether the money is invested or not.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS (IPOs) AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in IPOs. IPOs are subject to many of the same risks as investing in companies with smaller market capitalizations. Companies issuing IPOs generally have limited operating histories, and their prospects for future profitability are uncertain. These companies often are engaged in new and evolving businesses and are particularly vulnerable to competition and to changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be dependent on certain key managers and third parties, need more personnel and other resources to manage growth and require significant additional capital. They may also be dependent on limited product lines and uncertain property rights and need regulatory approvals. Funds that invest in IPOs can be affected by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. Stock prices of IPOs can also be highly unstable, due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited investor information. Most IPOs involve a high degree of risk not normally associated with offerings of more seasoned companies.
To the extent the Fund determines to invest in IPOs, it may not be able to invest to the extent desired because, for example, only a small portion (if any) of the securities being offered in an IPO may be made available. The investment performance of the Fund during periods when it is unable to invest significantly or at all in IPOs may be lower than during periods when the Fund is able to do so. If the Fund sells its investments in IPOs within 12 months of purchase, this may result in increased short-term capital gains, which will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Although one or more risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with IPOs include Small- and Mid-Sized Company Risk.
INTEREST RATE RISK. The securities in the portfolio are subject to the risk of losses attributable to changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk is generally associated with bond prices: when interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa. In general, the longer the maturity or duration of a bond, the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates.
INVESTMENTS IN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND RELATED RISKS. The Fund may invest in securities of other investment companies, such as, among others, exchange-traded funds, subject to limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act and exemptive orders issued by the SEC. The shares of other investment companies are subject to the management fees and other expenses of those companies, and the purchase of shares of some investment companies requires the payment of sales loads and (in the case of closed-end investment companies) sometimes substantial premiums above the value of such companies’ portfolio securities or net asset values. The Fund would continue, at the same time, to pay its own management fees and expenses with respect to all of its investments, including shares of other investment companies. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risk associated with the securities of other investment companies is Market Risk.
ISSUER RISK. An issuer, or the value of its stocks or bonds, may perform poorly. Poor performance may be caused by poor management decisions, competitive pressures, breakthroughs in technology, reliance on suppliers, labor problems or shortages, corporate restructurings, fraudulent disclosures, or other factors.
LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES AND RELATED RISKS. To generate additional income, the Fund may lend up to one-third of the value of its Managed Assets to broker-dealers, banks or other institutional borrowers of securities. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as lending agent (the “Lending Agent”) to the funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, which includes the Fund, pursuant to a securities lending agreement (the “Securities Lending Agreement”) approved by the Board.

-13-


Table of Contents

Under the Securities Lending Agreement, the Lending Agent loans securities to approved borrowers pursuant to borrower agreements in exchange for collateral equal to at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. Collateral may consist of cash, securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities (collectively, “U.S. government securities”) or such other collateral as may be approved by the Board. For loans secured by cash, the Fund retains the interest earned on cash collateral investments, but is required to pay the borrower a rebate for the use of the cash collateral. For loans secured by U.S. government securities, the borrower pays a borrower fee to the Lending Agent on behalf of the Fund. If the market value of the loaned securities goes up, the Lending Agent will request additional collateral from the borrower. If the market value of the loaned securities goes down, the borrower may request that some collateral be returned. During the existence of the loan, the lender will receive from the borrower amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, as well as interest on such amounts.
Loans are subject to termination by the Fund or a borrower at any time. The Fund may choose to terminate a loan in order to vote in a proxy solicitation if the Fund has knowledge of a material event to be voted on that would affect the Fund’s investment in the loaned security.
Securities lending involves Counterparty Risk (as described above), including the risk that a borrower may not provide additional collateral when required or return the loaned securities in a timely manner. Counterparty risk also includes a potential loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the Lending Agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased if the Fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. There are no limits on the number of borrowers the Fund may use and the Fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. Funds participating in securities lending also bear the risk of loss in connection with investments of cash collateral received from the borrowers. Cash collateral is invested in accordance with investment guidelines contained in the Securities Lending Agreement and approved by the Board. To the extent that the value or return of the Fund’s investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower, the Fund may incur losses that exceed the amount it earned on lending the security. The Lending Agent will indemnify the Fund from losses resulting from a borrower’s failure to return a loaned security when due, but such indemnification does not extend to losses associated with declines in the value of cash collateral investments.
LEVERAGE RISK. Leverage occurs when the Fund increases its assets available for investment by issuing shares of preferred stock (“Preferred Shares”) or using borrowings, short sales, derivatives, or similar instruments or techniques. The Fund does not currently anticipate issuing Preferred Shares or borrowing money. Due to the fact that short sales involve borrowing securities and then selling them, the Fund’s short sales effectively leverage the Fund’s assets. The use of leverage may make any change in the Fund’s net asset value even greater and thus result in increased volatility of returns. The Fund’s assets that are used as collateral to secure the short sales may decrease in value while the short positions are outstanding, which may force the Fund to use its other assets to increase the collateral. Leverage can also create an interest expense that may lower the Fund’s overall returns. Lastly, there is no guarantee that a leveraging strategy will be successful.
LIQUIDITY RISK. The risk associated from a lack of marketability of securities which may make it difficult or impossible to sell at desirable prices in order to minimize loss. The Fund may have to lower the selling price, sell other investments, or forego another, more appealing investment opportunity.
MARKET RISK. The market value of securities may fall or fail to rise. Market risk may affect a single issuer, sector of the economy, industry, or the market as a whole. The market value of securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. This risk is generally greater for small- and mid-sized companies, which tend to be more vulnerable to adverse developments. In addition, focus on a particular style, for example, investment in growth securities, may cause the Fund to underperform other funds if that style falls out of favor with the market.
PORTFOLIO TRADING AND TURNOVER RISKS. Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objectives of the Fund in relation to actual and anticipated movements in interest rates, securities markets and for other reasons. In addition, a security may be sold and another of comparable quality purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what the Investment Manager believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain securities may cause a temporarily low price for such security, as compared with other securities of like quality and characteristics. The Fund may also engage in

-14-


Table of Contents

short-term trading consistent with its investment objectives. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline or purchased in anticipation of a market rise and later sold, or to recognize a gain.
A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” The Fund is managed without regard generally to restrictions on portfolio turnover. The use of certain derivative instruments with relatively short maturities may tend to exaggerate the portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. High portfolio turnover (e.g., greater than 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. Trading in debt obligations does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher the transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Transactions in the Fund’s portfolio securities may result in realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains which are generally taxed to stockholders at ordinary income tax rates). The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.
PREPAYMENT AND EXTENSION RISK. The risk that a bond or other security might be called, or otherwise converted, prepaid, or redeemed, before maturity. This risk is primarily associated with asset-backed securities, including mortgage backed securities. If a security is converted, prepaid, or redeemed, before maturity, particularly during a time of declining interest rates, the portfolio managers may not be able to reinvest in securities providing as high a level of income, resulting in a reduced yield to the Fund. Conversely, as interest rates rise, the likelihood of prepayment decreases. The portfolio managers may be unable to capitalize on securities with higher interest rates because the Fund’s investments are locked in at a lower rate for a longer period of time.
REINVESTMENT RISK. The risk that an investor will not be able to reinvest income or principal at the same rate it currently is earning.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. Repurchase agreements may be entered into with banks or securities dealers or their affiliates. In a repurchase agreement, the purchaser buys a security at one price, and at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase agreement determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the purchaser’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.
Repurchase agreements carry certain risks not associated with direct investments in securities, including a possible decline in the market value of the underlying obligations. If their value becomes less than the repurchase price, plus any agreed-upon additional amount, the counterparty must provide additional collateral so that at all times the collateral is at least equal to the repurchase price plus any agreed-upon additional amount. The difference between the total amount to be received upon repurchase of the obligations and the price that was paid by the Fund upon acquisition is accrued as interest and included in its net investment income. Repurchase agreements involving obligations other than U.S. Government securities (such as commercial paper and corporate bonds) may be subject to special risks and may not have the benefit of certain protections in the event of the counterparty’s insolvency. If the seller or guarantor becomes insolvent, the Fund may suffer delays, costs and possible losses in connection with the disposition of collateral. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risk associated with repurchase agreements is Credit Risk.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. In a reverse repurchase agreement, an investor sells a security and enters into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. The investor generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. Since the investor receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the buyer of the securities sold by the Fund might be unable to deliver them when the Fund seeks to repurchase the securities. In the event that the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the buyer, trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.

-15-


Table of Contents

Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements include Credit Risk and Interest Rate Risk. See also “Derivative Instruments and their Risks.”
SECTOR RISK. Investments that are concentrated in a particular issuer, industry, geographic region or sector will be more susceptible to changes in price. The more a fund diversifies, the more it spreads risk and potentially reduces the risks of loss and volatility.
SMALL- AND MID-SIZED COMPANY RISK. Investments in small and medium companies often involve greater risks than investments in larger, more established companies because small and medium companies may lack the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, experience and competitive strengths of larger companies. Additionally, in many instances, the securities of small and medium companies are traded only over-the-counter or on regional securities exchanges and the frequency and volume of their trading is substantially less and may be more volatile than is typical of larger companies. In addition, the returns from a specific type of security (for example, mid-cap stocks) may trail returns from other asset classes or the overall market. Each type of security will go through cycles of doing better or worse than stocks or bonds in general. These periods may last for several years.
STRUCTURED INVESTMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in structured investments. A structured investment is a security whose return is tied to an underlying index or to some other security or pool of assets. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are created and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified instruments, such as commercial bank loans, and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of debt obligations (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions. The extent of the payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Structured securities are often offered in different classes. As a result, a given class of a structured security may be either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and at any given time there may be no active trading market for a particular structured security. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with structured investments include Credit Risk and Liquidity Risk.
SWAP AGREEMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may engage in swap agreements. Swap agreements are typically individually negotiated agreements that obligate two parties to exchange payments based on a reference to a specified asset, reference rate or index. Swap agreements will tend to shift a party’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. A swap agreement can increase or decrease the volatility of the Fund’s investments and its NAV.
Swap agreements are traded in the over-the-counter market and may be considered to be illiquid. Swap agreements entail the risk that a party will default on its payment obligations. The Fund will enter into a swap agreement only if the claims-paying ability of the other party or its guarantor is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Manager. Generally, the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party or its guarantor must be rated in one of the three highest rating categories of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization  at the time of entering into the transaction. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. In certain circumstances, the Fund may seek to minimize counterparty risk by requiring the counterparty to post collateral.
Swap agreements are usually entered into without an upfront payment because the value of each party’s position is the same. The market values of the underlying commitments will change over time resulting in one of the commitments being worth more than the other and the net market value creating a risk exposure for one counterparty or the other.

-16-


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Swaps . Interest rate swap agreements are often used to obtain or preserve a desired return or spread at a lower cost than through a direct investment in an instrument that yields the desired return or spread. They are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. In a standard interest rate swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange their respective commitments to pay fixed or floating rates on a predetermined specified (notional) amount. The swap agreement notional amount is the predetermined basis for calculating the obligations that the swap counterparties have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements, the obligations of the parties are exchanged on a net basis. The two payment streams are netted out, with each party receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate swaps can be based on various measures of interest rates, including LIBOR, swap rates, treasury rates and other foreign interest rates.
Cross Currency Swaps. Cross currency swaps are similar to interest rate swaps, except that they involve multiple currencies. The Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has exposure to one currency and desires exposure to a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. In addition to paying and receiving amounts at the beginning and termination of the agreements, both sides will also have to pay in full periodically based upon the currency they have borrowed. Change in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.
Total Return Swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of the underlying assets, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or security indexes during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate of the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or market. For example, CMBS total return swaps are bilateral financial contracts designed to replicate synthetically the total returns of commercial mortgage-backed securities. In a typical total return equity swap, payments made by the Fund or the counterparty are based on the total return of a particular reference asset or assets (such as an equity security, a combination of such securities, or an index). That is, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, basket of stocks, or stock index in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Total return swaps involve not only the risk associated with the investment in the underlying securities, but also the risk of the counterparty not fulfilling its obligations under the agreement.
Swaption Transaction . A swaption is an option on a swap agreement and a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms, in return for payment of the purchase price (the “premium”) of the option. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. The writer of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes in the market value on the underlying swap agreement.
Swaptions can be bundled and sold as a package. These are commonly called interest rate caps, floors and collars. In interest rate cap transactions, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or cap. Interest rate floor transactions require one party, in exchange for a premium to agree to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or floor. In interest rate collar transactions, one party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels or collar amounts.
Credit Default Swaps . Credit default swaps are contracts in which third party credit risk is transferred from one party to another party. One party, the protection buyer, makes payments to the other party, the protection seller, in return for the ability of the protection buyer to deliver a reference obligation, or portfolio of reference obligations, to the protection seller upon the occurrence of certain credit events relating to the issuer of the reference obligation and receive the notional amount of the reference obligation from the protection seller. The Fund may use credit default swaps for various purposes including to increase or decrease its credit exposure to various issuers. For

-17-


Table of Contents

example, as a seller in a transaction, the Fund could use credit default swaps as a way of increasing investment exposure to a particular issuer’s bonds in lieu of purchasing such bonds directly. Similarly, as a buyer in a transaction, the Fund may use credit default swaps to hedge its exposure on bonds that it owns or in lieu of selling such bonds. A credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an up front payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference obligations that may have little or no value. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference obligation that may have little or no value.
Credit default swap agreements can involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to counterparty credit risk, leverage risk, hedging risk, correlation risk and liquidity risk. The Fund will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. The Fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund). In connection with credit default swaps in which the Fund is the buyer, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or other liquid assets, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the Fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Fund to any counterparty), on a marked-to-market basis. In connection with credit default swaps in which the Fund is the seller, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or other liquid assets, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Fund). Such segregation or “earmarking” will ensure that the Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the Fund’s exposure to loss.
The use of swap agreements by the Fund entails certain risks, which may be different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the securities and other investments that are the referenced asset for the swap agreement. Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses and tax planning different from those associated with stocks, bonds and other traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate or index, but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all the possible market conditions. Because some swap agreements have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate, or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. Certain swaps have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with swaps include Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk and Market Risk.
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES AND THEIR RISKS. The Fund may invest in warrants. Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period or perpetually. Warrants may be acquired separately or in connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. Warrants may be considered to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risks associated with warrants include Market Risk.
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS AND THEIR RISKS. When-issued securities and forward commitments involve a commitment to purchase or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield in which

-18-


Table of Contents

payment and delivery take place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the purchase although in some cases settlement may take longer. The investor does not pay for the securities or receive dividends or interest on them until the contractual settlement date. Such instruments involve the risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date and the risk that the security will not be issued as anticipated. If the security is not issued as anticipated, the Fund may lose the opportunity to obtain a price and yield considered to be advantageous.
Securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis are subject to changes in market value based upon investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer and upon changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. If the Fund remains substantially fully invested at the same time that it has purchased securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the market value of the Fund’s assets may fluctuate more than would otherwise be the case. Purchasing a security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis can involve a risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may be higher than those obtained on the security so purchased. Sales of securities held by the Fund in order to meet obligations resulting from when-issued or forward commitment securities carries with it a greater potential for the realization of capital gain or loss. Although one or more of the other risks described in this SAI may apply, the largest risk associated with when-issued securities and forward commitments is Credit Risk.
OTHER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES. The Fund may, subject to the approval of the Fund’s Board, use various other investment management techniques that also involve certain risks and special considerations, including engaging in hedging and risk management transactions, such as interest rate transactions, options, futures, swaps and other derivatives transactions, as described above. Strategic transactions will be entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Fund’s portfolio of securities, but may have the effect of limiting the gains from favorable market movements. Strategic transactions involve risks, including: (1) that the loss on the strategic transaction position may be larger than the gain in the portfolio position being hedged and (2) that the derivative instruments used in strategic transactions may not be liquid and may require the Fund to pay additional amounts of money. Successful use of strategic transactions depends on the Investment Manager’s ability to predict correctly market movements, which cannot be assured. Losses on strategic transactions may reduce the Fund’s net asset value and its ability to pay dividends if they are not offset by gains on the portfolio positions being hedged.
FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
     The Fund is subject to fundamental policies that place restrictions on certain types of investments. The Fund’s fundamental policies cannot be changed except by vote of a majority of its outstanding voting securities. Under these policies, the Fund may not:
    Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except to the extent permissible under applicable law and interpretations, as they may be amended from time to time, and except this shall not prevent the Fund from buying or selling options, futures contracts and foreign currency or from entering into forward currency contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by, or whose value is derived from, physical commodities;
     
     
 
    Issue senior securities or borrow money, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act or any rule thereunder, any SEC or SEC staff interpretations thereof or any exemptions therefrom which may be granted by the SEC;
 
    Make loans, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act or any rule thereunder, any SEC or SEC staff interpretations thereof or any exemptions therefrom which may be granted by the SEC;

-19-


Table of Contents

    Underwrite the securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) in disposing of a portfolio security or in connection with investments in other investment companies;
 
    Buy or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or real estate investment trusts; and
 
    Invest 25% or more of its Managed Assets (as defined below), at market value, in the securities of issuers in any particular industry, except that the Fund will invest at least 25% of the value of its Managed Assets in technology and technology-related stocks (in which the Fund intends to concentrate) and may invest without limit in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or government-sponsored enterprises, as described in the Prospectus, which may be amended from time to time.
     “Managed Assets” means the net asset value of the Fund's outstanding Common Shares plus any liquidation preference of any issued and outstanding Preferred Shares and the principal amount of any borrowings used for leverage.
     The Fund’s fundamental policies set forth above prohibit transactions “except as permitted by the Investment Company Act or any rule thereunder, any Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or SEC staff interpretations thereof or any exemptions therefrom which may be granted by the SEC.” The following discussion explains the flexibility that the Fund gains from these exceptions.
     Issuing senior securities — A “senior security” is an obligation with respect to the earnings or assets of a company that takes precedence over the claims of that company’s common stock with respect to the same earnings or assets. The Investment Company Act limits the ability of a closed-end fund to issue senior securities, but SEC staff interpretations allow a fund to engage in certain types of transactions that otherwise might raise senior security concerns (such as short sales, buying and selling financial futures contracts and selling put and call options), provided that the Fund maintains segregated deposits or portfolio securities, or otherwise covers the transaction with offsetting portfolio securities, in amounts sufficient to offset any liability associated with the transaction. The exception in the fundamental policy allows the Fund to operate in reliance upon these staff interpretations.
     Borrowing money — The Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow up to 33 1 / 3 % of its Managed Assets, plus an additional 5% of its Managed Assets for temporary purposes.
     Making loans — The Investment Company Act generally prohibits the Fund from making loans to affiliated persons but does not otherwise restrict the Fund’s ability to make loans.
     Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund’s fundamental policies may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. When used with respect to particular shares of the Fund, a “majority of the outstanding” shares means the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a stockholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present at the meeting or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
     The Fund’s investment objectives are nonfundamental, and may be changed by the Fund’s Board without approval of the Fund’s holders of Common Shares (“Common Stockholders”). However, the Fund will provide stockholders at least 60 days notice of any change to its investment objectives.
     Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund also may not change its principal investment strategy of investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related

-20-


Table of Contents

companies and its policy with respect to the use of the Rules-based Option Strategy (as defined in the Fund's prospectus) on a month-to-month basis, without first providing notice to stockholders at least 60 days prior to such change. If the Board were to approve a change to these Fund policies, such a notice will be provided in plain English in a separate written document and will contain the following prominent statement, in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This prominent statement will also appear on the envelope in which the notice is delivered or, if the notice is delivered separately from other communications to stockholders, such statement will appear either on the notice or on the envelope in which the notice is delivered.
     For temporary defensive purposes in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash or cash equivalents, including, but not limited to, prime commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits or repurchase agreements for such securities, and securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies and instrumentalities, and government-sponsored enterprises, as well as cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies. Fixed time deposits, unlike negotiable certificates of deposit, generally do not have a market and may be subject to penalties for early withdrawal of funds. During periods when the Fund has taken such a defensive position, it may not be achieving its investment objectives.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
     The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned during the year. Securities whose maturity or expiration date at the time of acquisition are one year or less are excluded from the calculation. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate will not be a limiting factor when the Fund deems it desirable to sell or purchase securities.

-21-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
     The business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Fund’s Board. Subject to the provisions of the Fund’s charter, its Bylaws and Maryland law (where the Fund is organized), all powers of the Fund may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board necessary and convenient to carry out their responsibilities, including the election and removal of the Fund’s officers.
     Stockholders of the Fund elect a Board that oversees the Fund’s operations. The Board annually elects officers who are responsible for day-to-day business decisions based on policies set by the Board. In addition to serving on the Fund’s Board, each Board member serves on the boards of directors/trustees of the other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, which consists of 133 funds, including 100 RiverSource funds, RiverSource Partners funds, Threadneedle funds and 33 Seligman funds. The Board is divided into three classes, each of which consists of four Directors. Members of each class typically hold office for a term of 3 years and until their successors are elected and qualify or until he or she reaches the mandatory retirement age established by the Board. The term of one class expires in each year.
     The table below lists the names of the Directors of the Fund, their address and age, the position(s) they hold with the Fund, their term of office and length of time served, a description of their principal occupations during the past five years, any other directorships held by the Director and their Fund committee memberships.

-22-


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS(a)
                 
    Position with            
    Fund   Principal Occupation        
    and Length of   During Last   Other   Committee
Name, Address, Age   Time Served   Five Years   Directorships   Memberships
Kathleen Blatz
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 55
  Board member since
October 2009
  Chief Justice, Minnesota Supreme Court, 1998-2006; attorney   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Compliance,
Investment Review,
Audit
 
               
Arne H. Carlson
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 75
  Board member since
October 2009
  Chair, RiverSource Funds, 1999-2006; former Governor of Minnesota   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Compliance,
Contracts,
Executive,
Investment Review
 
               
Pamela G. Carlton
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 54
  Board member since
October 2009
  President, Springboard-Partners in Cross Cultural Leadership (consulting company)   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Distribution,
Investment Review,
Audit
 
               
Patricia M. Flynn
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 58
  Board member since
October 2009
  Trustee Professor of Economics and Management, Bentley University; former Dean, McCallum Graduate School of Business, Bentley University   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Contracts,
Investment Review
 
               
Anne P. Jones
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 74
  Board member since
October 2009
  Attorney and Consultant   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Compliance,
Executive,
Investment Review,
Audit
 
               
Jeffrey Laikind, CFA
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 73
  Board member since
October 2009
  Former Managing Director, Shikiar Asset Management   American Progressive Insurance; other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Distribution,
Executive,
Investment Review,
Audit
 
               
Stephen R. Lewis, Jr.
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 70
  Board member and Chair of Board since October 2009   President Emeritus and Professor of Economics, Carleton College   Valmont Industries, Inc. (manufactures irrigation systems); other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Compliance,
Contracts,
Executive,
Investment Review
 
               
John F. Maher
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 66
  Board member since
October 2009
  Retired President and Chief Executive Officer and former Director, Great Western Financial Corporation (financial services), 1986-1997.   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Distribution,
Investment Review,
Audit
 
               
Catherine James Paglia
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 57
  Board member since
October 2009
  Director, Enterprise Asset Management, Inc. (private real estate and asset management company)   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Board Governance,
Compliance,
Contracts,
Executive,
Investment Review
 
               
Leroy C. Richie
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 68
  Board member since
October 2009
  Counsel, Lewis & Munday, P.C. (law firm) since 1987; Vice President and General Counsel, Automotive Legal Affairs, Chrysler Corporation, 1990-1997   Digital Ally, Inc., (digital imaging); Infinity, Inc. (oil and gas exploration and production); and OGE Energy Corp. (energy and energy services); other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Contracts,
Distribution,
Investment Review
 
               
Alison Taunton-Rigby
901 S. Marquette Ave. Minneapolis, MN 55402 Age 65
  Board member since
October 2009
  Chief Executive Officer and Director, RiboNovix, Inc. since 2003 (biotechnology); former President, Forester Biotech   Idera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (biotechnology); Healthways, Inc. (health management programs); other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   Contracts,
Distribution,
Executive,
Investment Review
INTERESTED DIRECTORS(a)
                 
    Position with            
    Fund   Principal Occupation        
    and Length of   During Last   Other   Committee
Name, Address, Age   Time Served   Five Years   Directorships   Memberships
William F. Truscott
53600 Ameriprise Financial Center Minneapolis, MN 55474 Age 49
  Board member since October 2009 and Vice President since September 2009   President — U.S. Asset Management and Chief Investment Officer, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. since 2005; President, Chairman of the Board and Chief Investment Officer, RiverSource Investments, LLC since 2001; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, Ameriprise Certificate Company since 2006; Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, RiverSource Distributors, Inc. since 2006 and of RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc. since 2008; and Senior Vice President — Chief Investment Officer, Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 2001-2005   Other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds   None
 
(a)   “Independent Directors” are those Directors who are not “Interested Persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act), and “Interested Directors” are those Directors who are “Interested Persons” of the Fund.
     The Board has elected officers who are responsible for day-to-day business decisions based on policies it has established. The officers are elected annually and serve at the pleasure of the Board. In addition to Mr. Truscott, who is a Vice President, the other officers are:
FUND OFFICERS
         
    Position With    
    the Fund and Length Of    
Name, Address, Age   Time Served   Principal Occupation During Last Five Years
Patrick T. Bannigan
172 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 43
  President since September 2009  
Director and Senior Vice President — Asset Management, Products and Marketing, RiverSource Investments, LLC and Director and Vice President — Asset Management, Products and Marketing, RiverSource Distributors, Inc. since 2006 and of RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc. since 2008; Managing Director and Global Head of Product, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, 2004-2006; President, Touchstone Investments, 2002-2004
       
 
Michelle M. Keeley
172 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 45
  Vice President since September 2009  
Executive Vice President — Equity and Fixed Income, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. and RiverSource Investments, LLC since 2006, Vice President — Investments, Ameriprise Certificate Company since 2003; Senior Vice President — Fixed Income, Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 2002-2006 and RiverSource Investments, LLC, 2004-2006
       
 
Amy K. Johnson
172 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 43
  Vice President since September 2009  
Chief Administrative Officer, RiverSource Investments, LLC since 2009; Vice President — Asset Management and Trust Company Services, RiverSource Investments, LLC, Vice President — Operations and Compliance, RiverSource Investments, LLC, 2004-2006; Director of Product Development — Mutual Funds, Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 2001-2004

-24-


Table of Contents

         
    Position With    
    the Fund and Length Of    
Name, Address, Age   Time Served   Principal Occupation During Last Five Years
Scott R. Plummer
172 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 50
  Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary since
September 2009
  Vice President and Chief Counsel — Asset Management, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. since 2005; Chief Counsel, RiverSource Distributors, Inc. and Chief Legal Officer and Assistant Secretary, RiverSource Investments, LLC since 2006, Chief Counsel, RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc. since 2008; Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Ameriprise Certificate Company since 2005; Vice President — Asset Management Compliance, Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 2004-2005; Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, US Bancorp Asset Management, 2002-2004  
 
     
Jeffrey P. Fox
105 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 54
  Treasurer since September 2009   Vice President — Investment Accounting, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. since 2002; Chief Financial Officer, RiverSource Distributors, Inc. since 2006 and RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc. since 2008  
 
     
Eleanor T.M. Hoagland
100 Park Avenue,
New York, NY 10017
Age 58
  Chief Compliance Officer since
September 2009
  Chief Compliance Officer, RiverSource Investments, LLC, Kenwood Capital Management LLC, Ameriprise Certificate Company, RiverSource Service Corporation since 2009; Chief Compliance Officer for each of the Seligman funds since 2004 and all funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds since 2009; Anti Money Laundering Prevention Officer and Identity Theft Prevention Officer for each of the Seligman funds since 2008; Managing Director, J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated and Vice President of each of the Seligman funds, 2004-2008  
 
     
Neysa M. Alecu
2934 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, MN 55474
Age 45
  Money Laundering Prevention Officer since September 2009   Vice President — Compliance,
Ameriprise Financial, Inc. since 2008; Anti-Money Laundering Officer, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. since 2004; Compliance Director, Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 2004-2008.
     All officers are elected annually by the Fund’s Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board until their successors are elected and qualify or their earlier resignation.
     The Investment Management Services Agreement dated ___, 2009 (the “Management Agreement”) between RiverSource Investments and the Fund was initially approved by the Fund’s Board in respect of the Fund at a meeting held on ___, 2009 and by the sole Common Stockholder on ___, 2009. The Fund’s Board initially approves other contracts with the Investment Manager and its affiliates, and other service providers. Once the contracts are approved, the Board monitors the level and quality of services including commitments of service providers to achieve expected levels of investment performance and stockholder services. In addition, the Board oversees that processes are in place to assure compliance with applicable rules, regulations and investment policies and addresses possible conflicts of interest. Annually, the Board evaluates the services received under the contracts by receiving reports covering investment performance, stockholder services, marketing and the Investment Manager’s profitability in order to determine whether to continue existing contracts or negotiate new contracts.
COMMITTEES OF THE FUND’S BOARD
     The Board has organized the following standing committees to facilitate its work: Board Governance Committee, Compliance Committee, Contracts Committee, Distribution Committee, Executive Committee, Investment Review Committee and Audit Committee. These Committees are comprised solely of Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act (i.e., they are independent directors). The table above describing each Director also includes their respective committee memberships. The duties of these committees are described below.
     Mr. Lewis, as Chair of the Board, acts as a point of contact between the independent Directors and the Investment Manager between Board meetings in respect of general matters.
      Board Governance Committee . Recommends to the Board the size, structure and composition of the Board and its committees; the compensation to be paid to members of the Board; and a process for evaluating the Board’s performance. The committee also makes recommendations to the Board regarding responsibilities and duties of the Board, oversees proxy voting and supports the work of the Chair of the Board in relation to furthering the interests of the Fund and other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds and their shareholders on external matters. The

-25-


Table of Contents

committee, which operates pursuant to a written charter, also reviews candidates for Board membership, including candidates recommended by stockholders.
     To be considered as a candidate for director, recommendations must include a curriculum vitae and be mailed to the Chair of the Board, RiverSource Family of Funds, 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, MN 55402-3268. To be timely for consideration by the committee, the submission, including all required information, must, in the case of the Fund’s first annual meeting of stockholders, be submitted in writing via first class mail to the attention of the Secretary of the Fund at 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474 and received on the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made, and, for subsequent annual meetings of the Fund’s stockholders, must be submitted in writing not less than 120 days before the date of the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders. The committee will consider only one candidate submitted by such a stockholder or group for nomination for election at an annual meeting of stockholders. The committee will not consider self-nominated candidates or candidates nominated by members of a candidate’s family, including such candidate’s spouse, children, parents, uncles, aunts, grandparents, nieces and nephews. Stockholders who wish to submit a candidate for nomination directly to the Fund’s stockholders must follow the procedures described in the Fund’s Bylaws, a copy of which is available at www.seligman.com.
     The committee will consider and evaluate candidates submitted by the nominating stockholder or group on the basis of the same criteria as those used to consider and evaluate candidates submitted from other sources. The committee may take into account a wide variety of factors in considering Director candidates, including (but not limited to): (i) the candidate’s knowledge in matters relating to the investment company industry; (ii) any experience possessed by the candidate as a director or senior officer of other public or private companies; (iii) the candidate’s educational background; (iv) the candidate’s reputation for high ethical standards and personal and professional integrity; (v) any specific financial, technical or other expertise possessed by the candidate, and the extent to which such expertise would complement the Board’s existing mix of skills and qualifications; (vi) the candidate’s perceived ability to contribute to the ongoing functions of the Board, including the candidate’s ability and commitment to attend meetings regularly, work collaboratively with other members of the Board and carry out his or her duties in the best interests of the Fund; (vii) the candidate’s ability to qualify as an independent director; and (viii) such other criteria as the committee determines to be relevant in light of the existing composition of the Board and any anticipated vacancies or other factors.
      Compliance Committee . This committee supports the Fund’s maintenance of a strong compliance program by providing a forum for independent Board members to consider compliance matters impacting the Fund or its key service providers; developing and implementing, in coordination with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO), a process for the review and consideration of compliance reports that are provided to the Board; and providing a designated forum for the Fund’s CCO to meet with independent Board members on a regular basis to discuss compliance matters.
      Contracts Committee . This committee reviews and oversees the contractual relationships with service providers and receives and analyzes reports covering the level and quality of services provided under contracts with the Fund. It also advises the Board regarding actions taken on these contracts during the annual review process.
      Distribution Committee . This committee reviews and supports product development and related activities to the Fund, and reports to the Board as appropriate.
      Executive Committee . This committee acts for the Board between meetings of the Board.
      Investment Review Committee . This committee reviews and oversees the management of the Fund’s assets and considers investment management policies and strategies, investment performance, risk management techniques and securities trading practices and reports areas of concern to the Board.
      Audit Committee . This committee oversees the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Fund and internal controls over financial reporting and oversees the quality and integrity of the Fund’s financial statements and independent audits, as well as the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting, internal controls over financial reporting and independent audits. The committee also makes recommendations regarding the selection of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of such firm. This committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a copy of which is available at www.seligman.com.

-26-


Table of Contents

The members of this committee are “independent” as required by applicable listing standards of the NYSE.
     Since this is the first year of the Fund’s operations, none of the committees held meetings during the last fiscal year.
PROCEDURES FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO THE BOARD
     The Fund’s Board has adopted a process for stockholders to send communications to the Board. To communicate with the Board or an individual Director, a stockholder must send written communications to Board Services Corporation, 901 Marquette Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55402, addressed to the Board of Directors of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. or the individual Director. All stockholder communications received in accordance with this process will be forwarded to the Board or the individual Director.
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
     For each Director, the following table discloses the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Director in the Fund and, on an aggregate basis, in any registered investment companies overseen by the Director within the RiverSource Family of Funds (which includes the Fund) as of September 30, 2009:
                 
            Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned By  
    Dollar Range of Fund Shares     Director/trustee in the Riversource Family  
Name   Owned by Director     of Funds(*)  
                 
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
               
Kathleen Blatz
  None   Over $100,000
Arne H. Carlson
  None   Over $100,000
Pamela G. Carlton
  None     $50,001 - $100,000  
Patricia M. Flynn
  None   Over $100,000
Anne P. Jones
  None   Over $100,000
Jeffrey Laikind
  None   Over $100,000
Stephen R. Lewis, Jr.
  None   Over $100,000
John F. Maher
  None   Over $100,000
Catherine James Paglia
  None   Over $100,000
Leroy C. Richie
  None   Over $100,000
Alison Taunton-Rigby
  None   Over $100,000
 
               
INTERESTED DIRECTOR
               
William F. Truscott
  None   Over $100,000
 
*   Total includes deferred compensation invested in share equivalents.
     No director who is not an “interested person” of the Fund, nor any family member of such director, owns beneficially or of record any security of the Investment Manager or principal underwriter of the Fund, nor is any such director or any family member of such director a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, or controlled by, or under common control with the Investment Manager or principal underwriter of the Fund.
     As of October 22, 2009, the Fund’s officers and Directors as a group owned none of the Fund’s Common Shares.
     As of October 22, 2009, the following persons owned of record the number of Common Shares noted below, representing the indicated percentage of the Fund’s outstanding equity securities as of such date. To the knowledge of the Fund, no other person owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the Fund’s outstanding equity securities on such date.
                 
            Percentage of the Fund’s  
    Number of Common     Outstanding Shares as Of  
Shareholder   Shares     October 22, 2009  
RiverSource Investments, LLC
    5,250       100%  
                 
COMPENSATION
               
     No compensation is paid by the Fund or any fund in the RiverSource Family of Funds to Directors or officers of the Fund or any fund in the RiverSource Family of Funds who are employees of the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Compensation of the other Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act, is estimated as follows for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009:

-27-


Table of Contents

                         
                    Total Compensation  
            Pension or   From Fund And
    Aggregate   Retirement Benefits   Riversource Family
    Compensation   Accrued as Part of   of Funds Paid To
Name   From the Fund (1)   Fund Expenses   Directors (2)
Kathleen Blatz
  $ 128.16       N/A     $ 38,333.34  
Arne H. Carlson
    128.16       N/A       38,333.34  
Pamela G. Carlton (3)
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
Patricia M. Flynn (3)
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
Anne P. Jones
    128.16       N/A       38,333.34  
Jeffrey Laikind, CFA
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
Stephen R. Lewis, Jr. (3)
    222.89       N/A       66,666.66  
John F. Maher (3)
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
Catherine James Paglia
    128.16       N/A       38,333.34  
Leroy C. Richie
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
Alison Taunton-Rigby
    119.80       N/A       35,833.34  
 
                   
 
(1)   Since the Fund has not completed its first full fiscal year, compensation is estimated based upon future payments to be made by the Fund during the current fiscal year and upon estimated relative Managed Assets of $250,000,000.
 
(2)   At October 15, 2009, the Directors had oversight responsibilities for 133 investment companies, including the Fund.
 
(3)   Ms. Carlton, Ms. Flynn, Mr. Lewis and Mr. Maher elected to defer a portion of the total compensation payable during the period in the amount of $14,333.14, $10,750, $10,000 and $35,833.34, respectively.
     The independent Board members determine the amount of compensation that they receive, including the amount paid to the Chair of the Board. In determining compensation for the independent Board members, the independent Board members take into account a variety of factors including, among other things, their collective significant work experience (e.g., in business and finance, government or academia). The independent Board members also recognize that these individuals’ advice and counsel are in demand by other organizations, that these individuals may reject other opportunities because the time demands of their duties as independent Board members, and that they undertake significant legal responsibilities. The independent Board members also consider the compensation paid to independent board members of other fund complexes of comparable size. In determining the compensation paid to the Chair, the independent Board members take into account, among other things, the Chair’s significant additional responsibilities (e.g., setting the agenda for Board meetings, communicating or meeting regularly with the Fund’s CCO, counsel to the independent Board members, and the Fund’s service providers) which result in a significantly greater time commitment required of the Chair. The Chair’s compensation, therefore, has generally been set at a level between 2.5 and 3 times the level of compensation paid to other independent Board members.
     The independent Board members are paid an annual retainer of $95,000. Committee and subcommittee chairs each receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000. In addition, independent Board members are paid the following fees for attending Board and committee meetings: $5,000 per day of in-person Board meetings and $2,500 per day of in-person committee or sub-committee meetings (if such meetings are not held on the same day as a Board meeting). Independent Board members are not paid for special meetings conducted by telephone. The Board’s Chair will receive total annual cash compensation of $400,000. The fees payable to the Chair as well as the other fees described above that are payable to the other independent directors are the aggregate fees paid by all of the funds (other than any fund of funds) in the RiverSource Family of Funds, including the Fund. These fees are accrued monthly based upon the relative net assets (or Managed Assets, as the case may be) of these funds.
     The independent Board members may elect to defer payment of up to 100% of the compensation they receive in accordance with a Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Plan”). Under the Deferred Plan, a Board member may elect to have his or her deferred compensation treated as if they had been invested in shares of one or more RiverSource Family of Funds, and the amount paid to the Board member under the Deferred Plan will be determined based on the performance of such investments. Distributions may be taken in a lump sum or over a period of years. The Deferred Plan will remain unfunded for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). It is anticipated that deferral of Board member compensation in accordance with the Deferred Plan will have, at most, a negligible impact on the Fund’s assets and liabilities.

-28-


Table of Contents

CODE OF ETHICS
     The funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds (which includes the Fund) and RiverSource Investments have each adopted a Code of Ethics (collectively, the “Codes”) and related procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Codes contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a fund’s access persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-1, which indicates that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a fund, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a fund, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a security held or to be acquired by a fund (i) to employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a fund; (ii) to make any untrue statement of a material fact to a fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (iii) to engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a fund; or (iv) to engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a fund. The Codes prohibit affiliated personnel from engaging in personal investment activities that compete with or attempt to take advantage of planned portfolio transactions for the fund.
     Copies of the Codes are on public file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. The information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. Copies of the Codes are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. Copies of the Codes may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102.
PROXY VOTING
GENERAL GUIDELINES, POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
     The funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, which include the Fund, uphold a long tradition of supporting sound and principled corporate governance. For over 30 years, the boards of directors/trustees of the RiverSource Family of Funds, which consists of a majority of independent Board members, has determined policies and voted proxies. RiverSource Investments, and the funds’ administrator, Ameriprise Financial, provide support to the Board in connection with the proxy voting process.
GENERAL GUIDELINES
     CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS — The Board supports proxy proposals that it believes are tied to the interests of shareholders and votes against proxy proposals that appear to entrench management. For example:
    The Board generally votes in favor of proposals for an independent chairman or, if the chairman is not independent, in favor of a lead independent director.
 
    The Board supports annual election of all directors and proposals to eliminate classes of directors.
 
    In a routine election of directors, the Board will generally vote with management’s recommendations because the Board believes that management and nominating committees of independent directors are in the best position to know what qualifications are required of directors to form an effective board. However, the Board will generally vote against a nominee who has been assigned to the audit, compensation or nominating committee if the nominee is not independent of management based on established criteria. The Board will also withhold support for any director who fails to attend 75% of meetings or has other activities that appear to interfere with his or her ability to commit sufficient attention to the company and, in general, will vote against nominees who are determined to have been involved in options backdating.

-29-


Table of Contents

    The Board generally supports proposals requiring director nominees to receive a majority of affirmative votes cast in order to be elected to the board, and opposes cumulative voting based on the view that each director elected should represent the interests of all shareholders.
 
    Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Board believes that incumbent management and nominating committees, with access to more and better information, are in the best position to make strategic business decisions. However, the Board will consider an opposing slate if it makes a compelling business case for leading the company in a new direction.
     SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS — The Board generally supports shareholder rights plans based on a belief that such plans force uninvited bidders to negotiate with a company’s board. The Board believes these negotiations allow time for the company to maximize value for shareholders by forcing a higher premium from a bidder, attracting a better bid from a competing bidder or allowing the company to pursue its own strategy for enhancing shareholder value. The Board supports proposals to submit shareholder rights plans to shareholders and supports limiting the vote required for approval of such plans to a majority of the votes cast.
     AUDITORS — The Board values the independence of auditors based on established criteria. The Board supports a reasonable review of matters that may raise concerns regarding an auditor’s service that may cause the Board to vote against a management recommendation, including, for example, auditor involvement in significant financial restatements, options backdating, material weaknesses in control, attempts to limit auditor liability or situations where independence has been compromised.
     STOCK OPTION PLANS AND OTHER MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION ISSUES — The Board expects company management to give thoughtful consideration to providing competitive long-term employee incentives directly tied to the interest of shareholders. The Board votes against proxy proposals that it believes dilute shareholder value excessively.
     The Board believes that equity compensation awards can be a useful tool, when not abused, for retaining employees and giving them incentives to engage in conduct that will improve the performance of the company. In this regard, the Board generally favors minimum holding periods of stock obtained by senior management pursuant to an option plan and will vote against compensation plans for executives that it deems excessive.
     SOCIAL AND CORPORATE POLICY ISSUES — The Board believes proxy proposals should address the business interests of the corporation. Shareholder proposals sometime seek to have the company disclose or amend certain business practices based purely on social or environmental issues rather than compelling business arguments. In general, the Board recognizes our fund shareholders are likely to have differing views of social and environmental issues and believes that these matters are primarily the responsibility of a company’s management and its board of directors.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
     The policy of the Board is to vote all proxies of the companies in which a fund holds investments. Because of the volume and complexity of the proxy voting process, including inherent inefficiencies in the process that are outside the control of the Board or the Proxy Team (below), not all proxies may be voted. The Board has implemented policies and procedures that have been reasonably designed to vote proxies and to ensure that there are no conflicts between interests of a fund’s shareholders and those of the funds’ principal underwriters, RiverSource Investments, or other affiliated persons. In exercising its proxy voting responsibilities, the Board may rely upon the research or recommendations of one or more third party service providers.
     The administration of the proxy voting process is handled by the RiverSource Proxy Administration Team (“Proxy Team”). In exercising its responsibilities, the Proxy Team may rely upon one or more third party service providers. The Proxy Team assists the Board in identifying situations where its guidelines do not clearly require a vote in a particular manner and assists in researching matters and making voting recommendations. RiverSource Investments may recommend that a proxy be voted in a manner contrary to the Board’s guidelines. In making

-30-


Table of Contents

recommendations to the Board about voting on a proposal, the Investment Manager relies on its own investment personnel (or the investment personnel of a fund’s subadviser(s)) and information obtained from an independent research firm. The Investment Manager makes the recommendation in writing. The process requires that Board members who are independent from the Investment Manager consider the recommendation and decide how to vote the proxy proposal or establish a protocol for voting the proposal.
     On an annual basis, or more frequently as determined necessary, the Board reviews recommendations to revise the existing guidelines or add new guidelines. Recommendations are based on, among other things, industry trends and the frequency that similar proposals appear on company ballots.
     The Board considers management’s recommendations as set out in the company’s proxy statement. In each instance in which a fund votes against management’s recommendation (except when withholding votes from a nominated director), the Board sends a letter to senior management of the company explaining the basis for its vote. This permits both the company’s management and the Board to have an opportunity to gain better insight into issues presented by the proxy proposal(s).
     VOTING IN COUNTRIES OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES (NON-U.S. COUNTRIES) — Voting proxies for companies not domiciled in the United States may involve greater effort and cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices. For example, certain non-U.S. countries require securities to be blocked prior to a vote, which means that the securities to be voted may not be traded within a specified number of days before the shareholder meeting. The Board typically will not vote securities in non-U.S. countries that require securities to be blocked as the need for liquidity of the securities in the funds will typically outweigh the benefit of voting. There may be additional costs associated with voting in non-U.S. countries such that the Board may determine that the cost of voting outweighs the potential benefit.
     SECURITIES ON LOAN — The Board will generally refrain from recalling securities on loan based upon its determination that the costs and lost revenue to the funds, combined with the administrative effects of recalling the securities, generally outweigh the benefit of voting the proxy. While neither the Board nor the funds’ administrator assesses the economic impact and benefits of voting loaned securities on a case-by-case basis, situations may arise where the Board requests that loaned securities be recalled in order to vote a proxy. In this regard, if a proxy relates to matters that may impact the nature of a company, such as a proposed merger or acquisition, and the funds’ ownership position is more significant, the Board has established a guideline to direct the funds’ administrator to use its best efforts to recall such securities based upon its determination that, in these situations, the benefits of voting such proxies generally outweigh the costs or lost revenue to the funds, or any potential adverse administrative effects to the funds, of not recalling such securities.
     INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED FUNDS — Certain funds may invest in shares of other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds (referred to in this context as “underlying funds”) and may own substantial portions of these underlying funds. The proxy policy of the funds is to ensure that direct public shareholders of underlying funds control the outcome of any shareholder vote. To help manage this potential conflict of interest, recognizing that the direct public shareholders of these underlying funds may represent only a minority interest, the policy of the funds is to vote proxies of the underlying funds in the same proportion as the vote of the direct public shareholders. If there are no direct public shareholders of an underlying fund, the policy is to cast votes in accordance with instructions from the independent members of the Board.
     Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (i) without charge through www.seligman.com or (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Information for each new 12-month period ending June 30 will be available no later than August 31 of that year.
THE INVESTMENT MANAGER
     RiverSource Investments, LLC is the investment manager of the Fund. See “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus.

-31-


Table of Contents

     RiverSource Investments, 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474, is also the investment manager of the other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, which includes the “RiverSource” funds, “RiverSource Partners” funds, “Threadneedle” funds and the “Seligman” funds, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial. In addition to managing investments for the RiverSource Family of Funds, RiverSource Investments manages investments for itself and its affiliates. For institutional clients, RiverSource Investments and its affiliates provide investment management and related services, such as separate account asset management and institutional trust and custody, as well as other investment products.
     The Management Agreement between RiverSource Investments and the Fund was initially approved by the Fund’s Board in respect of the Fund at a meeting held on ___, 2009 and by the Fund’s sole Common Stockholder on ___, 2009. The Management Agreement provides that it is effective on ___, 2009 and shall continue in full force and effect until ___, 2011, and from year to year thereafter if such continuance is approved in the manner required by the Investment Company Act (i.e., by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and by a vote of a majority of Directors who are not parties to the Management Agreement or interested persons of any such party). The Management Agreement may be terminated by either the Fund or RiverSource Investments at any time by giving the other party 60 days’ written notice of such intention to terminate, provided that any termination shall be made without the payment of any penalty, and provided further that termination may be effected either by the Board or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund. The Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act.
     Except for bad faith, intentional misconduct or negligence in regard to the performance of its duties under the Management Agreement, neither RiverSource Investments, nor any of its respective directors, officers, partners, principals, employees or agents will be liable for any acts or omissions or for any loss suffered by the Fund or its stockholders or creditors. Each of RiverSource Investments, and its respective directors, officers, partners, principals, employees and agents, will be entitled to rely, and will be protected from liability in reasonably relying, upon any information or instructions furnished to it (or any of them as individuals) by the Fund or its agents which is believed in good faith to be accurate and reliable. RiverSource Investments does not warrant any rate of return, market value or performance of any assets in the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the federal securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith and, therefore, the Fund does not waive any right which it may have under such laws or regulations.
     The Fund pays RiverSource Investments a fee for managing its assets. Subject to Board approval, the fee to be paid to RiverSource Investments is equal to an annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, as disclosed in the fee table in the Prospectus. Under the Management Agreement, the Fund also pays taxes, brokerage commissions and nonadvisory expenses, which include custodian fees and charges; fidelity bond premiums; certain legal fees; registration fees for shares; consultants’ fees; compensation of Board members, officers and employees not employed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates; corporate filing fees; expenses incurred in connection with lending securities; and expenses properly payable by the Fund, approved by the Board.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGENT
     Ameriprise Financial is a financial planning and financial services company that has been offering solutions for clients’ asset accumulation, income management and protection needs for more than 110 years.
     Ameriprise Financial provides certain services to the Fund, including administrative, accounting, treasury and other services, and charges the Fund a fee for providing such services, which, subject to Board approval, is 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
     An estimate of the Fund’s administrative services fees for the current fiscal year is included in the Fund’s “Other Expenses” in the fee table in the Prospectus.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
     The following table sets forth certain additional information from that discussed in the Prospectus with respect to the portfolio managers of the Fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of September 30, 2009.

-32-


Table of Contents

OTHER ACCOUNTS MANAGED BY PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
     Table A below identifies, for each of the portfolio managers, the number of accounts managed (other than the Fund) and the total assets in such accounts within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. Table B identifies, for each of the portfolio managers, only those accounts that have an advisory fee based on the performance of the account. For the purposes of the tables below, each series or portfolio of a registered investment company is treated as a separate registered investment company. Account information is as of August 31, 2009.
Table A
             
    Registered Investment   Other Pooled Investment    
Portfolio Manager   Companies   Vehicles   Other Accounts
Paul H. Wick
  5 Registered Investment Companies with approximately $3.6 billion in net assets under management.   5 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles with approximately $1.5 billion in net assets under management.   6 Other Accounts with approximately $249 million in total assets under management.
Ajay Diwan
  5 Registered Investment Companies with approximately $3.6 billion in net assets under management.   5 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles with approximately $1.5 billion in net assets under management.   8 Other Accounts with approximately $251 million in total assets under management.
John K. Schonberg
  7 Registered Investment Companies with approximately $1.2 billion in net assets under management.   2 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles with approximately $19.3 million in net assets under management.   7 Other Accounts with approximately $1.1 million in total assets under management.
Table B
             
    Registered Investment   Other Pooled Investment    
Portfolio Manager   Companies   Vehicles   Other Accounts
Paul H. Wick
  0 Registered Investment Companies.   3 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles with approximately $1.4 billion in net assets under management.   3 Other Accounts with approximately $245 million in total assets under management.
Ajay Diwan
  0 Registered Investment Companies.   3 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles with approximately $1.4 billion in net assets under management.   3 Other Accounts with approximately $2.45 million in total assets under management.
John K. Schonberg
  0 Registered Investment Companies.   0 Other Pooled Investment Vehicles.   0 Other Accounts.
COMPENSATION/MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     Set forth below is an explanation of the structure of, and method(s) used to determine portfolio manager compensation. Also set forth below is an explanation of material conflicts of interest that may arise between the portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments and investments in other accounts.
COMPENSATION
     Portfolio manager compensation is typically comprised of (i) a base salary, (ii) an annual cash bonus, a portion of which may be subject to a mandatory deferral program, and may include (iii) an equity incentive award in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock. The annual bonus is paid from a team bonus pool that is based on the performance of the accounts managed by the portfolio management team, which might include mutual funds, wrap accounts, institutional portfolios and hedge funds. Funding for the bonus pool is determined by a percentage of the aggregate assets under management in the accounts managed by the portfolio managers, including the Fund, and by the short term (typically one-year) and long-term (typically three-year) performance of those accounts in relation to the relevant peer group universe. With respect to hedge funds and separately managed accounts that follow a hedge fund mandate, funding for the bonus pool is a percentage of performance fees earned on the hedge funds or accounts managed by the portfolio managers.
     Senior management of RiverSource Investments has the discretion to increase or decrease the size of the part of the bonus pool and to determine the exact amount of each portfolio manager’s bonus paid from this portion of the bonus pool based on his/her performance as an employee. In addition, where portfolio managers invest in a hedge fund managed by the Investment Manager, they receive a cash reimbursement for the investment management fees charged on their hedge fund investments.
     RiverSource Investments portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package, including life insurance, health insurance, and participation in a company 401(k) plan, comparable to that received by other RiverSource Investments employees. Certain investment personnel are also eligible to defer a portion of their compensation. An individual making this type of election can allocate the deferral to the returns associated with one or more products they manage or support or to certain other products managed by their investment team. Depending upon their job level, RiverSource Investments portfolio managers may also be eligible for other benefits or perquisites that are available to all RiverSource Investments employees at the same job level.

-33-


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     RiverSource Investments portfolio managers may manage one or more funds as well as other types of accounts, including closed-end funds, hedge funds, proprietary accounts, separate accounts for institutions and individuals, and other pooled investment vehicles. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for an account or portfolio based on its investment objectives and policies, and other relevant investment considerations. A portfolio manager may manage another account whose fees may be materially greater than the management fees paid by the Fund and may include a performance-based fee. Management of multiple funds and accounts may create potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, competing investment decisions made for different accounts and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, RiverSource Investments monitors a variety of areas (e.g., allocation of investment opportunities) and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on portfolio managers who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. RiverSource Investments has a fiduciary responsibility to all of the clients for which it manages accounts. RiverSource Investments seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and to aggregate securities transactions and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and equitable basis over time. RiverSource Investments has developed policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the management of multiple types of accounts for multiple clients.
     In addition to the accounts above, portfolio managers may manage accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to, or the same as, those of the Fund. The Investment Manager’s Code of Ethics is designed to address conflicts and, among other things, imposes restrictions on the ability of the portfolio managers and other “investment access persons” to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the Fund and other client accounts.
SECURITIES OWNERSHIP
     Since the Fund is newly formed, currently, none of the Fund’s portfolio managers beneficially owns shares of the Fund.
SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
     Subject to policies set by the Board, as well as the terms of the Management Agreement, the Investment Manager is authorized to determine, consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, which securities will be purchased, held or sold. In determining where the buy and sell orders are to be placed, the Investment Manager has been directed to use its best efforts to obtain the best available price and the most favorable execution except where otherwise authorized by the Board.
     The Fund and the Investment Manager each have a strict Code of Ethics that prohibits affiliated personnel from engaging in personal investment activities that compete with or attempt to take advantage of planned portfolio transactions for the Fund. The Fund’s securities may be traded on an agency basis with brokers or dealers or on a principal basis with dealers. In an agency trade, the broker-dealer generally is paid a commission. In a principal trade, the Investment Manager will trade directly with the issuer or with a dealer who buys or sells for its own account, rather than acting on behalf of another client. The Investment Manager may pay the dealer a commission or instead, the dealer’s profit, if any, is the difference, or spread, between the dealer’s purchase and sale price for the security.
BROKER-DEALER SELECTION
     In selecting broker-dealers to execute transactions on behalf of the Fund, the Investment Manager will consider from among such factors as the ability to minimize trading costs, trading expertise, infrastructure, ability to provide information or services, financial condition, confidentiality, competitiveness of commission rates, evaluations of execution quality, promptness of execution, past history, ability to prospect for and find liquidity, difficulty of trade, security’s trading characteristics, size of order, liquidity of market, block trading capabilities, quality of settlement, specialized expertise, overall responsiveness, willingness to commit capital and research services provided.

-34-


Table of Contents

     The Board has adopted a policy prohibiting the Investment Manager from considering the sales of the Fund’s Common Shares in the offering as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers through which to execute securities transactions.
     On a periodic basis, the Investment Manager makes a comprehensive review of the broker-dealers and the overall reasonableness of their commissions, including review by an independent third-party evaluator. The review evaluates execution, operational efficiency, and research services.
COMMISSION DOLLARS
     Broker-dealers typically provide a bundle of services including research and execution of transactions. The research provided can be either proprietary (created and provided by the broker-dealer) or third party (created by a third party but provided by the broker-dealer). Consistent with the interests of the Fund, the Investment Manager may use broker-dealers who provide both types of research products and services in exchange for commissions, known as “soft dollars,” generated by transactions in portfolio securities for the Fund.
     The receipt of research and brokerage products and services is used by the Investment Manager, to the extent it engages in such transactions, to supplement its own research and analysis activities, by receiving the views and information of individuals and research staffs of other securities firms, and by gaining access to specialized expertise on individual companies, industries, areas of the economy and market factors. Research and brokerage products and services may include reports on the economy, industries, sectors and individual companies or issuers; statistical information; accounting and tax law interpretations; political analyses; reports on legal developments affecting portfolio securities; information on technical market actions; credit analyses; on-line quotation systems; risk measurement; analyses of corporate responsibility issues; on-line news services; and financial and market database services. Research services may be used by the Investment Manager in providing advice to multiple RiverSource Investments accounts, including the Fund even though it is not possible to relate the benefits to any particular account or to the Fund.
     On occasion, it may be desirable to compensate a broker for research services or for brokerage services by paying a commission that might not otherwise be charged or a commission in excess of the amount another broker might charge. The Board has adopted a policy authorizing the Investment Manager to do so, to the extent authorized by law, if the Investment Manager determines, in good faith, that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage or research services provided by a broker or dealer, viewed either in the light of that transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and other funds or accounts for which it acts as investment manager.
     As a result of these arrangements, some portfolio transactions may not be effected at the lowest commission, but overall execution may be better. The Investment Manager has represented that under its procedures the amount of commission paid will be reasonable and competitive in relation to the value of the brokerage services and research products and services provided.
     The Investment Manager may use step-out transactions. A “step-out” is an arrangement in which the Investment Manager executes a trade through one broker-dealer but instructs that broker-dealer to step-out all or a part of the trade to another broker-dealer. The second broker-dealer will clear and settle, and receive commissions for, the stepped-out portion. The Investment Manager may receive research products and services in connection with step-out transactions.
     Use of Fund commissions may create potential conflicts of interest between the Investment Manager and the Fund. However, the Investment Manager has policies and procedures in place intended to mitigate these conflicts and ensure that the use of Fund commissions falls within the “safe harbor” of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act. Some products and services may be used for both investment decision-making and non-investment decision-making purposes (“mixed use” items). The Investment Manager, to the extent it has mixed use items, has procedures in place to assure that Fund commissions pay only for the investment decision-making portion of a mixed-use item.

-35-


Table of Contents

TRADE AGGREGATION AND ALLOCATION
     Generally, orders are processed and executed in the order received. When the Fund buys or sells the same security as another portfolio, fund, or account, the Investment Manager carries out the purchase or sale pursuant to policies and procedures designed in such a way believed to be fair to the Fund. Purchase and sale orders may be combined or aggregated for more than one account if it is believed it would be consistent with best execution. Aggregation may reduce commission costs or market impact on a per-share and per-dollar basis, although aggregation may have the opposite effect. There may be times when not enough securities are received to fill an aggregated order, including in an initial public offering, involving multiple accounts. In that event, the Investment Manager has policies and procedures designed in such a way believed to result in a fair allocation among accounts, including the Fund.
     From time to time, different portfolio managers with the Investment Manager may make differing investment decisions related to the same security. However, with certain exceptions for funds managed using strictly quantitative methods, a portfolio manager or portfolio management team may not sell a security short if the security is owned in another portfolio managed by that portfolio manager or portfolio management team. On occasion, the Fund may purchase and sell a security simultaneously in order to profit from short-term price disparities.
     The Investment Manager has portfolio management teams in its Minneapolis and Los Angeles offices that may share research information regarding leveraged loans. The Investment Manager operates separate and independent trading desks in these locations for the purpose of purchasing and selling leveraged loans. As a result, the Investment Manager does not aggregate orders in leveraged loans across portfolio management teams. For example, funds and other client accounts being managed by these portfolio management teams may purchase and sell the same leveraged loan in the secondary market on the same day at different times and at different prices. There is also the potential for a particular account or group of accounts, including the Fund, to forego an opportunity or to receive a different allocation (either larger or smaller) than might otherwise be obtained if the Investment Manager were to aggregate trades in leveraged loans across the portfolio management teams. Although the Investment Manager does not aggregate orders in leveraged loans across its portfolio management teams in Minneapolis and Los Angeles, it operates in this structure subject to its duty to seek best execution.
BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS PAID TO BROKERS AFFILIATED WITH THE INVESTMENT MANAGER
     Affiliates of the Investment Manager may engage in brokerage and other securities transactions on behalf of the Fund according to procedures adopted by the Board and to the extent consistent with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws. The Investment Manager will use an affiliate only if (i) the Investment Manager determines that the Fund will receive prices and executions at least as favorable as those offered by qualified independent brokers performing similar brokerage and other services for the Fund and (ii) the affiliate charges the Fund commission rates consistent with those the affiliate charges comparable unaffiliated customers in similar transactions and if such use is consistent with terms of the Management Agreement.
     Because the Fund is newly organized and as of the date hereof has not commenced investment operations, it has not paid brokerage commissions during its last fiscal year.
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FUND’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS
     Certain provisions of the Fund’s charter, including those relating to the election of directors, classification of the Board, removal of directors, the Fund’s ability to engage in certain extraordinary transactions, amendments to the Fund’s charter and Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), quorum and notice of director nominations and new business are described in the Prospectus. The descriptions below are intended to supplement the disclosure in the Prospectus and, together with the descriptions in the Prospectus, are intended only as a summary and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Fund’s charter and Bylaws and Maryland law.

-36-


Table of Contents

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
     The Fund’s charter includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure.
     Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation such as the Fund generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may, however, provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a different percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions described below, the Fund’s charter provides for approval of charter amendments by the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
     The Fund’s charter provides that the liquidation or dissolution of the Fund, any merger, consolidation, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund that requires the approval of the Fund’s stockholders under the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), certain transactions between the Fund and any person or group of persons acting together and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such person or member of such group, that may exercise or direct the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power of the Fund, any amendment to the Fund’s charter that would convert the Fund from a closed-end investment company to an open end investment company or otherwise make the Fund’s Common Shares a redeemable security and any amendment to certain provisions of the Fund’s charter, including the provisions relating to the Fund’s business as a closed-end management investment company and the number, qualifications, classification, election and removal of directors, requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. If such a proposal is approved by at least two-thirds of the Fund’s Continuing Directors (in addition to approval by the full Board of Directors), however, such proposal may be approved by the Stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. The “Continuing Directors” are defined in the Fund’s charter as (i) the Fund’s current Directors, (ii) those Directors whose nomination for election by the Stockholders or whose election by the Directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors and (iii) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office. This provision could make it more difficult for certain extraordinary transactions to be approved if they are opposed by the Continuing Directors, and discourage proxy contests for control of the Fund’s Board by persons wishing to cause such transactions to take place.
     The Fund’s charter and Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors will have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Fund’s Bylaws or to make new Bylaws.

-37-


Table of Contents

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES
     Together, the Fund’s charter and Bylaws provide that the number of the Fund’s directors may be established only by the Fund’s Board but may not be fewer than one (as required under Maryland law) nor more than 20. The Fund’s charter provides that, subject to any applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act and except as may be provided by the Fund’s Board in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, at such time as the Fund has at least three independent directors and a class of the Fund’s stock is registered under the 1934 Act, the Fund will be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board and, at such time, any and all vacancies on the Board may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors in office, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum, and any Director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
CALLING OF SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     The Fund’s Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Fund’s Board and certain officers. The Bylaws also provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the Secretary of the Fund upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
     Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Fund’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

-38-


Table of Contents

     The Fund’s charter authorizes it, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate the Fund, and the Fund’s Bylaws so obligate the Fund, to indemnify any present or former Director or officer or any individual who, while a Director or officer of the Fund and at the request of the Fund, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in that capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and Bylaws also permit the Fund to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Fund in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Fund or a predecessor of the Fund. In accordance with the Investment Company Act, the Fund will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
     Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Fund’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
     Reference should be made to the Fund’s charter on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
     REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; TENDER OFFERS; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
     The Fund is a closed-end management investment company and as such its stockholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which in turn are affected by expenses), NAV, call protection, price, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Shares of a closed-end management investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV (i.e., at a discount). The Fund’s Board regularly monitors the relationship between the market price and NAV of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to NAV for an extended period of time, the Fund’s Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, or the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company (or mutual fund). There can be no assurance, however, that the Board will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will actually reduce market discount.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless: (1) all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase or acquisition, the NAV of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon).

-39-


Table of Contents

     Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of its Common Shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tender offers will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Fund’s Board would have to comply with the 1934 Act and the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     The Fund’s Board may also from time to time consider submitting to the holders of the shares of stock of the Fund a proposal to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. In determining whether to exercise its sole discretion to submit this issue to stockholders, the Fund’s Board would consider all factors then relevant, including but not limited to the relationship of the market price of the Common Shares to its NAV, the extent to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and the possibility of re-leveraging, the spread, if any, between the yields on securities in the Fund’s portfolio and interest and dividend charges on Preferred Shares issued by the Fund, if any, and general market and economic conditions.
     See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws” in the Prospectus and “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws” in this SAI for a discussion of voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company. If the Fund converted to an open-end management investment company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding, if any, and the Fund’s Common Shares would be de-listed from the New York Stock Exchange. Holders of common stock of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end management investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their common stock. These companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management. The Fund’s policies and features, however, have been designed to suit a closed-end structure. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is highly unlikely that the Fund would convert to an open-end management investment company.
     The repurchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at prices below its NAV will result in an increase in the NAV of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below NAV will result in the Fund’s Common Shares trading at a price equal to their NAV. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s Common Shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at NAV from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to a mutual fund, may reduce any spread between market price and NAV that might otherwise exist.
     In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets. This would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expenses, which are borne by the Fund’s Common Stockholders. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Fund’s Prospectus under “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
     Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below NAV, the Fund’s Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its stockholders and market considerations. Based on these and other considerations, even if the Fund’s Common Shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its stockholders, no action should be taken.
TAX MATTERS
     Set forth below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income and excise tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Common Shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal taxation that may be relevant to U.S. stockholders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to stockholders who are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including stockholders who are financial institutions, insurance companies, investors in pass-through entities, U.S. stockholders whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark to market treatment, or persons that will hold Common Shares as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge” or as part of a “constructive sale” for U.S. federal income tax purposes). In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes that you are a U.S. stockholder and hold your Common Shares as capital assets. You will be a U.S. stockholder if you are an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation, or any other person that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of an investment in Common Shares. This discussion is based on present provisions of the IRC and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and existing judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers with regard to the federal tax

-40-


Table of Contents

consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of Common Shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, locality, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.
TAXATION OF THE FUND
     The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each taxable year for treatment as a regulated investment company under the IRC. To qualify for that treatment, the Fund must, among other things:
  (a)   derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (“Income Requirement”);
 
  (b)   distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of net investment income, the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any, all determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid) for that year (“Distribution Requirement”); and
 
  (c)   diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of its taxable year, (1) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities, and (2) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
     If the Fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company, it generally will not be subject to federal income tax on income and gains it timely distributes to its stockholders (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). If the Fund failed to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company for any taxable year, it would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on the full amount of its taxable income for that year without being able to deduct the distributions it makes to its stockholders, and the stockholders would treat all those distributions, including distributions of net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), as dividends to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying for treatment as a regulated investment company.
     To the extent the Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for that year plus (2) 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of that year, plus 100% of any retained amount of either from the prior year, it will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (“Excise Tax”). For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount with respect to which it pays income tax. A distribution the Fund pays to stockholders in January of any year generally will be deemed to have been paid on December 31 of the preceding year if the distribution is declared and payable to stockholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the Excise Tax.
     If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, then, at any time when Preferred Shares are outstanding, and its assets are insufficient to satisfy certain requirements, it will be required to suspend distributions to the Common Stockholders until such requirements are satisfied. Doing so may prevent the Fund from satisfying the Distribution Requirement and may therefore jeopardize its qualification for treatment as a regulated investment company or cause it to incur an income tax or Excise Tax liability or both.

-41-


Table of Contents

TAXATION OF THE COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
     DISTRIBUTIONS. As long as the Fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company, distributions it makes to Common Stockholders from its investment company taxable income will be taxable to them as ordinary income to the extent paid out of its current and accumulated earnings and profits. Because the Fund does not expect to receive significant amounts of dividends from the technology and technology-related companies in which it invests, the Fund currently expects that most dividends it pays will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction available to corporations or the reduced maximum federal income tax rate (currently, 15%) on “qualified dividend income” received by individuals. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly designated as such (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to each stockholder as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the Common Stockholder has held Common Shares. Capital Gain Dividends the Fund pays to individuals with respect to gains it recognizes on sales or exchanges of capital assets in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, also will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 15%.
     Distributions (including Capital Gain Dividends) will be taxable as described above whether received in cash or reinvested in additional Common Shares through the Dividend Investment Plan. A Common Stockholder whose distributions are so reinvested will be treated as having received a distribution equal to either (1) the fair market value of the newly issued Common Shares or (2) if the Common Shares are trading below their NAV, the amount of cash allocated to the stockholder for the purchase of Common Shares on its behalf in the open market.
     The Fund may lend portfolio securities to institutional investors and, during the time securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the Fund an amount equivalent to any dividends the borrower receives on the securities. If securities are on loan over their ex-dividend date, the “equivalent” payments will not be treated as qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced tax rate on individuals’ dividends mentioned above.
     Distributions on the Fund’s Common Shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein, even though those distributions may economically represent a return of a particular Common Stockholder’s investment. Those distributions are likely to occur in respect of Common Shares purchased when the Fund’s NAV reflects gains that are either unrealized or realized but not distributed or income that is not distributed. Those realized gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses. Distributions are taxable to a Common Stockholder even if they are paid from income or gains the Fund earned before the Common Stockholder makes an investment (and thus included in the price the Common Stockholder paid).
     If the Fund makes a distribution to a Common Stockholder in excess of its current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess distribution will be treated as a “return of capital” to the extent of the Common Stockholder’s tax basis in its Common Shares and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a Common Stockholder’s tax basis in its Common Shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the Common Stockholder of its Common Shares.
     The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its stockholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his or her pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each stockholder will (i) be required to report his or her pro rata share of such gain on his or her tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his or her pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his or her shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
     The Fund will notify stockholders annually as to the federal tax status of Fund distributions to them.
     Common Stockholders who are not citizens or residents of the United States and certain foreign entities may be subject to withholding of U.S. tax on distributions made by the Fund of investment income and short-term capital gains. For distributions with respect to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2010, the Fund is not required to withhold any amounts with respect to distributions to foreign Common Stockholders that are properly designated by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” provided that the income would not be subject to federal income tax if earned directly by the foreign Common Stockholder. However, the Fund may withhold on some of these amounts regardless of the fact that it is not required to do so. If such amounts are withheld from payments made to a Common Stockholder, the withheld amounts may be refunded or credited against the Common Stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).
     SALE OF SHARES. A Common Stockholder’s sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares will generally give rise to a taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property realized and the Common Stockholder’s basis in those shares. In general, any gain or loss realized on a taxable disposition of Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss (and thus eligible, in the case of individuals, for the 15% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on net capital gain, as described above) if the Common Shares have been held for more than 12 months; otherwise, any such gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, if a Common Stockholder sells Common Shares at a loss within six months of their purchase, such loss will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends the Common Stockholder received (or the Common Stockholder’s share of any undistributed capital gains designated) with respect to the Common Shares. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares of the Fund may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired within a 61 day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date on which the Common Shares are disposed. In that case, the basis in the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

-42-


Table of Contents

     From time to time the Fund may make a tender offer for some of its Common Shares. A tender of Common Shares pursuant to such an offer would be a taxable event. If the Fund decides to make a tender offer, the tax consequences thereof will be disclosed in the documents relating to the offer.
     Under promulgated U.S. Treasury regulations, if a Common Stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more in any single taxable year (or $4 million or more in the taxable year in which the loss is recognized and the five succeeding taxable years) for an individual Common Stockholder, or five times those amounts for a corporate Common Stockholder, the Common Stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Common Stockholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
     A foreign Common Stockholder will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of Common Shares, provided such gains are not effectively connected with the foreign Common Stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
     BACKUP WITHHOLDING. The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on reportable payments, including dividends, capital gains distributions, and proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s Common Shares paid to certain holders of the Fund’s Common Shares who do not furnish the Fund with their correct social security number or other taxpayer identification number and make certain other certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a stockholder may be refunded or credited against such stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF CERTAIN INVESTMENTS
     HEDGING TRANSACTIONS. The use of hedging strategies, such as writing (selling) and purchasing options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency contracts, involves complex rules that will determine for income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except certain gains that may be excluded by future regulations), and gains from options, futures and forward currency contracts the Fund derives with respect to its business of investing in securities or foreign currencies, will be treated as qualifying income under the Income Requirement.
     The Fund expects to take the position that the NASDAQ 100 Index call options it sells should be, to the extent that they are exchange listed, treated as “section 1256 contracts” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will be “marked to market” (i.e., the NASDAQ 100 Index call options will be treated as sold for their fair market value at the end of the Fund’s taxable year). The gain or loss attributable to the NASDAQ 100 Index call options will be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss.
     Certain adverse tax consequences could result if the Fund’s ownership of the stock holdings and sale of the NASDAQ 100 Index call options constituted “straddles” (generally, offsetting positions with respect to personal property) under section 1092 of the IRC. If the straddle rules applied to the Fund’s ownership of the stock holdings and sale of the NASDAQ 100 Index call options, such positions would constitute a mixed straddle (i.e., a straddle consisting of section 1256 contract positions (the NASDAQ 100 Index call options) and non-section 1256 contract positions (the stock holdings) that was not identified as a mixed straddle under section 1092 of the IRC). In such case, the straddle rules would defer recognition of realized losses and require the capitalization of certain interest expense and carrying charges. In addition, the modified short sale rules would apply such that any losses attributable to the non-section 1256 contract position would be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital losses and any gains on such position would constitute short-term capital gain. Accordingly, this treatment would restrict the Fund’s ability to recognize long-term capital gains from a sale or disposition of the stock holdings. Furthermore, dividends, if any, on the stock holdings would not qualify for the lower rate generally applicable to “qualified dividend income.” It is expected, however, that the stock holdings and the NASDAQ 100 Index call options generally will not be considered a straddle because the Fund’s stock holdings (and any subset thereof) and the NASDAQ 100 Index on which it has outstanding option positions are not expected to overlap sufficiently to

-43-


Table of Contents

cause the option to be treated as a straddle. Therefore, the adverse tax consequences described above generally will not apply. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s investments will not constitute straddles. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the potential application of the straddle provisions to the Fund.
     Certain other of the Fund’s investment practices are also subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (2) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain to higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (3) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction to a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (4) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (5) adversely affect the timing as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur, (6) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (7) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% Income Requirement. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent its disqualification as a regulated investment company.
     SECURITIES ISSUED OR PURCHASED AT A DISCOUNT. The Fund may acquire zero coupon or other securities issued with original issue discount (“OID”). As a holder of those securities, the Fund must include in gross income the OID that accrues on them during the taxable year, even if it receives no corresponding payment on them during the year. Because the Fund annually must distribute substantially all of its investment company taxable income, including any OID, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax, it may be required in a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. Those distributions will be made from the Fund’s cash assets or from the proceeds of sales of its portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or decrease its investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain.
     CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS. Under Section 988 of the IRC, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
     FOREIGN TAXES. The Fund’s investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund’s yield on those securities would be decreased. Stockholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund.
* * *
     The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the IRC and regulations thereunder currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its stockholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning the federal (as well as state, local and foreign) income and other tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of Fund shares.
REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
     Stockholders of the Fund will receive, when available, unaudited semi-annual financial statements, as well as year-end financial statements audited by the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. The Fund’s statements will show the investments owned by it and the market values thereof and provide other information about the Fund and its operations.

-44-


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN
     The Fund’s portfolio securities and cash are held pursuant to a custodian agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”). The custodian is permitted to deposit some or all of the Fund’s securities in central depository systems as allowed by federal law. For its services, the Fund pays the custodian a maintenance charge and a charge per transaction in addition to reimbursing the custodian’s out-of-pocket expenses. As part of this arrangement, securities purchased outside the United States are maintained in the custody of various foreign branches of JPMorgan or in other financial institutions as permitted by law and by the Fund’s custodian agreement.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGENT
     Ameriprise Financial, Inc., 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474, provides or compensates others to provide administrative services to the Fund. These services include administrative, accounting, treasury, and other services. Fees paid by the Fund for these services are included under “Other expenses” in the fees table in the Prospectus.

-45-


Table of Contents

BOARD SERVICES CORPORATION
     The Fund, as well as the other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds, has an agreement with Board Services Corporation (“Board Services”) located at 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, MN 55402. This agreement sets forth the terms of Board Services’ responsibility to serve as an agent of the funds for purposes of administering the payment of compensation to each independent Board member, to provide office space for use by the funds and their boards, and to provide any other services to the boards or the independent members, as may be reasonably requested.

-46-


Table of Contents

TRANSFER AGENT, STOCKHOLDER SERVICE AGENT AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT
     American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC acts as the stockholder service agent and dividend paying agent, as well as agent for the Dividend Investment Plan relating to the Common Shares.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     Ernst & Young LLP will serve as independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. Ernst & Young LLP provides audit and tax services for the Fund, as well as the other funds in the RiverSource Family of Funds.
COUNSEL
     Clifford Chance US LLP, 31 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019, will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with shares offered by the Fund and also acts as counsel to the Fund.

-47-


Table of Contents

OTHER MATTERS
INFORMATION REGARDING PENDING AND SETTLED LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     In June 2004, an action captioned John E. Gallus et al. v. American Express Financial Corp. and American Express Financial Advisors Inc. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The Plaintiffs allege that they are investors in several American Express Company (now known as RiverSource) mutual funds and they purport to bring the action derivatively on behalf of those funds under the Investment Company Act. The plaintiffs allege that fees allegedly paid to the defendants by the funds for investment advisory and administrative services are excessive. The plaintiffs seek remedies including restitution and rescission of investment advisory and distribution agreements. The plaintiffs voluntarily agreed to transfer this case to the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota (the “District Court”). In response to defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint, the District Court dismissed one of plaintiffs’ four claims and granted plaintiffs limited discovery. Defendants moved for summary judgment in April 2007. Summary judgment was granted in the defendants’ favor on July 9, 2007. The plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals (the “Eighth Circuit”) on Aug. 8, 2007. On April 8, 2009, the Eighth Circuit reversed summary judgment and remanded to the District Court for further proceedings. On August 6, 2009, defendants filed a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court, asking the U.S. Supreme Court to stay the District Court proceedings while the U.S. Supreme Court considers and rules in a case captioned Jones v. Harris Associates , which involves issues of law similar to those presented in the Gallus case.
     In December 2005, without admitting or denying the allegations, American Express Financial Corporation (AEFC, which is now known as Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (Ameriprise Financial)), entered into settlement agreements with the SEC and Minnesota Department of Commerce (MDOC) related to market timing activities. As a result, AEFC was censured and ordered to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations of certain provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act, and various Minnesota laws. AEFC agreed to pay disgorgement of $10 million and civil money penalties of $7 million. AEFC also agreed to retain an independent distribution consultant to assist in developing a plan for distribution of all disgorgement and civil penalties ordered by the SEC in accordance with various undertakings detailed at http://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/ia-2451.pdf. Ameriprise Financial and its affiliates have cooperated with the SEC and the MDOC in these legal proceedings and have made regular reports to the RiverSource Family of Funds’ Boards of Directors/Trustees.
     On November 7, 2008, RiverSource Investments, LLC, a subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., acquired J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated (“Seligman”). In late 2003, Seligman conducted an extensive internal review concerning mutual fund trading practices. Seligman’s review, which covered the period 2001-2003, noted one arrangement that permitted frequent trading in certain open-end registered investment companies managed by Seligman (the “Seligman Funds”); this arrangement was in the process of being closed down by Seligman before September 2003. Seligman identified three other arrangements that permitted frequent trading, all of which had been terminated by September 2002. In January 2004, Seligman, on a voluntary basis, publicly disclosed these four arrangements to its clients and to shareholders of the Seligman Funds. Seligman also provided information concerning mutual fund trading practices to the SEC and the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York (“NYAG”).
     In September 2006, the NYAG commenced a civil action in New York State Supreme Court against Seligman, Seligman Advisors, Inc. (which is now known as RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc.), Seligman Data Corp. and Brian T. Zino (collectively, the “Seligman Parties”), alleging, in substance, that the Seligman Parties permitted various persons to engage in frequent trading and, as a result, the prospectus disclosure used by the registered investment companies then managed by Seligman was and had been misleading. The NYAG included other related claims and also claimed that the fees charged by Seligman to the Seligman Funds were excessive. On March 13, 2009, without admitting or denying any violations of law or wrongdoing, the Seligman Parties entered into a stipulation of settlement with the NYAG and settled the claims made by the NYAG. Under the terms of the settlement, Seligman paid $11.3 million to four Seligman Funds. This settlement resolved all outstanding matters between the Seligman Parties and the NYAG. In addition to the foregoing matter, the New York staff of the SEC indicated in September 2005 that it was considering recommending to the Commissioners of the SEC the instituting of a formal action against Seligman and Seligman Advisors, Inc. relating to frequent trading in the Seligman Funds.

-48-


Table of Contents

     Seligman responded to the staff in October 2005 that it believed that any action would be both inappropriate and unnecessary, especially in light of the fact that Seligman had previously resolved the underlying issue with the Independent Directors of the Seligman Funds and made recompense to the affected Seligman Funds. There have been no further developments with the SEC on this matter.
     Ameriprise Financial and certain of its affiliates have historically been involved in a number of legal, arbitration and regulatory proceedings, including routine litigation, class actions, and governmental actions, concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of their business activities. Ameriprise Financial believes that the Funds are not currently the subject of, and that neither Ameriprise Financial nor any of its affiliates are the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Funds or the ability of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates to perform under their contracts with the Funds. Ameriprise Financial is required to make 10-Q, 10-K and, as necessary, 8-K filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on legal and regulatory matters that relate to Ameriprise Financial and its affiliates. Copies of these filings may be obtained by accessing the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
     There can be no assurance that these matters, or the adverse publicity associated with them, will not result in increased fund redemptions, reduced sale of fund shares or other adverse consequences to the Funds managed by Ameriprise Financial. Further, although we believe proceedings are not likely to have a material adverse effect on those Funds or the ability of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates to perform under their contracts with the Funds, these proceedings are subject to uncertainties and, as such, we are unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result. An adverse outcome in one or more of these proceedings could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other relief that could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of Ameriprise Financial.

-49-


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI are parts of but do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered or to be offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

-50-


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the Fund) as of October 14, 2009. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. at October 14, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
(ERNST & YOUNG SIGNATURE)
Minneapolis, Minnesota
October 20, 2009

-51-


Table of Contents

SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
October 14, 2009
         
Assets
       
Cash
  $ 100,275  
Deferred offering costs
    500,000  
 
     
Total assets
    600,275  
 
     
 
       
Liabilities
       
Accrued offering costs
    500,000  
 
     
Total liabilities
    500,000  
 
     
Net assets applicable to outstanding Common Stock
  $ 100,275  
 
     
 
       
Represented by
       
Common Stock — $.01 par value
  $ 53  
Additional paid-in capital
    100,222  
 
     
Total — representing net assets applicable to outstanding Common Stock
  $ 100,275  
 
     
Shares outstanding
    5,250  
 
     
Net asset value per share of outstanding Common Stock
  $ 19.10  
 
     
Offering price per share
  $ 20.00  
 
     
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statement are an integral part of this statement. “See Notes to Financial Statement.”

-52-


Table of Contents

SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
October 14, 2009
1. ORGANIZATION
Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the Fund) was organized as a Maryland corporation on Sept. 3, 2009, and has been inactive since that date except for matters relating to its organization and registration as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), the registration of the shares of the Fund’s common stock (“Common Shares”) to be offered to the public under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the sale of 5,250 Common Shares to RiverSource Investments, LLC (the “Investment Manager”). The Fund has one billion authorized Common Shares.
The Fund’s investment objectives are to seek growth of capital and current income. Under normal market conditions, the Fund’s investment program will consist primarily of (1) investing in a portfolio of equity securities of technology and technology-related companies that seeks to exceed the total return, before fees and expenses, of the S&P North America Technology Sector Index ® and (2) writing call options on the NASDAQ 100 Index, an unmanaged index that includes the largest and most active nonfinancial domestic and international companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, or its exchange-traded fund equivalent (the “NASDAQ 100”) on a month-to-month basis, with an aggregate notional amount typically ranging from 25% to 90% of the underlying value of the Fund’s holdings of common stock.
Although the Fund has no current intention to do so, the Fund is authorized and reserves the flexibility to use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares and/or borrowings, including the issuance of debt securities. The costs of issuing preferred shares and/or a borrowing program would be borne by holders of Common Shares (“Common Stockholders”) and consequently would result in a reduction of net asset value of Common Shares. In addition, the fee paid to the Investment Manager for investment management services will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (as defined herein) so the fees will be higher when leverage is utilized.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of estimates
Preparing financial statements that conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates (e.g., on assets, liabilities and contingent assets and liabilities) that could differ from actual results.
Guarantees and indemnifications
Under the Fund’s organizational documents, its officers and directors are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Fund. In addition, certain of the Fund’s contracts with its service providers contain general indemnification clauses. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown since the amount of any future claims that may be made against the Fund cannot be determined and the Fund has no historical basis for predicting the likelihood of any such claims.
Federal taxes
The Fund’s intends to comply with Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code that applies to regulated investment companies and to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and realized capital gains to Common Stockholders. No provision for income or excise taxes is thus required.
3. EXPENSES
Investment management services fees
Under an Investment Management Services Agreement between the Investment Manager and the Fund (the “Management Agreement”), the Investment Manager will determine on behalf of the Fund which securities will be purchased, held or sold. Under the Management Agreement, subject to approval by the Fund’s Board of Directors, the Fund will pay the Investment Manager a management fee, payable on a monthly basis, at an annual rate equal to

-53-


Table of Contents

1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the net asset value of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares plus the liquidation preference of any issued and outstanding preferred stock of the Fund and the principal amount of any borrowings used for leverage.
Administrative services fees
Subject to the Board of Directors’ approval, under an Administrative Services Agreement, the Fund will pay Ameriprise Financial, Inc., the parent company of the Investment Manager, a fee for administration, accounting, treasury and other services at an annual rate equal to 0.06% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
Organization expenses and offering costs
The Investment Manager has agreed to pay all organization expenses of the Fund.
Based on an estimated Fund offering of 12,500,000 Common Shares, offering costs are estimated to be $571,000. The Investment Manager has agreed to pay the amount by which the aggregate of all of the Fund’s offering costs (other than sales load) exceeds $0.04 per Common Share. Such amount to be paid by the Investment Manager is estimated to be $71,000. The Fund will pay offering costs estimated at $500,000 from the proceeds of the offering. Offering costs paid by the Fund will be charged as a reduction of paid-in capital at the completion of the Fund offering.
4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has evaluated Fund-related events and transactions that occurred during the period from the date of the Statement of Assets and Liabilities through Oct. 20, 2009, the date of issuance of the Fund’s financial statement. There were no events or transactions that occurred during the period that materially impacted the amounts or disclosures in the Fund’s financial statement.
5. INFORMATION REGARDING PENDING AND SETTLED LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In June 2004, an action captioned John E. Gallus et al. v. American Express Financial Corp. and American Express Financial Advisors Inc. was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. The plaintiffs allege that they are investors in several American Express Company (now known as RiverSource) mutual funds and they purport to bring the action derivatively on behalf of those funds under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The plaintiffs allege that fees allegedly paid to the defendants by the funds for investment advisory and administrative services are excessive. The plaintiffs seek remedies including restitution and rescission of investment advisory and distribution agreements. The plaintiffs voluntarily agreed to transfer this case to the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota (the District Court). In response to defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint, the District Court dismissed one of plaintiffs’ four claims and granted plaintiffs limited discovery. Defendants moved for summary judgment in April 2007. Summary judgment was granted in the defendants’ favor on July 9, 2007. The plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals (the Eighth Circuit) on August 8, 2007. On April 8, 2009, the Eighth Circuit reversed summary judgment and remanded to the District Court for further proceedings. On August 6, 2009, defendants filed a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court, asking the U.S. Supreme Court to stay the District Court proceedings while the U.S. Supreme Court considers and rules in a case captioned Jones v. Harris Associates, which involves issues of law similar to those presented in the Gallus case.
In December 2005, without admitting or denying the allegations, American Express Financial Corporation (AEFC, which is now known as Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (Ameriprise Financial)), entered into settlement agreements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and Minnesota Department of Commerce (MDOC) related to market timing activities. As a result, AEFC was censured and ordered to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations of certain provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and various Minnesota laws. AEFC agreed to pay disgorgement of $10 million and civil money penalties of $7 million. AEFC also agreed to retain an independent distribution consultant to assist in developing a plan for distribution of all disgorgement and civil penalties ordered by the SEC in accordance with various undertakings detailed at http://www.sec.gov/litigation/admin/ia-2451.pdf. Ameriprise Financial and its affiliates have cooperated

-54-


Table of Contents

with the SEC and the MDOC in these legal proceedings, and have made regular reports to the RiverSource Funds’ Boards of Directors/Trustees.
On November 7, 2008, RiverSource Investments, LLC, a subsidiary of Ameriprise Financial, Inc., acquired J. & W. Seligman & Co. Incorporated (Seligman). In late 2003, Seligman conducted an extensive internal review concerning mutual fund trading practices. Seligman’s review, which covered the period 2001-2003, noted one arrangement that permitted frequent trading in certain open-end registered investment companies managed by Seligman (the Seligman Funds); this arrangement was in the process of being closed down by Seligman before September 2003. Seligman identified three other arrangements that permitted frequent trading, all of which had been terminated by September 2002. In January 2004, Seligman, on a voluntary basis, publicly disclosed these four arrangements to its clients and to shareholders of the Seligman Funds. Seligman also provided information concerning mutual fund trading practices to the SEC and the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York (“NYAG”).
In September 2006, the NYAG commenced a civil action in New York State Supreme Court against Seligman, Seligman Advisors, Inc. (now known as RiverSource Fund Distributors, Inc.), Seligman Data Corp. and Brian T. Zino (collectively, the Seligman Parties), alleging, in substance, that the Seligman Parties permitted various persons to engage in frequent trading and, as a result, the prospectus disclosure used by the registered investment companies then managed by Seligman was and had been misleading. The NYAG included other related claims and also claimed that the fees charged by Seligman to the Seligman Funds were excessive. On March 13, 2009, without admitting or denying any violations of law or wrongdoing, the Seligman Parties entered into a stipulation of settlement with the NYAG and settled the claims made by the NYAG. Under the terms of the settlement, Seligman paid $11.3 million to four Seligman Funds. This settlement resolved all outstanding matters between the Seligman Parties and the NYAG. In addition to the foregoing matter, the New York staff of the SEC indicated in September 2005 that it was considering recommending to the Commissioners of the SEC the instituting of a formal action against Seligman and Seligman Advisors, Inc. relating to frequent trading in the Seligman Funds. Seligman responded to the staff in October 2005 that it believed that any action would be both inappropriate and unnecessary, especially in light of the fact that Seligman had previously resolved the underlying issue with the Independent Directors of the Seligman Funds and made recompense to the affected Seligman Funds. There have been no further developments with the SEC on this matter.
Ameriprise Financial and certain of its affiliates have historically been involved in a number of legal, arbitration and regulatory proceedings, including routine litigation, class actions, and governmental actions, concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of their business activities. Ameriprise Financial believes that the Funds are not currently the subject of, and that neither Ameriprise Financial nor any of its affiliates are the subject of, any pending legal, arbitration or regulatory proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Funds or the ability of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates to perform under their contracts with the Funds. Ameriprise Financial is required to make 10-Q, 10-K and, as necessary, 8-K filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on legal and regulatory matters that relate to Ameriprise Financial and its affiliates. Copies of these filings may be obtained by accessing the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
There can be no assurance that these matters, or the adverse publicity associated with them, will not result in increased fund redemptions, reduced sale of fund shares or other adverse consequences to the Funds. Further, although we believe proceedings are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Funds or the ability of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates to perform under their contracts with the Funds, these proceedings are subject to uncertainties and, as such, we are unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result. An adverse outcome in one or more of these proceedings could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other relief that could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of Ameriprise Financial.

-55-


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A
RATINGS OF CORPORATE BONDS AND COMMERCIAL PAPER
LONG-TERM RATINGS
Standard & Poor’s Long-Term Debt Ratings.
     A Standard & Poor’s corporate or municipal debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.
     The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.
     The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by S&P from other sources it considers reliable. S&P does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of such information or based on other circumstances.
     The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
  Likelihood of default capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.
  Nature of and provisions of the obligation.
  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Investment Grade
     Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.
     Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in a small degree.
     Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.
     Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher-rated categories.
Speculative Grade
     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
     Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The BB rating category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.
     Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB- rating.

A-1


Table of Contents

     Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The CCC rating category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.
     Debt rated CC typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.
     Debt rated C typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.
The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.
     The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.
     Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.
Moody’s Long-Term Debt Ratings
     Aaa — Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
     Aa — Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.
     A — Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
     Baa — Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
     Ba — Bonds that are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements — their future cannot be considered as well- assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
     B — Bonds that are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
     Caa — Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
     Ca — Bonds that are rated Ca represent obligations that are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

A-2


Table of Contents

     C — Bonds that are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Fitch’s Long-Term Debt Ratings
     Fitch’s bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue in a timely manner.
     The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality.
     Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise indicated.
     Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold any security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature of taxability of payments made in respect of any security.
     Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.
Investment Grade
     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated F-1+.
     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.
     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.
Speculative Grade
     BB: Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.
     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.
     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous business and economic environment.
     CC: Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

A-3


Table of Contents

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.
     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor. DDD represents the highest potential for recovery on these bonds, and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.
SHORT-TERM RATINGS
Standard & Poor’s Commercial Paper Ratings
     A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant market. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A-1 for the highest quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
     
A-1
  This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
 
   
A-2
  Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
 
   
A-3
  Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
 
   
B
  Issues are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.
 
   
C
  This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with doubtful capacity for payment.
 
   
D
  Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.
Standard & Poor’s Muni Bond and Note Ratings
     An S&P municipal bond or note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market-access risks unique to these instruments. Notes maturing in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.
     Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:
     
SP-1
  Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong characteristics are given a plus (+) designation.
 
   
SP-2
  Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
   
SP-3
  Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
     Municipal bond rating symbols and definitions are as follows:
     Standard & Poor’s rating SP-1 indicates very strong or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a plus (+) designation.
     Standard & Poor’s rating SP-2 indicates satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest.
     Standard & Poor’s rating SP-3 indicates speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
Moody’s Short-Term Ratings
     Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

A-4


Table of Contents

     Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
     Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: (i) leading market positions in well-established industries, (ii) high rates of return on funds employed, (iii) conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection, (iv) broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation, and (v) well established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.
     Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
     Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
     Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Moody’s Short-Term Muni Bonds and Notes
     Short-term municipal bonds and notes are rated by Moody’s. The ratings reflect the liquidity concerns and market access risks unique to notes.
     Moody’s MIG 1/VMIG 1 indicates the best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
     Moody’s MIG 2/VMIG 2 indicates high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
     Moody’s MIG 3/VMIG 3 indicates favorable quality. All security elements are accounted for but there is lacking the
undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
     Moody’s MIG 4/VMIG 4 indicates adequate quality. Protection commonly regarded as required of an investment security is present and although not distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.
Fitch’s Short-Term Ratings
     Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and investment notes. The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer’s obligations in a timely manner.
     Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:
     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of
assurance for timely payment.
     F-1: Very Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.
     F-2: Good Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned F-1+ and F-1 ratings.

A-5


Table of Contents

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate, however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.
     F-S: Weak Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting a minimal degree of assurance for timely payment and are vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
     D: Default. Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent payment default.

A-6


Table of Contents

PART C — OTHER INFORMATION
             
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
           
 
  (1 )   Financial Statements
           
 
        Part A
           
 
        None
           
 
        Part B
           
 
        1.  
Report of Independent Auditors(1)
           
 
        2.  
Statement of Assets and Liabilities(1)
           
 
  (2 )   Exhibits
           
 
        (a )
Articles of Incorporation of Registrant dated August 31, 2009(2)
           
 
        (b )
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant(3)
           
 
        (c )
Not applicable
             
        (d )
Not applicable
           
 
        (e )
Dividend Investment Plan of Registrant(1)
             
        (f )
Not applicable
           
 
        (g )
Form of Investment Management Services Agreement between Registrant and RiverSource Investments, LLC(1)
           
 
        (h )
(1) Form of Underwriting Agreement(1)
           
 
           
(2) Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters(1)
           
 
           
(3) Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement(1)
           
 
        (i )
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of RiverSource Family of Funds(1)
           
 
        (j )
Form of Custodian Agreement(1)
           
 
        (k )(1) 
Form of Transfer Agency Agreement (1)
           
 
           
 
 
          (2)
Form of Administrative Services Agreement(1)
           
 
        (l )(1) 
Opinion and Consent of Clifford Chance US LLP(1)
           
 
          (2)
Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP(1)
           
 
        (m )
Not applicable
           
 
        (n )
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (1)
           
 
        (o )
Not applicable
           
 
        (p )
Initial Subscription Agreement(1)

C-1


Table of Contents

             
           
 
        (q )
Not applicable
               
 
        (r )
Codes of Ethics(1)
             
 
        (s )
Powers of Attorney(2)
 
(1)   Filed herewith.
 
(2)   Filed on September 4, 2009 with Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-161752, 811-22328) and incorporated by reference herein.
 
(3)   Filed on October 14, 2009 with Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-161752, 811-22328) and incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS
     See Form of Underwriting Agreement filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
     The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
         
SEC Registration fees
  $ 14,000  
NYSE listing fee
  $ 30,000  
Printing (other than stock certificates)
  $ 92,000  
Fees and expenses of qualification under state securities laws (excluding fees of counsel)
  $ 0  
Accounting fees and expenses
  $ 10,000  
Legal fees and expenses
  $ 300,000  
Underwriter expense reimbursement
  $ 0  
FINRA fees
  $ 25,000  
Miscellaneous
  $ 100,000  
Total
  $ 571,000  
 
     
ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT
     None.
ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
         
    Number of Record  
    Holders as of  
Title of Class   October 19, 2009  
COMMON SHARES, $0.01 PAR VALUE
    1  
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION
     Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Fund’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act.
     The Fund’s charter authorizes it, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to obligate the Fund, and the Fund’s Bylaws so obligate the Fund, to indemnify any present or former Director or officer or any individual who, while a Director or officer of the Fund and at the request of the Fund, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in that capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and Bylaws also permit the Fund to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Fund in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Fund or a predecessor of the Fund. In accordance with the Investment Company Act, the Fund will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
     Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Fund’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
     Reference should be made to the Fund’s charter on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised by the SEC that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

C-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT MANAGER
INVESTMENT MANAGER
     The description of the Investment Manager under the caption “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of this Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. The Investment Manager, a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as Investment Manager to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 30 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Manager, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Manager or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Manager filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (Commission File No. 801-25943), and is incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
The accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are kept at 5228 Ameriprise Financial Center, 707 Second Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474 or at the following locations: (1) the offices of the Fund’s Board of Directors at Board Services Corporation, 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402; (2) JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., located at 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10005, custodian of the Registrant’s cash and securities; (3) Iron Mountain Record Management, 920 and 950 Apollo Road, Eagan, Minnesota 55121 and (4) American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, shareholder service agent, maintains shareholder records for the Registrant.
ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
     Not applicable.
ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS
         
1.   (a)  
The Registrant undertakes to suspend offering its shares until it amends its prospectus contained herein if (1) subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement, its net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this Registration Statement or (2) its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus contained herein.
    (b)  
The Registrant hereby undertakes:
  (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;
  (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
  (ii)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and
 
  (iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
  (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

C-3


Table of Contents

  (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
3.   Not applicable.
 
4.   Not applicable.
         
5.   (a)  
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
       
 
    (b)  
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
6.   Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any SAI constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

C-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, and State of Minnesota, on the 22nd day of October, 2009.
             
 
  SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND,
INC.
 
 
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Patrick T. Bannigan
 
       
 
  Name:   Patrick T. Bannigan
 
  Title:   President
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Patrick T. Bannigan
  President    
Patrick T. Bannigan
  (Principal Executive Officer)   October 22, 2009
 
       
/s/ Jeffrey P. Fox
  Treasurer   October 22, 2009
Jeffrey P. Fox
  (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
   
                 
Kathleen A. Blatz, Director
    )          
Arne H. Carlson, Director
    )          
Pamela G. Carlton, Director
    )          
Patricia M. Flynn, Director
    )          
Anne P. Jones, Director
    )          
Jeffrey Laikind, Director
    )          
Stephen R. Lewis, Chairman of the Board and Director
    )          
John F. Maher, Director
    )          
Catherine James Paglia, Director
    )          
Leroy C. Richie, Director
    )     /s/ Paul B. Goucher   October 22, 2009
Alison Taunton-Rigby, Director
    )    
 
Paul B. Goucher, Attorney in Fact
   
William F. Truscott, Director
    )          

C-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     
e.
  Dividend Investment Plan of Registrant.
 
   
g.
  Form of Investment Management Services Agreement between Registrant and RiverSource Investments, LLC.
 
   
h.1
  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
   
h.2
  Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters.
 
   
h.3
  Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement.
 
   
i.
  Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of RiverSource Family of Funds.
 
   
j.
  Form of Custodian Agreement.
 
   
k.1
  Form of Transfer Agency Agreement.
 
   
k.2
  Form of Administrative Services Agreement.
 
   
l.1
  Opinion and Consent of Clifford Chance US LLP.
 
   
l.2
  Opinion and Consent of Venable LLP.
 
   
n.
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
 
   
p.
  Initial Subscription Agreement.
 
   
r.
  Code of Ethics.

Exhibit 99.E
DIVIDEND INVESTMENT PLAN
OF SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
(THE “FUND”)
Pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Investment Plan (the “Plan”), unless a holder of common stock (“Common Shares”) of the Fund (“Common Stockholder”) elects otherwise, all cash dividends, capital gains distributions, and other distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares.
Common Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan (including those whose intermediaries that do not permit participation in the Plan by their customers) will receive all dividends and distributions payable in cash directly to the Common Stockholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“AST”), as dividend paying agent. Common Stockholders may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all distributions of dividends and capital gains or other distributions in cash by sending written instructions to their broker or other nominee.
Participation in the Plan may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by AST prior to the record date for the next distribution. Otherwise, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared distribution.
Under the Plan, Common Stockholders receive Common Shares in lieu of cash distributions unless they have elected otherwise as described in the preceding paragraph. Common Shares will be issued in lieu of cash by the Fund from authorized but unissued Common Shares. If the market price of a share on the ex-dividend date of such a distribution is at or above the Fund’s net asset value per share on such date, the number of shares to be issued by the Fund to each Common Stockholder receiving shares in lieu of cash distributions will be determined by dividing the amount of the cash distribution to which such Common Stockholder would be entitled by the greater of the net asset value per share on such date or 95% of the market price of a share on such date. If the market price of a share on such an ex-dividend date is below the net asset value per share, the number of shares to be issued to such Common Stockholders will be determined by dividing such amount by the per share market price.
As adopted by the Board of Directors on November ___, 2009

Exhibit 99.G
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Agreement, dated ___, is by and between RiverSource Investments, LLC (the “Investment Manager”), a Minnesota limited liability company and Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), a Maryland corporation.
Part One: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES
(1)   The Fund hereby retains the Investment Manager, and the Investment Manager hereby agrees, for the period of this Agreement and under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to furnish the Fund continuously with investment advice; to determine, consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies, which securities in the Investment Manager’s discretion shall be purchased, held or sold, and to execute or cause the execution of purchase or sell orders; to prepare and make available to the Fund all necessary research and statistical data in connection therewith; to furnish all other services of whatever nature required in connection with the management of the Fund as provided under this Agreement; and to pay such expenses as may be provided for in Part Three; subject always to the direction and control of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) and the authorized officers of the Fund. The Investment Manager agrees to maintain an adequate organization of competent persons to provide the services and to perform the functions herein mentioned and to maintain adequate oversight over any service providers including subadvisers hired to provide services and to perform the functions herein mentioned. The Investment Manager agrees to meet with any persons at such times as the Board deems appropriate for the purpose of reviewing the Investment Manager’s performance under this Agreement. The Fund agrees that the Investment Manager may subcontract for certain of the services described under this Agreement with the understanding that there shall be no diminution in the quality or level of services and also with the understanding, that the Investment Manager shall obtain such approval from the Fund’s Board and/or its shareholders as is required by law, rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, terms of the Agreement, resolutions of the Board and commitments of the Investment Manager.
 
(2)   The Investment Manager agrees that the investment advice and investment decisions will be in accordance with general investment policies of the Fund as disclosed to the Investment Manager from time to time by the Fund and as set forth in the prospectus and registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
 
(3)   The Investment Manager agrees to provide such support as required or requested by the Board in conjunction with voting proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which the Fund s assets may be invested from time to time. In the event that the Board, in its sole discretion, delegates proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager will determine how voting and other rights with respect to securities in which the Fund s assets may be invested from time to time will be exercised, subject to the control of the Board. Absent such


 

Page 2
    a delegation, the Board will exercise sole voting power with respect to all such proxies.
 
(4)   The Investment Manager agrees that it will maintain all required records, memoranda, instructions or authorizations relating to the management of the assets for the Fund including the acquisition or disposition of securities, proxy voting and safekeeping of assets.
 
(5)   The Fund agrees that it will furnish to the Investment Manager any information that the latter may reasonably request with respect to the services performed or to be performed by the Investment Manager under this Agreement.
 
(6)   In selecting broker-dealers for execution, the Investment Manager will seek to obtain best execution for securities transactions on behalf of the Fund, except where otherwise directed by the Board. In selecting broker-dealers to execute transactions, the Investment Manager will consider not only available prices (including commissions or mark-up), but also other relevant factors such as, without limitation, the characteristics of the security being traded, the size and difficulty of the transaction, the execution, clearance and settlement capabilities as well as the reputation, reliability, and financial soundness of the broker-dealer selected, the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning a block of securities, the broker-dealer’s execution service rendered on a continuing basis and in other transactions, the broker-dealer’s expertise in particular markets, and the broker-dealer’s ability to provide research services. To the extent permitted by law, and consistent with its obligation to seek best execution, the Investment Manager may execute transactions or pay a broker-dealer a commission or markup in excess of that which another broker-dealer might have charged for executing a transaction provided that the Investment Manager determines, in good faith, that the execution is appropriate or the commission or markup is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Investment Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and other clients for which it acts as investment adviser. The Investment Manager shall not consider the sale or promotion of shares of the Fund, or other affiliated products, as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers through which transactions are executed.
 
(7)   Except for bad faith, intentional misconduct or negligence in regard to the performance of its duties under this Agreement, neither the Investment Manager, nor any of its respective directors, officers, partners, principals, employees, or agents shall be liable for any acts or omissions or for any loss suffered by the Fund or its shareholders or creditors. Each of the Investment Manager, and its respective directors, officers, partners, principals, employees and agents, shall be entitled to rely, and shall be protected from liability in reasonably relying, upon any information or instructions furnished to it (or any of them as individuals) by the Fund or its agents which is believed in good faith to be accurate and reliable. The Fund understands and acknowledges that the Investment Manager does not warrant


 

Page 3
    any rate of return, market value or performance of any assets in the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the federal securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith and, therefore, nothing herein shall constitute a waiver of any right which the Fund may have under such laws or regulations.
Part Two: COMPENSATION TO THE INVESTMENT MANAGER
(1)   The Fund agrees to pay to the Investment Manager, and the Investment Manager covenants and agrees to accept from the Fund in full payment for the services furnished, a fee as set forth in Schedule A.
 
(2)   The fee shall be paid on a monthly basis and, in the event of the termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part with respect to any Fund, the fee accrued shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days that this Agreement is in effect during the month with respect to which such payment is made.
 
(3)   The fee provided for hereunder shall be paid in cash by the Fund to the Investment Manager within five business days after the last day of each month.
Part Three: ALLOCATION OF EXPENSES
(1)   The Fund agrees to pay:
  (a)   Fees payable to the Investment Manager for its services under the terms of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Taxes.
 
  (c)   Brokerage commissions and charges in connection with the purchase and sale of assets.
 
  (d)   Custodian fees and charges.
 
  (e)   Premium on the bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
  (f)   Fees and expenses of attorneys (i) it employs in matters not involving the assertion of a claim by a third party against the Fund, its Board members and officers, (ii) it employs in conjunction with a claim asserted by the Board against the Investment Manager, except that the Investment Manager shall reimburse the Fund for such fees and expenses if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Investment Manager agrees, that it is liable in whole or in part to the Fund, (iii) it employs to assert a claim against a third party, and (iv) it or the Investment Manager employs, with the approval of the


 

Page 4
      Board, to assist in the evaluation of certain investments or other matters related to the management of the Fund.
 
  (g)   Fees paid for the qualification and registration for public sale of the securities of the Fund under the laws of the United States and of the several states in which such securities shall be offered for sale, as applicable.
 
  (h)   Fees of consultants employed by the Fund.
 
  (i)   Board member, officer and employee expenses which shall include fees, salaries, memberships, dues, travel, seminars, pension, profit sharing, and all other benefits paid to or provided for Board members, officers and employees, directors and officers liability insurance, errors and omissions liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance and other expenses applicable to the Board members, officers and employees, except the Fund will not pay any fees or expenses of any person who is an officer or employee of the Investment Manager or its affiliates.
 
  (j)   Filing fees and charges incurred by the Fund in connection with filing any amendment to its organizational documents, or incurred in filing any other document with the state where the Fund is organized or its political subdivisions.
 
  (k)   Organizational expenses of the Fund.
 
  (l)   Expenses incurred in connection with lending portfolio securities of the Fund.
 
  (m)   Expenses properly payable by the Fund, approved by the Board.
 
  (n)   Other expenses payable by the Fund pursuant to separate agreement of the Fund and any of its service providers.
(2)   Unless the Fund is obligated to pay an expense pursuant to Part Three, Section I, above, the Investment Manager agrees to pay all expenses associated with the services it provides under the terms of this Agreement.
Part Four: MISCELLANEOUS
(1)   The Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized in this Agreement, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Fund.
 
(2)   A “full business day” shall be defined as a day with respect to which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
 
(3)   The Fund acknowledges that the Investment Manager and its affiliates may perform investment advisory services for other clients, so long as the Investment Manager’s services to the Fund under this Agreement are not impaired thereby. The Investment


 

Page 5
    Manager and its affiliates may give advice or take action in the performance of duties to other clients that may differ from advice given, or the timing and nature of action taken, with respect to the Fund, and that the Investment Manager and its affiliates may trade and have positions in securities of issuers where the Fund may own equivalent or related securities, and where action may or may not be taken or recommended for the Fund. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to impose upon the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates any obligation to purchase or sell, or recommend for purchase or sale for the Fund, any security or any other property that the Investment Manager or any of its affiliates may purchase, sell or hold for its own account or the account of any other client. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Investment Manager shall allocate investment opportunities among its clients, including the Fund, in an equitable manner, consistent with its fiduciary obligations. By reason of their various activities, the Investment Manager and its affiliates may from time to time acquire information about various corporations and their securities. The Fund recognizes that the Investment Manager and its affiliates may not always be free to divulge such information, or to act upon it.
 
(4)   Neither this Agreement nor any transaction pursuant hereto shall be invalidated or in any way affected by the fact that Board members, officers, agents and/or shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the Investment Manager or any successor or assignee thereof, as directors, officers, stockholders or otherwise; that directors, officers, stockholders or agents of the Investment Manager are or may be interested in the Fund as Board members, officers, shareholders, or otherwise; or that the Investment Manager or any successor or assignee, is or may be interested in the Fund as shareholder or otherwise, provided, however, that neither the Investment Manager, nor any officer, Board member or employee thereof or of the Fund, shall sell to or buy from the Fund any property or security other than shares issued by the Fund, except in accordance with applicable regulations or orders of the SEC.
 
(5)   Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed, and delivered, or mailed postpaid, to the party to this Agreement entitled to receive such, at such party’s principal place of business in Minneapolis, Minnesota, or to such other address as either party may designate in writing mailed to the other.
 
(6)   The Investment Manager agrees that no officer, director or employee of the Investment Manager will deal for or on behalf of the Fund with himself as principal or agent, or with any corporation or partnership in which he may have a financial interest, except that this shall not prohibit:
  (a)   Officers, directors or employees of the Investment Manager from having a financial interest in the Fund or in the Investment Manager.
 
  (b)   The purchase of securities for the Fund, or the sale of securities owned by the Fund, through a security broker or dealer, one or more of whose partners, officers, directors or employees is an officer, director or employee of the


 

Page 6
      Investment Manager, provided such transactions are handled in the capacity of broker only and provided commissions charged do not exceed customary brokerage charges for such services.
 
  (c)   Transactions with the Fund by a broker-dealer affiliate of the Investment Manager as may be allowed by rule or order of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and if made pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board.
(7)   The Investment Manager agrees that, except as herein otherwise expressly provided or as may be permitted consistent with the use of a broker-dealer affiliate of the Investment Manager under applicable provisions of the federal securities laws, neither it nor any of its officers, directors or employees shall at any time during the period of this Agreement, make, accept or receive, directly or indirectly, any fees, profits or emoluments of any character in connection with the purchase or sale of securities (except shares issued by the Fund) or other assets by or for the Fund.
 
(8)   All information and advice furnished by the Investment Manager to the Fund under this Agreement shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed to third parties, except as required by law, order, judgment, decree, or pursuant to any rule, regulation or request of or by any government, court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission, other governmental or regulatory authority or any self-regulatory organization. All information furnished by the Fund to the Investment Manager under this Agreement shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed to any unaffiliated third party, except as permitted or required by the foregoing, where it is necessary to effect transactions or provide other services to the Fund, or where the Fund requests or authorizes the Investment Manager to do so. The Investment Manager may share information with its affiliates in accordance with its privacy policies in effect from time to time.
 
(9)   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.
Part Five: RENEWAL AND TERMINATION
(1)   This Agreement shall continue in effect for two years or until a new agreement is approved by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund and by vote of the Board, including the vote required by (b) of this paragraph, and if no new agreement is so approved, this Agreement shall continue from year to year thereafter unless and until terminated by either party as hereinafter provided, except that such continuance shall be specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Board members who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. As used in this paragraph, the term “interested person” shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “1940 Act”). As used in this


 

Page 7
    agreement, the term “majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund” shall have the same meaning as set forth in the 1940 Act.
 
(2)   This Agreement may be terminated by either the Fund or the Investment Manager at any time by giving the other party 60 days’ written notice of such intention to terminate, provided that any termination shall be made without the payment of any penalty, and provided further that termination may be effected either by the Board or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund.
 
(3)   This Agreement shall terminate in the event of its assignment, the term “assignment” for this purpose having the same meaning as set forth in the 1940 Act.
 
(4)   Non-material amendments or modifications to this Agreement as may be permitted by the 1940 Act will only be made effective upon written agreement executed by the Investment Manager and the Board.


 

Page 8
IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the foregoing Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Patrick T. Bannigan   
    Title:   President   
 
  RIVERSOURCE INVESTMENTS, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   William F. Truscott   
    Title:   President and Chief Investment Officer   
 


 

 

Schedule A
Asset Charge
     The asset charge for each calendar day of each year shall be equal to the total of 1/365 th (1/366 th in each leap year) of the amount computed in accordance with the fee schedule in the table, below:
Annual rate at all asset levels
1.00%
 
     The computation shall be made for each calendar day on the basis of “managed assets” (as that term is defined in the prospectus of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc, as may be amended from time to time) as of the close of the preceding day. In the case of the suspension of the computation of the value of managed assets, the fee for each calendar day during such suspension shall be computed as of the close of business on the last full business day on which the managed assets were computed. Managed assets as of the close of a full day shall include all transactions in shares of the Fund recorded on the books of the Fund for that day.         .

 

Exhibit 99.H.1
 
 
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
__________ Shares of Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
Dated: _______, 2009
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page
SECTION 1.  
Representations and Warranties
    2  
SECTION 2.  
Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing
    13  
SECTION 3.  
Covenants of the Fund and the Manager
    15  
SECTION 4.  
Payment of Expenses
    17  
SECTION 5.  
Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations
    18  
SECTION 6.  
Indemnification
    22  
SECTION 7.  
Contribution
    24  
SECTION 8.  
Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery
    26  
SECTION 9.  
Termination of Agreement
    26  
SECTION 10.  
Default by One or More of the Underwriters
    27  
SECTION 11.  
Notices
    27  
SECTION 12.  
Parties
    27  
SECTION 13.  
Governing Law
    28  
SECTION 14.  
Effect of Headings
    28  
SECTION 15.  
Definitions
    28  
SECTION 16.  
Absence of Fiduciary Relationship
    30  
   
 
       
EXHIBITS
   
 
       
Exhibit A — Initial Securities to be Sold
Exhibit B — Form of Opinion of Fund Counsel
Exhibit C — Form of Opinion of Manager Counsel
Exhibit D — Price-Related Information

i


 

SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
________ Shares of Common Stock
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
          , 2009
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[REPRESENTATIVES]
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
listed on Exhibit A hereto
c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”) and RiverSource Investments, LLC (the “ Manager ”) confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, [REPRESENTATIVES] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund of a total of            shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of       additional shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Option Securities ”) to cover over-allotments, if any. The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.
     The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
     The Fund has entered into (i) an Investment Management Agreement with the Manager dated as of            , 2009, (ii) a Custodian Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. dated as of            , 2009, (iii) a Transfer Agency Agreement with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company dated as of       , 2009 and (iv) an Administrative Services Agreement with Ameriprise Financial, Inc. dated as of       , 2009 and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ,” the “ Custodian Agreement ”, the “ Transfer Agency Agreement ” and the “ Administration Agreement ,” respectively. Collectively, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement

1


 

and the Administration Agreement are herein referred to as the “Fund Agreements.” The Manager has entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo dated as of       , 2009, a Structuring Fee Agreement with                 dated as of [Date], 2009 and a Structuring Fee Agreement with                 dated as of [Date], 2009, and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Structuring Fee Agreements .” In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of shares of common stock shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”
     The Fund has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file numbers 333-161752 and 811-22328) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Fund may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been furnished to you.
     The Fund will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Fund has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Fund has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.
          SECTION 1.   Representations and Warranties .
     (a)  Representations and Warranties by the Fund and the Manager. The Fund, and the Manager, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (1) Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act pursuant to the Registration

2


 

Statement. Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Manager, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or become effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit D hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Fund makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.
     The Fund’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act is effective.
     (2) Independent Accountants . ___who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the

3


 

Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.
     (3) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Fund included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Fund at the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Fund for the periods specified; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and comply with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Fund.
     (4) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Fund Material Adverse Effect, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund which are material with respect to the Fund other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its Common Stock.
     (5) Good Standing of the Fund . The Fund has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
     (6) No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.
     (7) Investment Company Status. The Fund is duly registered under the 1940 Act as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has become effective. The Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.
     (8) Officers and Directors . No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no trustee of the Fund is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this

4


 

Section 1(a)(8), the Fund and the Manager shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and directors.
     (9) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; the certificates for the Securities are in valid and sufficient form.
     (10) Power and Authority . The Fund has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; and this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
     (11) Approval of Management Agreement . The Fund’s Board of Directors and the Fund’s sole shareholder have approved the Management Agreement in accordance with Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act.
     (12) Agreements’ Compliance with Law . This Agreement and each of the Fund Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
     (13) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Fund is not (i) in violation of its Articles of Incorporation or bylaws, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Fund or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Fund.

5


 

     (14) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened, against or affecting the Fund which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
     (15) Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits . The statements set forth under the headings “Description of Common Shares,” “Anti-Takeover Provisions and Other Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws” and “Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation” and “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Fund documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.
     (16) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained and under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.

6


 

     (17) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Fund Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.
     (18) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Fund has such licenses, permits, and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Fund has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Fund under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Fund.
     (19) Distribution of Offering Material . The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
     (20) Absence of Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement.
     (21) NYSE . The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.
     (22) FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and Directors in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct.

7


 

     (23) Tax Returns . The Fund has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
     (24) Subchapter M . The Fund is currently in compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.
     (25) Insurance . The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including the Fund’s directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such policy and fidelity bond in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such policy or fidelity bond as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
     (26) Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Fund employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations. The Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control

8


 

over financial reporting. The Fund employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
     (27) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Fund or any of the Fund’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
     (28) Fund Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Fund has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act) by the Fund, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.
     (29) Absence of Manipulation . The Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (30) Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data . Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.
     (31) Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Fund or the Manager for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were provided to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, for filing. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (32) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Fund is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or

9


 

would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Fund and, to the knowledge of the Fund, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (33) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.
     (34) OFAC . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Fund is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
     (b)  Representations and Warranties by the Manager . The Manager represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
     (1) Investment Manager Status . The Manager is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administrative Agreement or the Structuring Fee Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (2) Capitalization . The Manager has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement and the Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Structuring Fee Agreements.

10


 

     (3) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Manager Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Manager which are material with respect to the Manager other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (4) Good Standing . The Manager has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Minnesota and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Fund Agreements and the Structuring Fee Agreements; and the Manager is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
     (5) Power and Authority . The Manager has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Structuring Fee Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Manager of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Structuring Fee Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Manager; and this Agreement, the Advisory Agreement and the Structuring Fee Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Manager and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Manager, enforceable against the Manager in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Manager’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
     (6) Description of the Manager . The description of the Manager and its business and the statements attributable to the Manager in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (7) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Structuring Fee Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Manager of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Manager, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Manager is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or

11


 

filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Manager or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Manager pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Manager is a party or by which the Manager may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Manager is subject.
     (8) Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Structuring Fee Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act, and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
     (9) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Manager, threatened, against or affecting the Manager which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Manager Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Manager of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Structuring Fee Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Manager is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Manager Material Adverse Effect.
     (10) Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Manager of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Structuring Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of the NASD and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
     (11) Possession of Permits . The Manager has Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Manager has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Manager under any such Permits.
     (12) Manager Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Manager has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Manager and its supervised persons.

12


 

     (13) Absence of Manipulation . The Manager has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Manager is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Manager, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Manager, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (14) Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Manager makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Manager will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
     (15) Internal Controls . The Manager maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
     (16) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Manager and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Manager or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Manager, threatened.
     (c)  Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Manager and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Manager, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
          SECTION 2.   Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
     (a)  Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at a purchase price of $       per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto. The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.

13


 

     (b)  Option Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to ___Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares. Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.
     (c)  Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on ___, 2009 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).
     In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.
     Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Fund. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

14


 

     (d)  Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
          SECTION 3.   Covenants of the Fund and the Manager . The Fund and the Manager, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:
     (a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Fund becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Fund will use its best efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
     (b) Filing of Amendments. The Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.
     (c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Fund has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

15


 

     (d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
     (e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Fund will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
     (g) Rule 158. The Fund will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

16


 

     (h) Use of Proceeds . The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”
     (i) Reporting Requirements. The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
     (j) Subchapter M. The Fund will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.
     (k) Absence of Manipulation . The Fund and the Manager have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund and the Advisers are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
     (l) Restriction on Sale of Securities. The Fund will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction for a period of 180 days following the Execution Time, provided , however , that the Fund may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Fund in effect at the Execution Time.
          SECTION 4.   Payment of Expenses .
     (a) Expenses. The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and

17


 

disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Fund, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any sales material and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE, (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement (other than sales load) exceed $0.04 per share, the Manager will pay all such costs and expenses.
     (b)  Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) or (v) hereof, the Fund and the Manager, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
          SECTION 5.   Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Fund and the Manager contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 4 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Fund and the Manager made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and the Manager of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
     (a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Manager, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule

18


 

497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
     (b) Opinion of Counsel for Fund. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Fund (“ Fund Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by Maryland law, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of            .
     (d) Certificate of the Fund. At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Fund Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Fund and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Fund, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Fund Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Fund in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Fund has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.
     (e) Opinion of Counsel for the Manager. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of [MANAGER’S COUNSEL], counsel for the Manager, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
     (f) Certificate of the Manager . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to

19


 

the date of this Agreement), any Manager Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Manager and of the Chief Financial Officer of Chief Accounting Officer of the Manager, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Manager Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Manager in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Manager has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission .
     (g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [ACCOUNTANTS] a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.
     (h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from            a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.
     (i) Fee Agreements. At the Closing Date, the Manager shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Structuring Fee Agreements copies of the Structuring Fee Agreements, executed by the Manager and dated the Closing Date, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Manager for each of the other parties thereto.
     (j) No Objection. Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
     (k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this

20


 

Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:
     (1) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
     (2) Opinion of Counsel for Fund . The favorable opinion of Fund Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.
     (3) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
     (4) Opinion of Counsel for the Manager . The favorable opinion of            , counsel for the Manager, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.
     (5) Certificate of the Manager . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
     (6) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from            , in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.
     (l)  Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Manager in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

21


 

     (m) Delivery of Documents . The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.
     (n) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund.
          SECTION 6.   Indemnification .
     (a)  Indemnification by the Fund and the Manager. The Fund and the Manager, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
     (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any sales material (including the Sales Material), the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
     (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Fund and the Manager; and
     (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above,

22


 

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Manager by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
     (b)  Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Fund and the Manager, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or the Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Manager by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus, any sales material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Fund and the Manager acknowledge that the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (i) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (ii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iii) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
     (c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Fund, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Fund; and counsel to the Manager and each person, if any, who controls the Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Manager. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for

23


 

the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Fund, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Manager, and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     (d)  Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
     (e)  Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution . The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Fund and the Manager with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.
          SECTION 7.   Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Manager on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Manager on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

24


 

     The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Manager on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the Manager and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.
     The relative fault of the Fund and the Manager on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund, by the Manager or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     The Fund, the Manager and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
     No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
     For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such Underwriters, and each person who controls the Fund or the Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer of the Fund and the Manager and each trustee, director or member of the Fund and the Manager shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and the Manager. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.

25


 

          SECTION 8.   Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or signed by or on behalf of the Manager submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund, or by or on behalf of the Manager, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.
          SECTION 9.   Termination of Agreement .
     (a)  Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund or the Manager, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Fund, at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Manager Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
     (b)  Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

26


 

          SECTION 10.   Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:
     (a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters; or
     (b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.
     No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
     In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
          SECTION 11.   Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; notices to the Fund and the Manager shall be directed to them at            , Attention: President.
          SECTION 12.   Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Manager and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund and the Manager and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable

27


 

right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Manager and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
          SECTION 13.   GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 14.   Effect of Headings . The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          SECTION 15.   Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:
     “ Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
     “ Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.
     “ Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
     “ Articles of Incorporation ” means the Articles of Incorporation of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., dated as of August 31, 2009.
     “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.
     “ FINRA ” means the Financial Regulatory Authority.
     “ Fund Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.
     “ Initial Registration Statement ” means the Fund’s registration statement (File Nos. 333-161752 and 811-22328) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.

28


 

     “ Manager Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Manager, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
     “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.
     “ Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by-laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.
     “ preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.
     “ Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated ___, 2009 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.
     “ Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.
     “ Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.
     “ Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.
     “ Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.
     “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information.

29


 

     “ Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.
     “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.
     “ 1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ 1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.
     “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ 1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.
     “ 1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     “ 1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.
     “ 1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.
     All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.
          SECTION 16.   Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Fund and the Manager acknowledges and agrees that:
     (a) Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Fund or the Manager, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Fund or the Manager on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Fund or the Manager with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;
     (b) the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Fund following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;
     (c) it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

30


 

     (d) in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Fund or the Manager or any of their respective affiliates;
     (e) none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Fund or the Manager with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;
     (f) it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Fund and the Manager, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Fund or the Manager by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
     (g) it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Fund or the Manager.
[Signature Page Follows]

31


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Fund and the Manager a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and the Manager in accordance with its terms.
         
 
  Very truly yours,
 
       
 
  SELIGMAN PREMIUM
TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
Title:
 
       
 
  RIVERSOURCE INVESTMENTS, LLC
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
Title:
     
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first
     above written:
 
   
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
     [REPRESENTATIVES]
 
   
By:
  WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
   
By:
   
 
   
 
  Authorized Signatory
For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

32


 

EXHIBIT A
         
Name of Underwriter   Number of Initial Securities  
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
       
 
       
[other Underwriters]
       
 
     
Total
       
 
     

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF OPINION OF FUND COUNSEL

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPINION OF MANAGER’S COUNSEL

C-1


 

SCHEDULE 1
PRICE-RELATED INFORMATION
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
     Public offering price: $[20.00] per share
     Underwriting discounts and commissions: $      per share
     Proceeds, before expenses to the Fund: $      per share
     Shares offered: ___
     Over-allotment option: ___

D-1

Exhibit 99.H.2
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

Registered SEC Offerings
(Including Multiple Syndicate Offerings),
Exempt Offerings and Standby Underwritings
[     ], 2009
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     From time to time Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Wells Fargo Master AAU ”) shall apply, we will send the information set forth below in Section 1(a) to you by one or more wires, telexes, facsimile or electronic data transmissions or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ” and, collectively, an “ AAU ”). Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to the Wells Fargo Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as the “ Invitation Wire.” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Wells Fargo Master AAU automatically shall be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may (pursuant to any Wire constituting a part of such AAU) also exclude or revise any provision of this Wells Fargo Master AAU and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any such Wire .
1. GENERAL.
      (a) Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction . Each AAU shall relate to an Offering and shall identify, to the extent practicable and to the extent necessary in our judgment, the following: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each a “ Guarantor ”) thereof and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented and including any terms agreement, pricing agreement or similar agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriters ”) and whether such agreement provides (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments or (y) for an offering (an “ International Offering ”) involving two or more syndicates, each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as shall be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase

 


 

Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”) and any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipuum or other similar fees, discounts or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, (v) the proposed pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (vi) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement or otherwise, (vii) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (viii) your proposed participation in the Offering, (ix) if applicable, the trustee, fiscal agent or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued and (x) any other principal terms of the Offering.
     The term “ Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The term “ Underwriters ” includes the Manager and the Co-Managers, if any. The term “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). The term “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities that such Underwriter has become obligated to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement or Section 11 hereof is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Purchase Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Purchase Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter.
     References herein to statutory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials shall be deemed to include any successor provisions.
      (b) Acceptance of AAU . You shall have accepted an AAU for an Offering if we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, facsimile or electronic data transmission or other written communication (any such manner of communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) (or orally, if promptly confirmed In Writing) in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering. If we receive your timely acceptance of the invitation to participate, such AAU shall constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire shall also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you shall be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
      (c) Underwriters’ Questionnaire . Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire shall confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering

2


 

previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.
2. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS .
      (a) Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering ”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), you understand that the Issuer has filed, will file or will have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement including a prospectus relating to the Securities. The term “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended or deemed to be amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer relies on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, the information included in the Prospectus (as defined below) that was omitted from the Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of the Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A, and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. The term “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus (including, in the event that the prospectus delivery requirement under the 1933 Act will be accomplished pursuant to Rule 434 under the 1933 Act, the prospectus subject to completion and the term sheet, taken together (a “ Rule 434 Prospectus ”)), together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, relating to the Offering first used or made available for use in confirming sales of Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, the term “ Prospectus ” shall mean, collectively, each prospectus (including any Rule 434 Prospectus) or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms first used or made available for use in confirming sales of Securities. The term “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, the term “ Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement, ” “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” shall include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. The Manager will furnish to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, copies of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (but excluding for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.
      (b) Non-Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you understand that no registration statement has been or will be filed with the Commission in connection with such Offering. The term “ Offering Circular ” means an offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. The term “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if

3


 

any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular ” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” shall include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review in our office) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies of the final Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented if applicable (but excluding for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).
      (c) Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements . You authorize the Manager, on your behalf, (i) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, the Underwriting Agreement to purchase (A) up to the amount of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU and (B) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the amount of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Section 4, (ii) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering and International Offering, respectively (each an “ Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement and (iii) to determine the form of and to execute and deliver any other agreements, certificates, receipts, letters or other instruments or documents to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Underwriters or Co-Managers.
3. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY .
      (a) Authority to Determine Terms of Offering . You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Purchase Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add or remove prospective Underwriters to or from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement (including, without limitation, the authority to terminate the Underwriting Agreement under the circumstances specified therein) and, in the case of joint book-running managers, to allocate such authority among such joint book-runners in such manner as the Manager shall deem appropriate and (v) except as described below in this Section 3(a), to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, without limitation, actions and communications with the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges and other regulatory bodies or organizations). If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the

4


 

Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices or prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager deems necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1(b) hereof, (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price and Fees and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(a), the Manager shall notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the amount or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as shall have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder.
      (b) Offering Date . The Offering is to be made as soon after the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You agree not to sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date.
      (c) Advertising; Supplemental Offering Material . Any public advertisement of the Offering shall be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager shall determine. You agree not to advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. Any advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility and at your own expense and risk. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, you agree not to engage in any “general solicitation” or “general advertising” (within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the 1933 Act) and to abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any advertising or publicity. In addition to your agreement to comply with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10(j) and 10(k) hereof, you also agree that you will not, in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities in the Offering, without the written consent of the Manager, give to any prospective purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written information concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller, other than information contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular or in any computational materials (“ Computational Materials ”) or other offering materials prepared by or with the consent of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed with the Commission or the NASD,

5


 

as applicable (the “ Supplemental Offering Materials ”). You further agree to cease distribution of any Computational Materials not later than the Offering Date.
      (d) Institutional and Retail Sales . You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions or retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager shall determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales shall be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager shall determine.
      (e) Sales to Dealers . You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager shall determine. A “ Dealer ” shall be a person who is (i) a broker or dealer (as defined in the By-Laws of the NASD) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and (A) a member in good standing of the NASD or (B) a foreign bank or dealer not eligible for membership in the NASD that, in the case of either clause (i)(A) or (i)(B), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10(f) hereof or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of the NASD and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10(f) hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, shall be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager shall determine.
      (f) Direct Sales . The Manager will advise you promptly, on the date of the Offering, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you shall retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, at your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you shall no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the consent of the Manager.
      (g) Release of Unsold Securities . From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale and of the amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Section 5 hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, at the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold (i) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers or retail purchasers, (ii) for sale by the Issuer or a Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts or (iii) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Section 5 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

6


 

      (h) International Offerings . In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement or Underwriting Agreement and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement (A) Securities, (B) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, (C) any securities that may, in whole or in significant part, determine the value of the Securities and (D) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (B), (C) or (D) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities ”).
4. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS .
      (a) Arrangements for Sales . You agree that arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters shall be reduced by the respective amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), the aggregate amount of Contract Securities shall be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion, (i) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters shall be attributed to such Underwriters and (ii) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers shall be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement shall be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4(a), less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.
      (b) Excess Sales . If the amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4(a) would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Purchase Obligation reduced by the amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess shall not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter shall be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and shall receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.
5. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES; FACILITATION OF DISTRIBUTION .
      (a) Purchase and Sale of Securities; Facilitation of Distribution . In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Section 3 hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it shall deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments shall be made for the accounts

7


 

of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable in their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the execution of the applicable AAU shall be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5(a) for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization shall not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price shall be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, the purchase price thereof shall be used. Your net commitment for short account (i.e., “naked short”) shall be calculated by assuming that all Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable are acquired (whether or not actually acquired) and, in the case of an International Offering, after giving effect to the purchase of any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to this Agreement and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager agrees to notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction requiring reports to be filed pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act and to notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You agree not to stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You further agree to provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 not later than the date specified therein and you authorize the Manager to file on your behalf with the Commission any reports required by such Rule.
      (b) Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager . If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5(a) and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority under the applicable AAU to cover any short position incurred or such other date as the Manager shall specify in a Wire, either (i) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3(d) for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment or (ii) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold an amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (ii), such Securities as exceed the

8


 

amount specified in such Wire or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (ii), such Securities as exceed the amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends and commissions, if any.
      (c) Compliance with Regulation M . You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to such Offering. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, subject to the last paragraph of Section 5(a).
      (d) Standby Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase for your account convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of this clause, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales shall be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your Securities purchased, received or to be received upon conversion or exercise. You agree not to bid for, purchase, attempt to induce others to purchase, or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares; provided , however, that no Underwriter shall be prohibited from (A) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (B) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (C) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned or (D) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.
6. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT .
     You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for (i) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or

9


 

dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (ii) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as shall have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3(f) hereof or (iii) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager shall advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which shall have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through the facilities of DTC or other clearinghouse facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you shall be made through such facilities, if you are a member, or, if you are not a member, settlement shall be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a member.
7. EXPENSES .
      (a) Management Fee . You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, of the Securities, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators fee, praecipuum or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount shall be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine.
      (b) General Expenses . You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing and sale of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by the NASD and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted under Section 3(a) hereof, and may also charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement, including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5(d)(ii) hereof.
8. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS .
      (a) Advances; Loans; Pledges . You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, or to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all

10


 

or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf shall be several in proportion to their respective Original Purchase Obligations and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof shall, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8(b), 8(c) or 9(b) hereof.
      (b) Return of Amount Paid for Securities . Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.
      (c) Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes . The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.
9. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION .
      (a) Termination . Each AAU shall terminate at the close of business on the later of the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, for the Securities and 45 full days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Section 3 or Section 4 hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Section 5 hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph shall affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3(a) hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Section 5 hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5(b) hereof.
      (b) Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts . Upon termination of each AAU or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager shall deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3(d) or 3(e) hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable NASD rules or, if no period is so specified,

11


 

as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account shall be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you shall be final and conclusive. Any of your funds in the Manager’s hands may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.
     Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10(l), upon termination of each AAU or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager (i) may allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7(b) hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5(d)(ii) hereof), (ii) may deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement and (iii) may deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The Manager shall have full discretion to allocate expenses, losses and Securities to the accounts of any Underwriter as the Manager decides, except that (A) no Underwriter (other than the Manager or a Co-Manager) shall bear more than its share of such expenses, losses or Securities (such share shall not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and shall be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (B) no such Underwriter shall receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Section 6 (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5(b)) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Purchase Obligation and (C) no Co-Manager shall bear more than its share, as among the Manager and the other Co-Managers, of such expenses, losses or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on (1) their relative Underwriting Percentages as a percentage of the total combined Underwriting Percentages of the Manager and all Co-Managers, or (2) if the Manager so determines, their relative Offering Economics (as hereinafter defined) as a percentage of the combined Offering Economics of the Manager and all Co-Managers together. The Manager’s or a Co-Manager’s “ Offering Economics ” equals the sum of its Management Fee Share, its Underwriting Fee Share and its Selling Concession Stare (each as hereinafter defined). The Manager’s or a Co-Manager’s “ Management Fee Share ” is the dollar amount of its share, as agreed among the Manager and any Co-Managers, of the amount payable by all Underwriters to some or all of the Manager and any Co-Manager as a global coordinators’ fee, praecipuum, management fee or other fee. The Manager’s or a Co-Manager’s “ Underwriting Fee Share ” is the dollar amount of its Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities less the Purchase Price thereof, less the Selling Concession thereon. The Manager’s or a Co-Manager’s or Underwriter’s “ Selling Concession Share ” is the dollar amount of any Selling Concession credited to it on sales from the institutional pot or on sales made for the account of any other Underwriter.
     If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Section 6 hereof, you shall pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in Section 6(i), in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

12


 

      (c) Post Settlement Expenses . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to pay any transfer taxes which may be assessed and paid after such settlement on account of any sales or transfers under such AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement for your account and your Underwriting Percentage of (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend or defending against any action, claim or proceeding which is asserted or instituted by any party (including any governmental or regulatory body) relating to (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or Supplemental Offering Materials, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by United States Federal or state laws or foreign laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of such AAU, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement or (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association or an unincorporated business or other separate entity and (ii) any liability, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Manager in respect of any such action, claim or proceeding, whether such liability shall be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager, other than any such expense or liability as to which the Manager actually receives indemnity pursuant to Section 9(d), contribution pursuant to Section 9(e), indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(c) shall relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.
      (d) Indemnification . You agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller, their respective directors and, in the case of a Registered Offering, their respective officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, their respective officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the “qualified independent underwriter” as defined in Rule 2720 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules (“ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. You agree with the other Underwriters to reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any action, claim or proceeding related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter shall be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity. You agree that such QIU shall have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. You further agree that to the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9(d) is unavailable to such QIU or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto), whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the

13


 

default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9(d), you and each other Underwriter shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) in proportion to your and their respective Underwriting Percentages.
      (e) Contribution . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or Supplemental Offering Materials or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Underwriter (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect thereof; provided that no request shall be made on behalf of any Underwriter guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Underwriter who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(e) shall relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.
      (f) Separate Counsel . If any claim is asserted or action or proceeding commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9(d) may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained shall be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel but only with the written consent of the Manager, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such claim, action or proceeding. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such claim, action or proceeding. Whenever the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding to which the provisions of Section 9(d) would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever you receive notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any action or proceeding to which the provisions of Section 9(d) would apply, you will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such claim, action or proceeding, and the action taken by it in connection therewith.
      (g) Survival of Agreements . Regardless of any termination of an AAU, your agreements contained in Section 5 and Sections 3(a), 9(c), 9(d), 9(e), 9(f) and 11(b) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of the Underwriting

14


 

Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, any of their respective directors or officers or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller and (iii) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS .
      (a) Knowledge of Offering . You understand that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, relating to the Offering, any amendment or supplement thereto, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein and any Supplemental Offering Materials and you agree that you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be.
      (b) Distribution of Materials . You will keep an accurate record of the names and addresses of all persons to whom you give copies of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the Offering Circular and any Preliminary Offering Circular (or any amendment or supplement thereto), as the case may be, and, when furnished with any subsequent amendment to the Registration Statement, any subsequent Prospectus, any subsequent Offering Circular or any memorandum outlining changes in the Registration Statement or any Prospectus or Offering Circular, you will, upon request of the Manager, promptly forward copies thereof to such persons.
      (c) Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information . You confirm that the information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
      (d) Name; Address . Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.
      (e) Capital Requirements . You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, the United States Comptroller of the Currency or the United States Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in

15


 

violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.
      (f) Compliance with NASD Requirements . You represent that you are a member in good standing of the NASD, a Bank that is not a member of the NASD or a foreign bank or dealer not eligible for membership in the NASD. In making sales of Securities, if you are such a member in good standing of the NASD, you agree to comply with all applicable interpretive material (“ IM ”) and rules of the NASD, including, without limitation, IM-2110-1 (the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding) and Rule 2740 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, or, if you are such a foreign bank or dealer, you agree to comply with IM-2110-1 and Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though you were such a member and Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country. If you are a Bank, you agree, to the extent required by applicable law or the Conduct Rules of the NASD, that you will not, in connection with the public offering of any Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or such other securities as from time to time may be sold by a Bank, purchase any Securities at a discount from the Offering Price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, and you agree to comply with Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though you were a member.
      (g) Further State Notice . The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.
      (h) Compliance with Rule 15c2-8 . In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you agree to comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you agree to comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.
      (i) Discretionary Accounts . In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you agree that you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.
      (j) Offering Restrictions . If you are a foreign bank or dealer and you are not registered as a broker-dealer under Section 15 of the 1934 Act, you agree that while you are acting as an Underwriter in respect of the Securities and in any event during the term of the applicable AAU, you will not directly or indirectly effect in, or with persons who are nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories or possessions, any transactions (except for the purchases provided for in the Underwriting Agreement and transactions contemplated by Sections 3 and 5 hereof) in Securities or any Other Securities.
     It is understood that, except as specified in the applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any

16


 

jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
      (k) Representations, Warranties and Agreements . You agree to make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller or Sellers, as the case may be, on your behalf.
      (l) Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters . Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or to over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager In Writing that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Purchase Obligation to the Original Purchase Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters or in such other manner as the Manager shall determine.
      (m) Compliance with Law . Without limitation of any other provision of this Agreement, you agree that, in selling Securities and otherwise acting as Underwriter in any Offering, you will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any applicable securities exchange or other applicable regulatory authority.
11. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS .
      (a) Effect of Termination . If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities shall immediately terminate except (i) as set forth in Section 9(g), (ii) that you shall remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9(b)) of all expenses and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement and (iii) that such termination shall not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.
      (b) Sharing of Liability . If any Underwriter shall default in its obligations (i) pursuant to Section 5(a), 5(b) or 5(d), (ii) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 8(a) or (iii) pursuant to Section 9(b), 9(c), 9(d), 9(e), 9(f) or 11(a), you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting

17


 

Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller for its default.
      (c) Arrangements for Purchases . The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, shall be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
12. MISCELLANEOUS .
      (a) Obligations Several . Nothing contained in this Wells Fargo Master AAU or any AAU is intended to create a partnership between you and the Manager or any of the other Underwriters and nothing contained in this Wells Fargo Master AAU or any AAU is intended to result in your being partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the United States Internal Revenue Service.
      (b) Liability of Manager . The Manager shall be under no liability to you for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.
      (c) Termination of Master Agreement Among Underwriters . This Wells Fargo Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days written notice to the other party; provided that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Wells Fargo Master AAU as it applies to such Offering shall remain in full force and effect and shall terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9(a) hereof.
      (d) GOVERNING LAW . THIS WELLS FARGO MASTER AAU AND EACH AAU SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
      (e) Amendments . This Wells Fargo Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent shall be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Wells Fargo Master AAU, and such amendment shall be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify Wells Fargo In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Wells Fargo Master AAU as so amended

18


 

shall apply to each AAU thereafter entered into except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.
      (f) Notices . Any notice to any Underwriter shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telex, facsimile or electronic transmission or other written communication or delivered in person or by overnight courier to such Underwriter at the address provided to Wells Fargo pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof. Any such notice shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
      (g) Execution in Counterparts . This Wells Fargo Master AAU may be executed by you and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopier or facsimile transmission of an executed counterpart of this Wells Fargo Master AAU shall constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

19


 

[Signature Page Follows]
     Please confirm your acceptance of this Wells Fargo Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.
         
    Very truly yours,
 
       
    Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
       
 
  By    
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
Confirmed and accepted
  as of               , 2009
         
 
     
(Name of Underwriter)
   
 
       
Address:
       
 
       
By 
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
(If person signing is not an officer or a partner,
please attach instrument of authorization)

20


 

EXHIBIT A
Underwriters’ Questionnaire
     In connection with your participation in each Offering covered by the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 1, 2003, you confirm that, except as set forth In Writing in your timely acceptance (including by wire, telex, facsimile or electronic data transmission or other written communications) of the Invitation Wire with respect to such Offering:
     (1) Neither you nor any of your directors, officers or partners has a material relationship (as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act) with the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Seller.
     (2) (If the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1:) Neither you nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act) of which you are a member is the beneficial owner (determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor, nor do you have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement.
     (3) Other than as may be stated in the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 1, 2003, the applicable AAU, the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement or the applicable dealer agreement, if any, or in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, you do not know and have no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities.
     (4) Except as described in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the Invitation Wire, you do not know of any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including any cash, securities, contracts or other consideration to be received by any dealer, in connection with the sale of the Securities.
     (5) You have not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering. (If there are any exceptions, furnish four copies of each report and memorandum to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 7 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, Attention: Mark Waxman, Fax (443) 263-6809, identify each class of person who received such material and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and indicate when such distribution commenced and ceased.)
     (6) (If the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1:) You have not within the past twelve months prepared or had prepared for you any engineering, management or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. (The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell or hold the Issuer’s or

A-1


 

the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission. If there are any exceptions, furnish four copies of each report and memorandum to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 7 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, Attention: Mark Waxman, Fax (443) 263-6809, identify each class of persons who received such material and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and indicate when such distribution commenced and ceased.)
     (7) You are not an “affiliate” of the Issuer or the Guarantor for purposes of Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s (“NASD”) Conduct Rules. You understand that under Rule 2720 (except as provided in Rule 2720(b)(1)(C)) two entities are “affiliates” of each other if one entity controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the second entity and that “control” is presumed to exist if one entity (or, in the case of an NASD member, the member and all “persons associated with” it (as defined in the NASD By-Laws)) beneficially owns 10% or more of the second entity’s outstanding voting securities or, if the second entity is a partnership, if the first entity has a partnership interest in 10% or more of the second entity’s distributable profits or losses.
     (8) (If the Securities are not rated as investment grade debt securities or preferred stock, are not equity securities for which there exists a “bona fide independent market” (as defined in Rule 2720(b)(3) of the NASD’s Conduct Rules) or are not otherwise exempted under Rule 2720(b)(7)(D) of the NASD’s Conduct Rules:) You do not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under Rule 2720 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules. In that regard, you specifically confirm that you, your “parent” (as defined in Rule 2720), your affiliates and “persons associated with” you (as defined in the NASD By-Laws), in the aggregate do not (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s “common equity,” “preferred equity,” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in Rule 2720), or (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses.
     (9) (If a filing under NASD Conduct Rule 2710 is required:) Neither you nor any of your directors, officers, partners or “persons associated with” you (as defined in the NASD By-Laws) nor, to your knowledge, any “related person” (defined by the NASD to include legal counsel to the Underwriters in the applicable Offering, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any NASD member participating in the applicable Offering and any and all other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer, (a) within the last 12 months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (b) within the last 12 months had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with the NASD pursuant to its Conduct Rule 2710, or (c) during the 12 months immediately

A-2


 

preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments and expense reimbursements) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person.
     (10) (If a filing under NASD Conduct Rule 2710 is required:) There is no association or affiliation between you and (a) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any Issuer Related Party, or (b) any holder of five percent or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any holder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor or an Issuer Related Party, it being understood that, for purposes of paragraph (9) above and this paragraph (10), the term “ Issuer Related Party ” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor or a Seller and the officers or general partners, directors, employees and securityholders thereof. (If there are any exceptions, state the identity of the person with whom the association or affiliation exists and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired and the price paid for such securities.)
     (11) (If the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust:) No portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to you or any of your affiliates or “persons associated with” you (as defined in the NASD By-Laws) or members of the immediate family of any such person.
     (12) (If the Securities are debt securities and their offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act:) You are not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ 1939 Act ”)) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee or representative” of yours (as those terms are defined in or, if not defined in, used in the 1939 Act or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). You and your directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date of or specified in the Invitation Wire, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If you are a corporation, you do not have outstanding and have not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in your present corporate name.
     (13) (If the Issuer is a public utility:) You are not a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “public-utility company,” each as defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935. (14) (If you are, or are affiliated with, any U.S. or non-U.S. bank:) You hereby represent that your participation in the offering of the Securities on the terms contemplated in the applicable AAU and the proposed Underwriting Agreement does not contravene any federal or state banking law restricting the exercise of securities powers in the United States.

A-3


 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the applicable AAU (including the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated July 1, 2003 incorporated by reference therein).

A-4

Exhibit 99.H.3
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT
[          ], 2009
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[ADDRESS]

Ladies and Gentlemen:
      1. General . We understand that you are entering into this Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) in counterparts with us and other firms, which may include any Underwriters (as defined below), who may participate as dealers (such other firms collectively with us being referred to herein as the “ Selected Dealers ”) in connection with offerings of Securities (as defined below) that are managed solely by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) or by Wells Fargo with one or more co-managers, and which may include offerings registered in whole or in part under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and offerings other than registered offerings. The term “ Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acting in such capacity as manager. Irrespective of whether we have executed this Agreement, this Agreement shall apply to any offering of Securities as to which Wells Fargo has invited us to participate, and we have elected to participate, as a Selected Dealer.
     The following information, to the extent applicable to the offering of the Securities, will be supplied to us at or prior to the time of such offering: (i) the expected offering date; (ii) the expected closing date; (iii) the initial public offering price; (iv) the interest or dividend rate (or the method by which such rate is to be determined); (v) the conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate, (vi) the redemption or liquidation price, (vii) the selling concession; (viii) the reallowance; (ix) the time of release of Securities for sale to the public; (x) the time at which subscription books will be opened; (xi) the amount, if any, of Securities reserved for purchase by Selected Dealers; (xii) the period of such reservation and the amount of Securities to be allotted to us; and (xiii) a statement that our participation as a Selected Dealer in the offering shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement. The foregoing information shall be deemed to form a part of this Agreement and this Agreement shall become binding with respect to our participation as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities following our receipt of such information. If we have not previously executed this Agreement, by our purchase of Securities in an offering covered by this Agreement we shall be deemed to be a signatory hereto with respect to such offering of Securities.
     The securities to be purchased in any offering of securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement, including any guarantees relating to such securities or any other securities into which such securities are convertible or for which such securities are exercisable or exchangeable and any securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Securities. ” The issuer or issuers of the Securities are hereinafter referred to as the “ Issuer. ” The underwriters or initial purchasers, as the case may be, on whose behalf the Manager executes the underwriting or

 


 

purchase agreement and any associated terms agreement, pricing agreement or similar agreement with the Issuer or any selling securityholders or any amendment or supplement thereto (collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with respect to an offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriters. ” The provisions of this Agreement set forth below shall apply separately to each offering of Securities in which we agree to participate as a Selected Dealer.
      2. Acceptance and Purchase . The offer of Securities to Selected Dealers will be made on the basis of a reservation of Securities and an allotment against subscriptions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part. Subscription books may be closed by the Manager at any time in its discretion without notice and the right is reserved to reject any subscription in whole or in part. We agree to purchase as principal the amount of Securities allotted to us by the Manager.
      3. Offering Materials . (a) We understand and acknowledge that if registration of the offer and sale of the Securities as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement is required under the 1933 Act, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies of the Prospectus (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities in such number of copies as we may reasonably request. As used herein, “ Prospectus ” means the form of prospectus (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities.
      (b)  We understand and acknowledge that, if the offer and sale of the Securities are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, no registration statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”). In such case, the Manager will, at our request, furnish to us, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available to the Manager by the Issuer, copies, in such number as we may reasonably request of any Offering Circular (as defined below) (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) or other offering materials to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities. As used herein, “ Offering Circular ” means the form of offering circular, offering memorandum or other offering materials (including any supplements and any documents incorporated by reference therein) authorized for use in connection with the offering of such Securities. The Prospectus or Offering Circular, as the case may be, relating to an offering of Securities is herein referred to as the “ Offering Document.
      (c)  We acknowledge and agree that in purchasing Securities we will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the Offering Document delivered to us by the Manager, including any documents incorporated by reference therein. We understand and acknowledge that we are not authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in the Offering Document, including in any document incorporated by reference therein, in connection with the offering of the Securities. Our purchase of Securities shall constitute our agreement that, if requested by the Manager, we will furnish a copy of any amendment or supplement to any preliminary or final Offering Document to each person to whom we have furnished a previous preliminary or final Offering Document. Our purchase of Securities registered under the 1933 Act or in any other offering to which the

 


 

provisions of Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), are made applicable by notice from the Manager to us or otherwise, shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Our purchase of Securities exempt from registration under the 1933 Act shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered, and our agreement that we will deliver, all preliminary and final Offering Circulars required for compliance with the applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters or initial purchasers.
      4. Offering of the Securities . (a) The offering of the Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the Offering Document and to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. After the public offering of the Securities has commenced, the Manager may change the public offering price, public offering size, the selling concession and the reallowance. Any of the Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement are to be reoffered by us, subject to their receipt and acceptance by the Manager, to investors at the initial public offering price, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Offering Document. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Securities shall not be offered or sold by us below the initial public offering price before the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of the Securities, except that a reallowance from the initial public offering price of not in excess of the amount set forth in the invitation wire, telex, facsimile or electronic data transmission or other written communication (the “ Invitation ”) from the Manager inviting us to participate as a Selected Dealer in an offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement may be allowed to any Selected Dealer that (i) agrees that such amount is to be retained and not reallowed in whole or in part, (ii) makes the representations contained in Section 13, and (iii) unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or are such other securities as may be sold from time to time by a “bank” as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”), is not a Bank.
      (b)  The Manager as such and, with the Manager’s consent, any Underwriter may purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any of the Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters, and any Selected Dealer may buy Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Selected Dealer or any Underwriter, at the initial public offering price less all or any part of the concession to Selected Dealers.
      (c)  If we have received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession as to any Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement which, prior to the later of (i) the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities and (ii) the covering by the Manager of any short position created by the Manager in connection with the offering of such Securities, the Manager may have purchased or contracted to purchase for the account of any Underwriter (whether such Securities have been sold or loaned by us), then we agree to pay the Manager on demand for the accounts of the several Underwriters an amount equal to the Selected Dealers’ concession and, in addition, the Manager may charge us with any broker’s commission and transfer tax paid in connection with such purchase or contract to purchase. Securities delivered on such repurchases need not be represented by the identical certificates originally purchased. With respect to any such repurchased Securities as to which we

 


 

have not yet received or been credited with the Selected Dealers’ concession, we shall be responsible for any such broker’s commission and transfer tax and the Manager shall not be obligated to pay any Selected Dealers’ concession as to such Securities.
      (d)  No expenses shall be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to us will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to us. However, we shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by us and shall pay our proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against us and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.
      5. Stabilization and Over-Allotment . The Manager may, with respect to the offering of the Securities, over-allot, purchase and sell Securities or any other securities that may, in whole or in significant part, determine the value of the Securities for long or short account, on such terms as the Manager may deem advisable, and stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. We agree that upon the Manager’s request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to an offering of Securities, we will report the amount of Securities purchased by us pursuant to such offering which then remain unsold by us and will, upon the Manager’s request at any such time, sell to the Manager for the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as the Manager may designate at the initial public offering price less an amount to be determined by the Manager not in excess of the Selected Dealers’ concession.
      6. Compliance with Regulation M .
     Unless the Securities are “exempted securities” as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, we represent that, at all times since we were invited to participate in the offering of the Securities, we have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to such offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If we have been notified by the Manager that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the offering of the Securities, we represent that, at all times since our receipt of such notice, we have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions.
     If the Securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock and such common stock is subject to options traded on a securities exchange, we represent and warrant that we have not, since the day following the date of the Invitation, entered into a discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction in options to acquire shares of such common stock for our account or for the account of any customer and we agree that we will not enter into any such transaction prior to the termination of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such offering of Securities. The term “ discount or parity opening uncovered writing transaction ” means an opening sale transaction where the seller is the writer of an option to purchase shares of such common stock which he does not then own or have the right to acquire upon exercise of conversion option rights, which option is sold at a price (exclusive of commissions) per optioned share which, when added to the amount per share payable upon

 


 

exercise of the option, shall be equal to or less than the last reported sales price (exclusive of commissions) per share immediately prior to the time such option is sold.
      7. Net Capital . We represent and warrant that the incurrence by us of our obligations hereunder in connection with the offering of the Securities will not place us in violation of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act, if such requirements are applicable to us, or, if we are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place us in violation of the capital requirements of such regulator or any other regulator to which we are subject.
      8. Payment and Delivery . We agree that Securities purchased by us pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid for in an amount equal to the initial public offering price therefor or, if the Manager shall so advise us, at such initial public offering price less the Selected Dealers’ concession with respect thereto, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which the Underwriters are required to purchase the Securities, by delivery to the Manager, at its office, of payment in the manner and type of funds and currency specified in the payment instructions of the Manager given to us, payable to the order of “Wells Fargo Securities, LLC” If payment is made for Securities purchased by us at the initial public offering price, the Selected Dealers’ concession to which we may be entitled will be paid to us upon termination of the effectiveness of this Agreement with respect to the offering of such Securities.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, if transactions in the Securities can be settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), if we are a member of DTC, we authorize you, in your discretion, to make appropriate arrangements for payment and/or delivery through the facilities of DTC of the Securities to be purchased by us, or, if we are not a member of DTC, settlement may be made through a correspondent that is a member of DTC pursuant to our timely instructions.
      9. Blue Sky and Other Qualifications . It is understood and agreed that the Manager assumes no responsibility or obligation with respect to the right of any Selected Dealer or other person to sell the Securities in any jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information the Manager may furnish in that connection.
      10. Termination; Amendment . (a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 5 and (iii) Section 6 of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Offering Provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement at the close of business on the 45th day after the date of the initial public offering of the Securities or at the close of business on the day of the closing of the purchase of the Securities by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, whichever is later, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Manager may extend the effectiveness of such Offering Provisions up to an additional 15 days by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are extended to the date or by the number of days indicated in the notice. The Manager may terminate such Offering Provisions, other than Section 4(c), at any time by notice to us to the effect that the Offering Provisions of this Agreement are terminated and the Manager may terminate the provisions of Section 4(c) at any time at or subsequent to the termination of

 


 

the other Offering Provisions by notice to us to the effect that the penalty bid provisions of this Agreement are terminated. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to the offering of such Securities.
      (b)  This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular offering of Securities, if you receive any such notice from us after you have notified us of the amount of Securities allotted to us in such offering, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as to such offering and shall terminate with respect to such offering and all previous offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section.
      (c)  This Agreement may be supplemented or amended by you by notice to us from you and, except for supplements or amendments set forth in the information relating to a particular offering of Securities, any such supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any offering to which this Agreement applies after the date of such supplement or amendment. Each reference to “ this Agreement ” herein shall, as appropriate, be to this Agreement as so supplemented and amended.
      11. Role of the Manager; Role of the Selected Dealers; Legal Responsibility .
      (a)  Wells Fargo is acting as representative of each of the Underwriters in all matters in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Underwriters’ purchases of the Securities. Any action to be taken, authority that may be exercised or determination to be made by the Manager or any co-managers hereunder may be taken, exercised or made by Wells Fargo on behalf of the Manager and all of the co-managers. The rights and liabilities of each Underwriter of Securities and each Selected Dealer shall be several and not joint.
      (b)  The Manager, as such, shall have full authority to take such action as it may deem necessary or advisable in all matters in pertaining to the offering of Securities or arising under this Agreement. The Manager will have no liability to any Selected Dealer for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager herein, and no obligations on the part of the Manager shall be implied hereby or inferred herefrom.
      (c)  We understand and agree that we are to act as principal in purchasing Securities and we are not authorized to act as agent for the Issuer, any selling securityholder or any of the Underwriters in offering the Securities to the public or otherwise.
      (d)  Nothing herein contained shall cause us to constitute an association, or partners, with the other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers, or, except as otherwise provided herein, render us liable for the obligations of any other Selected Dealers, the Underwriters, the Manager or any co-managers. If the Selected Dealers among themselves or with the Underwriters or the Manager or any co-managers are deemed to constitute a partnership for Federal income tax purposes, then each Selected Dealer hereby elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and agrees not to take any position inconsistent with such election. The Manager is authorized, in its discretion, to execute on behalf of the Selected Dealers such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 


 

      12. Notices . Except as otherwise set forth herein, any notices from the Manager to us shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed, telexed or telecopied to us at the address set forth at the foot of this Agreement or at such other address we shall have advised you by notice in writing. Any notice from us to the Manager shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, hand-delivered, delivered by overnight courier, telephoned (and confirmed in writing), telegraphed or telecopied to:
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[ADDRESS]
Attention:
Telephone:
Telecopy:
(or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as we shall be notified by Wells Fargo). Communications by telegram, telex, telecopy, wire or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to be “ written ” communications.
      13. NASD Matters; Other Laws . We represent and warrant that we are (a) a member of good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the " NASD ”), (b) a Bank that is not a member of the NASD, or (c) a foreign bank or dealer not eligible for membership in the NASD. In making sales of Securities, if we are such a member in good standing of the NASD, we agree that we will comply with all applicable interpretive materials (“ IM ”) and rules of the NASD, including without limitation, IM-2110-1 (the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding) and Rule 2740 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules, or, if we are such a foreign bank or dealer, we agree to comply with IM-2110-1 and Rules 2730, 2740 and 2750 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were such a member and Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as it applies to a nonmember broker or dealer in a foreign country. If we are a Bank, we agree, to the extent required by applicable law or the Conduct Rules of the NASD, that we will not, in connection with the public offering of any Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act or such other securities as from time to time may be sold by a Bank, purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer or otherwise accept any selling concession, discount or other allowance, or any portion of any management fee, global coordinator’s fee, or other similar fee, from any Underwriter or Selected Dealer, and we will comply with Rule 2420 of the NASD’s Conduct Rules as though we were a member. Without limitation to the other provisions of this Agreement, we agree that, in selling Securities and otherwise acting as Selected Dealer in any offering of Securities, we will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and 1934 Act and all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the NASD and any applicable securities exchange or other applicable regulatory authority.

 


 

      14. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
      15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
 
           
         
    (Name of Firm)
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Print Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Address:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
         
 
           
 
  Telephone:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Telecopy:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Telex:        
 
     
 
   
Confirmed as of the date first above written:
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
         
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

 

Exhibit 99.I
RIVERSOURCE FUND
SELIGMAN FUND
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
As Amended and Restated Effective                     
     The Board of each Investment Company set forth on Exhibit A adopted this Deferred Compensation Plan for each Fund, respectively, effective as of                      . The Plan sets forth the terms whereby a member of the Board of the respective Fund (each a “Director” and collectively the “Directors”) may defer the receipt of his or her compensation in respect of services rendered by the Director as a member of such Board.
1. DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1.1. Definitions . Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, terms as used in this Plan shall have the meanings specified below:
(1) “ Annual Election Form ” shall mean the written form required by BSC to be signed and submitted by a Director in connection with the Director’s deferral election with respect to a given Deferral Year.
(2) “ Annual Enrollment Forms ” shall mean, for any Deferral Year, the Annual Election Form, the Distribution Election Form and any other forms or documents which may be required of a Director by BSC, in its sole discretion.
(3) “ Beneficiary ” shall mean such person or persons designated pursuant to Section 4.2(2) hereof to receive benefits after the death of the Director.
(4) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors/Trustees of a Fund.
(5) “Board Services Corporation” or “BSC” shall mean the paying agent for the Funds, pursuant to an agreement between BSC and the Funds, and the agent delegated by the Board to administer the Plan, pursuant to Section 6.8.
(6) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.
(7) “ Compensation ” shall mean the amount of a Director’s fees payable to a Director during a Deferral Year.
(8) “ Compensation Deferral ” shall mean the amount or amounts of a Director’s Compensation deferred under the provisions of Section 2 of this Plan.

 


 

(9) “ Deferral Account ” and “ Deferral Accounts ” shall mean an accounts maintained to reflect Compensation Deferral made pursuant to Section 2 hereof and any other credits or debits thereto.
(10) “ Deferral Year ” shall mean each calendar year for which the Director has made a Compensation Deferral under Section 2 hereof.
(11) “ Disability ” shall mean, with respect to a Director, the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. In making its determination of whether a Director is disabled, the Board shall be guided by the prevailing authorities applicable under Section 409A.
(12) “ Distribution Election ” shall mean an election made in accordance with Section 4.1.
(13) “ Fund ” shall mean a registered investment company (or separate series thereof as context requires) advised by RiverSource Investments, LLC or any of its affiliates that is a Fund within the RiverSource family of funds, as set forth on Exhibit A , as it may be amended from time to time.
(14) “ Distribution Election Form ” shall mean the written form required by BSC to be signed and submitted by a Director with respect to a Distribution Election for a given Deferral Year.
(15) “ Newly Eligible Director ” shall mean a member of the Board who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Deferral Year and who has not previously participated in the Plan or an elective account-balance deferred compensation arrangement (as defined under Section 409A) of the Fund or any entity other than the Fund with whom the Fund would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, as determined by the Board and to the extent permissible under Section 409A.
(16) “ Plan ” means the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted with respect to a Fund. For avoidance of doubt, the Board shall by its action to adopt this Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan shall have adopted the Plan separately with respect to each Seligman Fund, except to the extent that such Funds are aggregated pursuant to Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code.
(17) “ Rule 2a-7 Funds ” means any and all of the Funds that are intended to be operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(18) “Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account” and “Standard Deferral Account” shall mean an account maintained to reflect Compensation Deferral made pursuant to

 


 

Section 3 hereof and any other credits or debits thereto from a Rule 2a-7 Fund and a Fund that is not a Rule 2a-7 Fund, respectively.
(19) “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and other applicable guidance issued by the Treasury Department or the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto.
(20) “ Termination of Service ” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A.
(21) “ Unforeseeable Emergency ” shall mean, with respect to a Director, a severe financial hardship to the Director resulting from an illness or accident of the Director, the Director’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Director, loss of the Director’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Director. In making its determination, the Board shall be guided by the prevailing authorities applicable under Section 409A.
(22) “ Valuation Date ” shall mean the last business day of each calendar year and any other day upon which BSC makes a valuation of the Deferred Account.
1.2. Plurals and Gender . Where appearing in this Plan the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
1.3. Headings . The headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
2. COMPENSATION DEFERRALS
2.1. Commencement of Compensation Deferral . A Director may elect to commence Compensation Deferral by completing, executing and filing the Annual Enrollment Forms with BSC pursuant to Section 2.2.
2.2. Compensation Deferral Elections .
(1) Except as provided below, the Annual Enrollment Forms must be signed, executed and filed with BSC prior to the first day of the Deferral Year to which they apply. The Annual Election Form shall set forth the amount of such Compensation Deferral (in whole percentage amounts). In the case of a Newly Eligible Director, Compensation Deferral shall commence as of the date such Director’s Annual Enrollment Forms are received by BSC, but no later than 30 days following the date on which such Director first became eligible to participate in the Plan, and such Annual Election Form shall apply only with respect to Compensation earned for services performed subsequent to the time such Annual

 


 

Election Form is received by BSC. A Director’s Annual Election Form shall be irrevocable once filed with BSC, and may only be suspended pursuant to Section 3.
(2) The Annual Enrollment Forms submitted by a Director in respect of a particular Deferral Year will not be effective with respect to any subsequent Deferral Year. If the required Annual Enrollment Forms are not timely delivered for the subsequent Deferral Year, the Director shall not be eligible to make any deferrals with respect to such subsequent Deferral Year.
(3) Compensation Deferral shall be withheld from each payment of Compensation to a Director based upon the percentage amount elected by the Director under this Section 2.2.
2.3. Valuation of Deferral Account .
(1) BSC shall establish two bookkeeping Deferral Account (a Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account and a Standard Deferral Account) to which will be credited an amount equal to each Director’s Compensation Deferral under this Plan. Compensation Deferral from Rule 2a-7 Funds shall be credited to the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account and Compensation Deferral from the Funds that are not Rule ea-7 Funds shall be credited to the Standard Deferral Account on the day that the Compensation deferred would otherwise have been paid to a Director and shall be deemed invested pursuant to Section 2.4. The Deferral Accounts shall be debited to reflect any distributions from such Deferral Accounts. Such debits shall be allocated to the Deferral Accounts as of the date such distributions are made.
(2) As of each Valuation Date, income, gain and loss equivalents (determined as if the Deferral Accounts are invested in the manner set forth under Section 2.4) attributable to the period following the next preceding Valuation Date shall be credited to and/or deducted from the Deferral Accounts.
2.4. Investment of Deferral Account Balance .
(1) With respect to the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account, Class A shares of a Rule 2a-7 Fund, as determined by the Board from time to time, will be used as the basis for determining the valuation of each Director’s portion of the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account.
(2) With respect to the Standard Deferral Account, a Director may identify Class A shares of one or more of the notional investment options made available from time to time by the Board (the “Investment Options”) to be used as the basis for determining the valuation of his or her portion of the Deferral Account. A minimum of $1,000 must be deemed to be invested in each Investment Option identified at each payment period or such lower minimum amount as BSC determines can be efficiently administered.

 


 

(a) The Director shall designate from among the Investment Options offered under the Plan on a form provided by BSC ( Attachment A ) and such designations shall remain effective until another valid designation has been made by the Director.
(b) Any changes to the Investment Options and any limitation on the maximum or minimum percentages of a Director’s Compensation Deferral that may be invested in any particular Investment Option shall be communicated from time-to-time to the Director by BSC.
(3) The Standard Deferral Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with Investment Options selected by a Director, provided such designations conform to the provisions of this Section. If, however,
(a) the Director does not furnish BSC with complete, written investment designation, or
(b) the written investment designation from the Director are unclear, or
(c) the amount of designated Deferred Compensation to an Investment Option is less than the minimum required,
then the Director’s designation shall be held in abeyance and have no force and effect, and the Director shall be deemed to have selected the default Investment Option designated by the Board, until such time as the Director shall provide BSC with complete investment instructions or the amount available for the investment option exceeds the minimum. In the event that any Investment Option under which any portion of the Standard Deferral Account is deemed to be invested ceases to exist, such portion of the Standard Deferral Account thereafter shall be deemed to be invested in the successor to such Investment Option, subject to subsequent investment elections.
(4) The amount of the notional earnings credited to a Director’s portion of the Standard Deferral Account shall be determined by using the Investment Options selected by the Director to measure the hypothetical performance. The value of a Director’s portion of the Standard Deferral Account, as of any date, will be equal to the value such account would have had if the amount credited to it had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Investment Options designated by the Director (the “Designated Shares”).
(5) The amount of the earnings credited to a Director’s portion of the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account shall be determined by using a Rule 2a-7 Fund, as determined by the Board from time to time, to measure the hypothetical performance. The value of a Director’s portion of the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account, as of any date, will be equal to the value such account would have had if the amount credited to it had been invested and reinvested in shares of the designated Rule 2a-7 Fund.

 


 

(6) Except with respect to Rule 2a-7 Funds Deferral Account, Directors may change the designation of the Investment Options in which their Compensation Deferral is deemed to be invested by giving written instructions to BSC. In such case, the Designated Shares of one Investment Option will be exchanged within five business days or as soon thereafter as practicable for Designated Shares of another Investment Option based on the net asset value per share of the respective Investment Options. BSC may limit the number of changes that can be made during the year.
(7) The obligation of the Fund with respect to the Deferral Accounts is and will remain a general obligation of the Fund, payable by BSC as agent for the Fund. BSC shall provide an annual statement to each Director showing such information as is appropriate, including the aggregate amount in the Deferral Account and each Director’s proportionate interest, as of a reasonably current date.
3. SUSPENSION OF COMPENSATION DEFERRALS
3.1. Unforeseeable Emergencies . If a Director experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Director may petition BSC or the Board to suspend any deferrals required to be made by the Director. A petition shall be made on the form provided by BSC to be used for such request and shall include all financial information required by the Board in order for the Board to make a determination on such petition, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether to approve the Director’s petition. If the petition for a suspension is approved, suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not have any right to approve a request for suspension of deferrals if such approval (or right to approve) would cause the Plan to fail to comply with, or cause a Director to be subject to a tax under the provisions of Section 409A.
3.2. Disability . From and after the date that a Director is deemed have suffered a Disability, any standing deferral election of the Director shall automatically be suspended and no further deferrals shall be made with respect to the Director.
3.3. Resumption of Deferrals . If deferrals by a Director have been suspended during a Deferral Year due to an Unforeseeable Emergency or a Disability, the Director will not be eligible to make any further deferrals in respect of that Deferral Year. The Director may be eligible to make deferrals for subsequent Deferral Years provided the Director complies with the election requirements under the Plan.

 


 

4. DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL ACCOUNT
4.1. Distribution Elections .
(1) The Director shall make a Distribution Election by filing a Distribution Election Form at the time he or she makes an Compensation Deferral with respect to a given Deferral Year to have the Director’s Deferral Accounts for that Deferral Year distributed in either a lump sum or in installments, in each case commencing on or as soon as practicable after January 1st, but in no event later than 90 days thereafter, following (i) a specified year following the year that the compensation deferred would otherwise have been paid, which may not be sooner than five years following the deferral election; or (ii) the year in which the Director undergoes a Termination of Service from the Fund. For this purpose, the amount of each installment shall be equal to the balance of the Account on the date of the payment, divided by the remaining number of installments.
(2) Subject to any restrictions that may be imposed by the Board, a Director may amend his or her Distribution Election on a prospective basis by submitting to BSC an amended Distribution Election Form; provided , however , such amended Distribution Election Form (i) is submitted no later than a date specified by BSC in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, (ii) shall not take effect until 12 months after the date on which such amended form becomes effective, and (iii) specifies a new distribution date (or a new initial distribution date in the case of installment distributions) that is no sooner than five years after the original distribution date (or the original initial distribution date in the case of installment distributions), or such later date specified by BSC.
(3) Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in Section 4.1(2), but subject to any restrictions that may be imposed by the Board, a Director may amend the date of payment for all or part of such Director’s Compensation Deferral, provided that (a) no such election may be made in ___ to cause a payment to occur, or prevent a payment from occurring, in ___ and (b) except as provided in Section 4.1(2), any change made to the elected payment date of a Compensation Deferral is submitted no later than December 31, ___, shall not take effect until ___, and specifies a new distribution date (or a new initial distribution date in the case of installment distributions) that is no sooner than January ___. The Fund and the Directors intend that this Section 4.1(3) be operated in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-86 and any future applicable U.S. Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service guidance.
4.2. Death Prior to Complete Distribution of Deferral Accounts .
(1) Upon the death of a Director (whether prior to or after the commencement of the distribution of the amounts credited to his or her portion of the Deferral Accounts), the balance of the Director’s portion of the Deferral Accounts shall be

 


 

distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum within 90 days of the date of the Director’s death.
(2)  Designation of Beneficiary . For purposes of Section 4.2, a Director’s Beneficiary shall be the person or persons so designated by the Director in a written instrument submitted to BSC ( Attachment B ). In the event the Director fails to properly designate a Beneficiary, his or her Beneficiary shall be the person or persons in the first of the following classes of successive preference Beneficiaries surviving at the death of the Director: the Director’s (a) surviving spouse or (b) estate.
4.3. Distribution Upon a Liquidation, Dissolution or Change of Ownership . In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Fund or the distribution of all or substantially all of a Fund’s assets and property relating to one or more series of its             shares to the shareholders of such series (for this purpose a sale, conveyance or transfer of the Fund’s assets to a trust, partnership, association or corporation in exchange for cash, shares or other securities with the transfer being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities of the Fund shall not be deemed a termination of the Fund or such a distribution), each event qualifying as a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the corporation’s assets” as defined under Section 409A, all unpaid amounts in the Deferral Account as of the effective date thereof shall be paid in a lump sum on the effective date, and in no event later than 90 days thereafter.
4.4. Disability Prior to Complete Distribution of Deferral Accounts . Upon the Disability of a Director (whether prior to or after the commencement of the distribution of the amounts credited to his or her portion of the Deferral Accounts), the balance of the Director’s portion of the Deferral Accounts shall be distributed to the Director in a lump sum within 90 days of the date that the Director becomes disabled.
4.5. Withdrawal in the Event of an Unforeseeable Emergency . In the event that a Director experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Director may petition the Board to receive a partial or full payout of amounts credited to the Director’s Deferral Accounts. The Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether the requested payout shall be made, and the amount of the payout; provided , however , that the payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Director’s portion of the Deferral Accounts or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. In making its determination under this Section 4.5, the Board shall be guided by the requirements of Section 409A and any other related prevailing legal authorities and the Board shall take into account the extent to which a Director’s Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by the liquidation by the Director of his or her assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship). If, subject to the sole discretion of the Board, the petition for a payout is approved, the payout shall be made within 90 days of the date of the Unforeseeable Emergency.

 


 

5. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
5.1. Termination . The Board, in its sole discretion, may at any time terminate this Plan; provided , however , that (a) all plans that are aggregated with the Plan for purposes of Section 409A are also terminated; and (b) the Plan is not terminated proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Fund, or any entity other than the Fund with whom the Fund would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code. Upon the termination of the Plan, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, all amounts credited to each of the Deferral Accounts of each Director shall be 100% vested and shall be paid in a lump sum to the Director or, in the case of the Director’s death, in accordance with the Director’s beneficiary designation. Such lump-sum payment shall be made 13 months after such termination (or such earlier date permitted under Section 409A), notwithstanding any elections made by the Director, and the Annual Enrollment Forms relating to the Director’s Deferral Accounts shall terminate upon full payment of such Deferral Account, except that neither BSC nor the Board shall have any right to so accelerate the payment of any amount to the extent such right would cause the Plan to fail to comply with, or cause a Director to be subject to a tax under, the provisions of Section 409A. In the event of a termination described in this Section 5.1, no new deferred compensation plans may be established by the Fund for a minimum period of three years following the termination and liquidation of this Plan if such new plan would be aggregated with this Plan under Section 409A.
5.2. Amendment . The Board may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part with respect to any or all Directors by the actions of the Board; provided , however , that (a) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Director’s Deferral Accounts in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Director had experienced a termination as Director as of the effective date of the amendment or modification, (b) no amendment or modification may be made if such amendment or modification would cause the Plan to fail to comply with, or cause a Director to be subject to tax under the provisions of Section 409A, or diminishes any other rights or protections any Director would have had but for such amendment or modification, unless each affected Director consents in writing to such amendment.
6. MISCELLANEOUS
6.1. Rights of Creditors .
(1) This Plan is an unfunded and non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement. Neither a Director nor other persons shall have any interest in any specific asset or assets of a Fund by reason of the Deferral Accounts hereunder, nor any rights to receive distribution from the Deferral Accounts except as and to the extent expressly provided hereunder. No Fund shall be required to purchase, hold or dispose of any investments pursuant to this Plan; however, if in order to cover its obligations hereunder, the Board elects to direct a Fund to purchase any

 


 

investments, the same shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general assets and property of such Fund, subject to the claims of its general creditors and no person other than the Fund shall by virtue of the provisions of this Plan have any interest in such assets other than an interest as a general creditor.
(2) The rights of a Director and the Beneficiaries to the amounts held in the Deferral Accounts are unsecured and shall be subject to the creditors of the Fund. With respect to the payment of amounts held under the Deferral Accounts, the Director and his or her Beneficiaries have the status of unsecured creditors of the Fund. Any obligation hereunder shall be an unsecured obligation of the Fund and not of any other person.
6.2. Incapacity . BSC shall receive evidence satisfactory to it that the Director or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under this Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to give a valid release therefore, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Director or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Director or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, BSC may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Director or Beneficiary to such other person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or corresponding legislation (who shall be a guardian of the minor or a trust company), and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.
6.3. No Guarantee of Directorship . Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a guaranty or right of any Director to be continued as a Director of the Fund (or of a right of a Director to any specific level of Compensation) or as a limitation of the right of the Fund, by shareholder action or otherwise, to remove any Director.
6.4. Spendthrift Provision . The Directors’ and Beneficiaries’ interests in the Deferral Accounts shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charges and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void; nor shall any portion of any such right hereunder be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or trustee, or be liable for such person’s debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts, or be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach.
6.5. Notices . For purposes of this Plan, notices and all other communications provided for in this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, addressed to the Director at the home address set forth in BSC’s records and to BSC at 901 Marquette Avenue South, Suite 2810, Minneapolis, MN 55402 or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 


 

6.6. Successors and Assigns . This Plan shall be applicable to and shall inure to the benefit of the Directors and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
6.7. Section 409A of the Code . It is intended that the Plan (including all amendments thereto) comply with provisions of Section 409A, so as to prevent the inclusion in gross income of any benefits accrued hereunder in a taxable year prior to the taxable year or years in which such amount would otherwise be actually distributed or made available to the Directors. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
6.8. Administration .
(1) The Board shall have the discretion and authority to (a) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and (b) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any Director serving on the Board who is a participant in the Plan shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Board shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Director.
(2) In the administration of the Plan, the Board may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and the Board or its agents may from time to time consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of this Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.
(3) The decision or action of the Board or its agents with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan, and the Board or any agent to whom administrative duties under the Plan have been delegated, shall not incur any liability to a Director for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with this Plan in good faith.
*       *       *       *       *       *

 


 

EXHIBIT A
RiverSource Family of Funds
     
RiverSource Bond Series, Inc.
  RiverSource Tax-Exempt Series, Inc.
RiverSource California Tax-Exempt Trust
  RiverSource Variable Series Trust
RiverSource Dimensions Series, Inc.
  Seligman Capital Fund, Inc.
RiverSource Diversified Income Series, Inc.
  Seligman Communications and Information Fund, Inc.
RiverSource Equity Series, Inc.
  Seligman Frontier Fund, Inc.
RiverSource Global Series, Inc.
  Seligman Global Fund Series, Inc.
RiverSource Government Income Series, Inc.
  Seligman Growth Fund, Inc.
RiverSource Government Money Market Fund, Inc.
  Seligman LaSalle Real Estate Fund Series, Inc.
RiverSource High Yield Income Series, Inc.
  Seligman Municipal Fund Series, Inc.
RiverSource Income Series, Inc.
  Seligman Municipal Series Trust
RiverSource International Managers Series, Inc.
  Seligman Portfolios, Inc.
RiverSource International Series, Inc.
  Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
RiverSource Investment Series, Inc.
  Seligman Target Horizon ETF Portfolios, Inc.
RiverSource Large Cap Series, Inc.
  Seligman Value Fund Series, Inc.
RiverSource LaSalle International Real Estate Fund, Inc.
  Tri-Continental Corporation
RiverSource Managers Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Market Advantage Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Money Market Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Sector Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Selected Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Series Trust
   
RiverSource Short Term Investments Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Strategic Allocation Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Strategy Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Special Tax-Exempt Series Trust
   
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Income Series, Inc.
   
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Money Market Series, Inc.
   

 


 

ATTACHMENT A
RIVERSOURCE FUND
SELIGMAN FUND
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN *
DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM
         
TO:
  Board Services Corporation    
 
       
FROM:
 
 
   
 
       
DATE:
 
 
   
Deferral Election
          Pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) adopted by each of the RiverSource and Seligman Investment Companies (collectively, the “Funds”), I hereby elect to have                      percent of my Compensation (as defined under the Plan) for service to the Funds after the date this election becomes irrevocable deferred as provided in the Plan, and to Board Services Corporation establish two bookkeeping Deferral Accounts (a Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account and a Standard Deferral Account) to which will be credited an amount equal to the amount so deferred (“Compensation Deferral”). Compensation Deferral from Rule 2a-7 Funds shall be credited to the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account and Compensation Deferral from Funds that are not Rule 2a-7 Funds shall be credited to the Standard Deferral Account. This election is irrevocable and will take effect upon receipt and shall continue in effect through December 31st of the calendar year.
Distribution Election
          I hereby elect that all amounts deferred under the Plan with respect to any Fund and the earnings thereon pursuant to any deferral election be credited to the Deferral Accounts as set forth in the Plan and shall be paid to me ( check one for each of the Standard Deferral Account and the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account ):
      Distribution Election for Standard Deferral Account:
                                in a lump sum or
 
*   Any terms and features of, and rights and benefits under, the Plan and your deferral election may be interpreted, modified or terminated by the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Funds (each and collectively the Board) in its sole discretion in any manner and at any time without your prior consent or notice provided that such interpretation, modification or termination shall not cause deferred amounts to fail to meet the requirement for favorable tax treatment pursuant to Code Section 409A, applicable regulations thereunder, and other IRS guidance.

 


 

                                in quarterly installments for                      years
                    ( specify a number of years not to exceed five );
commencing on the first business day of January following ( check one ):
                                the year in which I undergo a Termination of Service from the Fund, or
                                ( a calendar year not earlier than five years after the date of this election ).
Distribution Election for Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account:
                                in a lump sum or
                                in quarterly installments for                      years
                    ( specify a number of years not to exceed five );
commencing on the first business day of January following ( check one ):
                                the year in which I undergo a Termination of Service from the Fund, or
                                ( a calendar year not earlier than five years after the date of this election ).
          If the payment is to be made in installments for either or both Deferral Accounts, the amount of each installment shall be equal to a fraction of the account balance in a Deferral Account at the date of the payment the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the then remaining number of unpaid installments (including the installment then to be paid).
          If I die at any time before all amounts in the account have been paid, such amounts shall be paid at that time in a lump sum to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by me on the attached Beneficiary Designation Form or in the absence of such a designation to my surviving spouse or my estate, as provided in the Plan.
          I understand that the amount of any assets reflected by the Deferral Accounts, should the Fund elect to hold any assets covering any portion of the liability, shall remain the general assets of the Fund and that with respect to the payment of my portion of the liability shown in any Deferral Accounts I am merely a general creditor of the Fund. I may not sell, encumber, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate any assets that may be held under the Deferral Accounts.
          I hereby agree that the terms of the Plan are incorporated herein and are made a part hereof. Dated as of the day and year first above written.

 


 

             
WITNESS:   DIRECTOR:    
 
           
         
    RECEIVED:    
    Board Services Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:  
 
   
 
  Date:  
 
   
 
     
 
   

 


 

ANNEX A
Investment Election ( Standard Deferral Account Only )
          I wish my Compensation Deferral deemed to be invested in Class A shares of the Investment Options in the percentages noted in Annex A to this form. Such designations shall remain in effect until changed by submission of a new form as provided in the Plan.
          I desire that my deferred Compensation be deemed invested as follows:
         
 
  Investment Options [Class A shares]   PERCENT
 
       
 
 
       
 
      100% of Deferred
 
      Compensation amount
[Compensation Deferrals to an Investment Option in any given month that are below $1,000 or such lower minimum set by the Board will be deemed invested in RiverSource Cash Management Fund, or such other default Investment Option as the Board may designate from time to time. Compensation Deferrals in the Rule 2a-7 Deferral Account will be deemed invested in RiverSource Cash Management Fund, or such other Rule 2a-7 Fund as the Board may designate from time to time.]

 


 

ATTACHMENT B
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
          You may designate one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount remaining in your portion of the Deferral Accounts at your death. If the Designated Beneficiary survives you, but dies before receiving the full amount to which he or she is entitled, the remainder will be paid to the Designated Beneficiary’s estate, unless you specifically elect otherwise in your Designation of Beneficiary form.
          You may indicate the names not only of one or more primary Designated Beneficiaries but also the names of secondary beneficiaries who would receive your portion of the Deferral Account in the event the primary beneficiary or beneficiaries are not alive at your death. In the case of each Designated Beneficiary, give his or her name, address, relationship to you, and the percentage of your portion of the Deferral Accounts he or she is to receive. You may change your Designated Beneficiaries at any time, without their consent, by filing a new Designation of Beneficiary form with the Committee.
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
          As a participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan“), I hereby designate the person or persons listed below to receive any amount remaining in my portion of the Deferral Accounts in the event of my death. This designation of beneficiary shall become effective upon its delivery to the Committee prior to my death, and revokes any designation(s) of beneficiary previously made by me. I reserve the right to revoke this designation of beneficiary at any time without notice to any beneficiary.
          I hereby name the following as primary Designated Beneficiaries under the Plan:
                 
Name
  Relationship   Percentage   Address    
 
         %       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
               
Name
  Relationship   Percentage   Address    
 
         %       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   

 


 

          In the event that one or more of my primary Designated Beneficiaries predeceases me, his or her share shall be allocated among the surviving primary Designated Beneficiaries. I name the following as secondary Designated Beneficiaries under the Plan, in the event that no primary Designated Beneficiary survives me:
                 
Name
  Relationship   Percentage   Address    
 
         %       
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
               
Name
  Relationship   Percentage   Address    
 
         %       
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
          In the event that no primary Designated Beneficiary survives me and one or more of the secondary Designated Beneficiaries predeceases me, his or her share shall be allocated among the surviving secondary Designated Beneficiaries.
                     
 
             
(Witness)
      (Signature of Director)
   
 
                   
Date:
          Date:        
 
 
 
         
 
   

 

(JPMORGAN LOGO)
Exhibit 99.J
FORM OF
MASTER GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
EACH OF THE RIVERSOURCE FUNDS LISTED ON
SCHEDULE A HERETO, SEVERALLY AND NOT
JOINTLY,
AND
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 


 

Table of contents
         
1. INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS
    5  
 
       
1.1 Intention of the Parties
    5  
 
       
1.2 Definitions
    5  
 
       
2. WHAT THE BANK IS REQUIRED TO DO
    8  
 
       
2.1 Set Up Accounts
    8  
 
       
2.2 Cash Account
    9  
 
       
2.3 Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name
    9  
 
       
2.4 Settlement of Transactions
    10  
 
       
2.5 Contractual Settlement Date Accounting
    10  
 
       
2.6 Actual Settlement Date Accounting
    11  
 
       
2.7 Income Collection (AutoCredit â )
    11  
 
       
2.8 Miscellaneous Administrative Duties
    12  
 
       
2.9 Corporate Actions
    12  
 
       
2.10 Class Action Litigation
    13  
 
       
2.11 Proxies
    13  
 
       
2.12 Statements of Account
    14  
 
       
2.13 Access to Bank’s Records
    14  
 
       
2.14 Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations
    16  
 
       
2.15 Tax Relief Services
    16  
 
       
2.16 Foreign Exchange Transactions
    16  
 
       
2.17 Notifications
    16  
 
       
3. INSTRUCTIONS
    17  

 


 

         
3.1 Acting on Instructions; Method of Instruction and Unclear Instructions
    17  
 
       
3.2 Verification and Security Procedures
    17  
 
       
3.3 Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice
    17  
 
       
3.4 Cut-Off Times
    18  
 
       
3.5 Electronic Access
    18  
 
       
4. FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO THE BANK
    18  
 
       
4.1 Fees and Expenses
    18  
 
       
4.2 Overdrafts
    18  
 
       
4.3 Bank’s Right Over Securities; Set-off
    19  
 
       
5. SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS
    19  
 
       
5.1 Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories
    19  
 
       
5.2 Liability for Subcustodians
    20  
 
       
6. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER
    21  
 
       
6.1 Representations of Customer and Bank
    21  
 
       
6.2 Customer is Liable to Bank Even if it is Acting for Another Person
    22  
 
       
7. WHEN BANK IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER
    22  
 
       
7.1 Standard of Care; Liability
    22  
 
       
7.2 Force Majeure
    24  
 
       
7.3 Bank May Consult With Counsel
    24  
 
       
7.4 Bank Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result
    24  
 
       
7.5 Assets Held Outside Bank’s Control
    25  
 
       
7.6 Ancillary services
    25  
 
       
8. TAXATION
    25  
 
       
8.1 Tax Obligations
    25  
 
       
8.2 Tax Relief Services
    26  
 
       
9. TERMINATION
    27  

 


 

         
9.1 Termination
    27  
 
       
9.2 Exit Procedure
    31  
 
       
10. MISCELLANEOUS
    31  
 
       
10.1 Notifications
    31  
 
       
10.2 Successors and Assigns
    31  
 
       
10.3 Interpretation
    32  
 
       
10.4 Entire Agreement
    32  
 
       
10.5 Information Concerning Deposits at JPMCB London Branch
    32  
 
       
10.6 Insurance
    33  
 
       
10.7 Security Holding Disclosure
    33  
 
       
10.8 USA PATRIOT Act Disclosure
    33  
 
       
10.9 Governing Law and Jurisdiction
    33  
 
       
10.10 Severability; Waiver; and Survival
    34  
 
       
10.11 Confidentiality
    34  
 
       
10.12 Counterparts
    35  
 
       
10.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries
    35  
 
       
SCHEDULE A List of Customers
    38  
 
       
SCHEDULE 1 List of Subcustodians and Markets Used by the Bank
   
 
       
SCHEDULE 2 Persons Authorized To Give Instructions
   
 
       
SCHEDULE 3 Authorized Fund Managers/Advisers
   
 
       
SCHEDULE 4 Form of Board Resolution
   
 
       
APPENDIX A Specimen Fund Manager Mandate
       
 
       
SCHEDULE 5 Electronic Access
   
 
       
EXHIBIT 1 TO SCHEDULE 5 Products
       
 
       
EXHIBIT A List of CSDA Markets
       

 


 

MASTER GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT
This Agreement, dated June 24, 2008, is between JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”), with a place of business at 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, NY 10005; and each entity listed on Schedule A hereto that signs this Agreement or a separate addendum in the form attached to this Agreement on behalf of each of the series listed under its name on Schedule A, severally and not jointly, with a place of business at 50606 Ameriprise Financial Center, Minneapolis, MN 55474 (each such series hereinafter, a separate and distinct “Customer”).
1.   INTENTION OF THE PARTIES; DEFINITIONS
  1.1   Intention of the Parties
  (a)   This Agreement sets out the terms on which Bank will be providing custodial, settlement and other associated services to the Customer. Bank will be responsible for the performance of only those duties set forth in this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Investing in Financial Assets and cash in foreign jurisdictions may involve risks of loss or other special features. The Customer acknowledges that Bank is not providing any legal, tax or investment advice in providing the services under this Agreement and will not be liable for any losses resulting from Country Risk.
 
  (c)   It is the intention of the parties that Bank will be the exclusive provider of custodial, settlement and other associated services to the Customer.
 
  (d)   Although the Bank and each Customer have executed this Agreement in the form of a master agreement for administrative convenience, this Agreement shall create a separate Agreement for each Customer as though Bank had executed a separate Agreement with each Customer. No rights, responsibilities or liabilities of any Customer shall be attributed to any other Customer. All references to a particular Customer should be deemed to be a reference to the entity of which the Customer is a series. All references to the board of or any officer of a Customer shall be interpreted to mean the board or officer of the entity of which the Customer is a series.
  1.2   Definitions
As used herein, the following terms have the meaning hereinafter stated.
“Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.
“Affiliate” means an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, Bank or Customer, as applicable.

 


 

“Affiliated Subcustodian ” means a Subcustodian that is an Affiliate.
“Applicable Law” means any applicable statute, treaty, rule, regulation or common law and any applicable decree, injunction, judgement, order, formal interpretation or ruling issued by a court or governmental entity.
“Authorized Person” means any person who has been designated by written notice from the Customer substantially in the form of Schedules 2 or 3 (or another format mutually agreed to by Customer and Bank) as the case may be (or by written notice substantially in the form of Appendix A from any agent designated by the Customer, including, without limitation, an investment manager) to act on behalf of the Customer under this Agreement. Such persons will continue to be Authorized Persons until such time as Bank receives and has had reasonable time to act upon updated Instructions from the Customer (or its agent) that any such person is no longer an Authorized Person. Any reference in this Agreement to an Instruction being delivered by the Customer must be delivered by an Authorized Person.
“Bank Indemnitees ” means Bank, its Subcustodians, and their respective nominees, directors, officers, employees and agents.
“Bank’s London Branch ” means the London branch office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
“Cash Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii).
“Confidential Information” means and includes all non public information concerning the Customer or the Accounts (including portfolio holdings information) which the Bank receives in the course of providing services under this Agreement. Nevertheless, the term Confidential Information shall not include information which is or becomes available to the general public by means other than the Bank’s breach of the terms of this Agreement or information which the Bank obtains on a non confidential basis from a person who is not known to be subject to any obligation of confidence to any person with respect to that information or information that Bank can demonstrate, from written records, has been or is independently developed or obtained by Bank through Bank custody employees none of whom had access to Confidential Information.
“Corporate Action” means any subscription right, bonus issue, stock repurchase plan, redemption, exchange, tender offer, or similar matter with respect to a Financial Asset in the Securities Account that require discretionary action by the beneficial owner of the security, but does not include rights with respect to class action litigation or proxy voting.
“Country Risk” means the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country or market, including, but not limited to, risks arising from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; the country’s financial infrastructure, including prevailing custody, tax and settlement practices; laws applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Financial Assets and cash held in custody; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in market rules; currency restrictions, devaluations or

 


 

fluctuations; and market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets.
“Entitlement Holder” means the person named on the records of a Securities Intermediary as the person having a Securities Entitlement against the Securities Intermediary.
Financial Asset” means a Security and refers, as the context requires, either to the asset itself or to the means by which a person’s claim to it is evidenced, including a Security, a security certificate, or a Securities Entitlement. “Financial Asset” does not include cash.
“Instructions” means an instruction that has been verified in accordance with a Security Procedure or, if no Security Procedure is applicable, which Bank believes in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Person in the manner specified next to their name in the relevant Schedule.
“Liabilities” means any liabilities, losses, claims, costs, damages, penalties, fines, obligations, or expenses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ or experts’ fees and disbursements).
“Securities” means shares, stocks, debentures, bonds, notes, U.S. exchange-traded derivatives, structured notes, loans or other like obligations, whether issued in certificated or uncertificated form, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same that are commonly traded or dealt in on securities exchanges or financial markets or other obligations of an issuer or counterparty, or shares, participations and interests in an issuer recognised in the country in which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment and any other property as may be acceptable to Bank for the Securities Account.
“Securities Account” means each Securities custody account on Bank’s records to which Financial Assets are or may be credited under this Agreement.
“Securities Depository” means any securities depository, dematerialized book entry system or similar system.
“Securities Entitlement” means the rights and property interests of an Entitlement Holder with respect to a Financial Asset as set forth in Part 5 of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Securities Intermediary” means Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, and any other financial institution which in the ordinary course of business maintains Securities custody accounts for others and acts in that capacity.
“Security Procedure” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).
“Subcustodian” means any of the subcustodians appointed by Bank from time to time to hold Securities and act on its behalf in different jurisdictions (and

 


 

      being at the date of this Agreement the entities listed in Schedule 1) and includes any Affiliated Subcustodian.
 
      All terms in the singular will have the same meaning in the plural unless the context otherwise provides and visa versa.
2.   WHAT THE BANK IS REQUIRED TO DO
  2.1   Set Up Accounts
  (a)   Bank will establish and maintain the following accounts (“Accounts”):
  (i)   one or more Securities Accounts in the name of Customer (or in another name requested by the Customer that is acceptable to Bank) for Financial Assets, which may be held by Bank or its Subcustodian or a Securities Depository for Bank on behalf of the Customer, including as an Entitlement Holder; and
 
  (ii)   one or more accounts in the name of Customer (or in another name requested by the Customer that is acceptable to Bank) (“Cash Account”) for any and all cash in any currency received by or on behalf of Bank for the account of Customer.
      Notwithstanding paragraph (ii), cash held in respect of those markets where Customer is required to have a cash account in its own name held directly with the relevant Subcustodian or Securities Depository will be held in that manner and will not be part of the Cash Account.
  (b)   At the request of Customer, additional Accounts may be opened in the future, which will be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Bank’s obligation to open Accounts pursuant to Section 2.1(a) is conditional upon Bank receiving such of the following documents as Bank may require:
  (i)   a certified copy of the Customer’s constitutional documents as currently in force;
 
  (ii)   a certified copy of a resolution of the Customer’s board of directors or equivalent governing body, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4;
 
  (iii)   Bank’s standard form fund manager mandate (in the form set out in Appendix A), completed by any persons designated in Schedule 3; and

 


 

  (iv)   in the case of any Account opened in a name not that of the Customer, documentation with respect to that name similar to that set forth in sub-sections (i) — (iii).
2.2   Cash Account
  (a)   Any amount standing to the credit of the Cash Account is a debt due from Bank, as banker, to Customer. Except as otherwise provided in Instructions acceptable to Bank, all cash held in the Cash Account will be deposited during the period it is credited to the Accounts in one or more deposit accounts at Bank or at Bank’s London Branch. Any cash so deposited with Bank’s London Branch will be payable exclusively by Bank’s London Branch in the applicable currency, subject to compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, any restrictions on transactions in the applicable currency imposed by the country of the applicable currency.
 
  (b)   Any amounts credited by Bank to the Cash Account on the basis of a notice or an interim credit from a third party, may be reversed if Bank does not receive final payment in a timely manner. Bank will notify the Customer promptly of any such reversal.
2.3   Segregation of Assets; Nominee Name
  (a)   Bank will identify in its books that Financial Assets credited to Customer’s Securities Account belong to Customer (except as otherwise may be agreed by Bank and Customer).
 
  (b)   To the extent permitted by Applicable Law or market practice, Bank will require each Subcustodian to identify in its own books that Financial Assets held at such Subcustodian by Bank as custodian on behalf of Customer and its other customers belong to Bank’s customers, such that it is readily apparent that the Financial Assets do not belong to Bank or the Subcustodian.
 
  (c)   Bank is authorized, in its discretion,
  (i)   to hold in bearer form, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in bearer form or are delivered to Bank or its Subcustodian in bearer form;
 
  (ii)   to hold Securities in or deposit Securities with any Securities Depository;
 
  (iii)   to hold Securities in omnibus accounts on a fungible basis and to accept delivery of Securities of the same class and denomination as those deposited with Bank or its Subcustodian;
 
  (iv)   to register in the name of Customer, Bank, a Subcustodian, a Securities Depository, or their

 


 

      respective nominees, such Financial Assets as are customarily held in registered form; and
 
  (v)   to hold shares of registered mutual funds or other commingled funds on the books of the transfer agent for such funds.
2.4   Settlement of Transactions
 
    Subject to Article 3 and Section 4.2 of this Agreement, Bank will act in accordance with Instructions with respect to settlement of transactions. Settlement will be conducted in accordance with prevailing standards of the market in which the transaction occurs, provided that such standards exist and are generally accepted by Institutional Clients. For the avoidance of doubt, such standards shall include practices regarding delivery against payment or delivery in advance of payment that may be prevailing in the applicable market for the type of transaction being settled. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer authorizes Bank to deliver Securities or payment in accordance with applicable market practice in advance of receipt or settlement of consideration expected in connection with such delivery or payment, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that such action alone will not of itself constitute negligence, fraud, or wilful misconduct of Bank, and the risk of loss arising from any such action will be borne by Customer; provided, however, unless otherwise directed by Customer, the risk of loss will be Bank’s if it makes a delivery before payment in a market where delivery versus payment is the prevailing standard and is generally accepted by Institutional Clients. In the case of the failure of Customer’s counterparty (or other appropriate party) to deliver the expected consideration as agreed, Bank will contact the counterparty to seek settlement at the direction of the Customer and will promptly notify the Customer of such failure. Bank shall forward to Customer’s investment manager all documentation related to such settlement promptly upon the request of the Customer. For the purpose of this Section 2.4, “Institutional Clients” means US registered investment companies, US-based commercial banks, insurance companies, pension funds or financial institutions substantially comparable to the Customer.
 
2.5   Contractual Settlement Date Accounting
  (a)   Unless otherwise directed by Customer, Bank will effect book entries on a contractual settlement date accounting basis as described below with respect to the settlement of transactions in those markets where Bank generally offers contractual settlement date accounting.
  (i)   Sales: On the settlement date for a sale, Bank will credit the Cash Account with the proceeds of the sale and transfer the relevant Financial Assets to an account at Bank pending settlement of the transaction where not already delivered.

 


 

  (ii)   Purchases: On the settlement date for the purchase (or earlier, if market practice requires delivery of the purchase price before the settlement date), Bank will debit the Cash Account for the settlement amount and credit a separate account at Bank. Bank then will post the Securities Account as awaiting receipt of the expected Financial Assets. Customer will not be entitled to the delivery of Financial Assets that are awaiting receipt until Bank or a Subcustodian actually receives them.
      The list of markets for which Bank provides contractual settlement date accounting as of the date of this Agreement is attached as Exhibit A. Bank may add markets to or remove markets from this list upon written notice (which may be in the form of NewsFlash communication sent via emails) to the Customer.
 
  (b)   Bank may reverse any debit or credit made pursuant to Section 2.5(a) prior to a transaction’s actual settlement upon oral or written notice to the Customer in cases where Bank reasonably believes that the transaction will not settle in the ordinary course within a reasonable time. The Customer will be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal, unless such costs were caused by the negligence, fraud or wilful misconduct of Bank. The Customer acknowledges that the procedures described in Section 2.5 are of an administrative nature, and Bank does not undertake to make loans and/or Financial Assets available to Customer.
2.6   Actual Settlement Date Accounting
 
    With respect to settlement of a transaction that is not posted to the Account on the contractual settlement date as referred to in Section 2.5, Bank will post the transaction on the date on which the cash or Financial Assets received as consideration for the transaction is actually received and cleared by Bank.
 
2.7   Income Collection (AutoCredit â )
  (a)   Bank will monitor information publicly available in the applicable market about forthcoming income payments on the Financial Assets, and will promptly notify the Customer of such information.
 
  (b)   Bank will credit the Cash Account with income proceeds on Financial Assets on the anticipated payment date, net of any taxes that are withheld by Bank or any third party (“AutoCredit”) in those markets where Bank customarily provides an AutoCredit service. Upon request, Bank shall provide the Customer with a list of AutoCredit eligible markets. Bank may add markets to or remove markets from the list of AutoCredit markets upon written notice to the Customer that is reasonable in the circumstances. Bank may reverse AutoCredit credits upon prompt oral

 


 

      or written notification to the Customer if Bank believes that the corresponding payment will not be received by Bank within a reasonable period or the credit was incorrect. Promptly upon Customer’s request, Bank shall provide Customer’s investment manager with all documentation related to any such reversal of credits.
 
  (c)   In markets where Bank does not provide an AutoCredit service, income on Financial Assets (net of any taxes withheld by Bank or any third party) will be credited only after actual receipt and reconciliation.
 
  (d)   Bank will use reasonable efforts to contact appropriate parties to collect unpaid interest, dividends or redemption proceeds and will promptly notify the Customer of the late payment and will provide Customer’s investment manager all documentation related to any such late payment.
2.8   Miscellaneous Administrative Duties; Fractional Interests
(a)   Until Bank receives Instructions to the contrary, Bank will:
  (i)   present all Financial Assets for which Bank has received notice of a call for redemption or that have otherwise matured, and all income and interest coupons and other income items that call for payment upon presentation;
 
  (ii)   execute in the name of Customer such certificates as may be required to obtain payment in respect of Financial Assets; and
 
  (iii)   exchange interim or temporary documents of title held in the Securities Account for definitive documents of title.
  (b)   In the event that, as a result of holding of Financial Assets in an omnibus account, Customer receives fractional interests in Financial Assets arising out of a Corporate Action or class action litigation, Bank will credit Customer with the amount of cash it would have received had the Financial Assets not been held in an omnibus account, and Customer shall relinquish to Bank its interest in such fractional interests.
 
  (c)   If some, but not all, of an outstanding class of Financial Assets is called for redemption, Bank may allot the amount redeemed among the respective beneficial holders of such a class of Financial Assets on a pro rata basis or in a similar manner Bank deems fair and equitable.
2.9   Corporate Actions
  (a)   Bank will act in accordance with local market practice to obtain information concerning Corporate Actions that is publicly available in the local market. Bank also will review information obtained from sources to which it subscribes for information concerning such Corporate Actions. Bank will promptly provide that information (or summaries that accurately reflect the material points concerning the applicable Corporate Action) to Customer or its Authorized Person.

 


 

  (b)   Bank will act in accordance with the Instructions in relation to such Corporate Actions. If the Customer fails to provide Bank with Instructions with respect to any Corporate Action within the timeframe set forth in the notification Bank provides under 2.9(a) with respect to that Corporate Action, neither Bank nor its Subcustodians or their respective nominees will be required to take any action in relation to that Corporate Action, except as otherwise agreed in writing by Bank and the Customer (including pursuant to a standing Instruction) or as may be set forth by Bank as a default action in the notification it provides under Section 2.9(a) with respect to that Corporate Action. Notwithstanding and in no way limiting the above, if Customer fails to provide Bank with Instructions with respect to any Corporate Action within the timeframe set forth in the notification Bank provides under 2.9(a), upon written request by Customer, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to act on Instructions received after the deadline set by Bank as set forth in such notification but before the deadline set by the Securities Depository to the extent circumstances permit.
2.10   Class Action Litigation
 
    Any notices received by Bank’s corporate actions department about settled securities class action litigation that requires action by affected owners of the underlying Financial Assets will be promptly notified to Customer if Bank, using reasonable care and diligence in the circumstances, identifies that Customer was a shareholder and held the relevant Financial Assets in custody with Bank at the relevant time.
 
2.11   Proxies
  (a)   Bank will monitor information distributed to holders of Financial Assets about upcoming shareholder meetings, promptly notify the Customer of such information and, subject to Section 2.11(c), act in accordance with the Customer’s Instructions in relation to such meetings (“the Proxy Voting Service”).
 
  (b)   The Proxy Voting Service is available only in certain markets, details of which are available from Bank on request. Provision of the Proxy Voting Service is conditional upon receipt by Bank of a duly completed enrollment form as well as additional documentation that may be required for certain markets.
 
  (c)   The Proxy Voting Service does not include physical attendance at shareholder meetings. Requests for physical attendance at shareholder meetings can be made but they will be evaluated and agreed to by Bank on a case by case basis.
 
  (d)   Customer acknowledges that the provision of the Proxy Voting Service may be precluded or restricted under a variety of circumstances, in which case best efforts that are also commercially reasonable will be used by

 


 

      Bank upon Customer’s written request. These circumstances include, but are not limited to:
  (i)   the Financial Assets being on loan or out for registration;
 
  (ii)   the pendency of conversion or another corporate action;
 
  (iii)   the Financial Assets being held in a margin or collateral account at Bank or another bank or broker, or otherwise in a manner which affects voting;
 
  (iv)   local market regulations or practices, or restrictions by the issuer; and
 
  (v)   Bank being required to vote all shares held for a particular issue for all of Bank’s customers on a net basis (i.e., a net yes or no vote based on voting instructions received from all its customers). Where this is the case, Bank will inform Customer in writing.
2.12   Statements of Account
  (a)   Bank will provide Customer with a statement of account for each Account, identifying cash and Financial Assets held in the Account and any transfers to and from the Account. If agreed by the parties, statements of account will be accessed by the Customer on-line. Otherwise, statements will be sent to Customer at times to be mutually agreed by the parties. Customer will review its statement of account and give Bank written notice of any suspected error or omission within a reasonable time of the date of the relevant suspected error or omission.
 
  (b)   Customer acknowledges that information available to it on-line with respect to transactions posted after the close of the prior business day may not be accurate due to mis-postings, delays in updating Account records, and other causes. Bank will not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of the inaccuracy of any such information accessed on-line, except to the extent such inaccuracy is the result of Bank’s gross negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer may rely on the accuracy of any intraday report to the extent that such report (i) explicitly states it is a final report or (ii) contains historical data that has been posted prior to the current business day. In the event of a known systemic issue with data available to Customer on-line, Bank will provide notice as soon as practicable to Customer of such issue via banner headline on the on-line system or via telephone.
2.13   Access to Bank’s Records
  (a)   Bank will allow Customer’s auditors and independent public accountants such reasonable access to the records of Bank relating to Financial Assets as is required in connection with their examination of books and records pertaining to Customer’s affairs. Subject to restrictions under the

 


 

      relevant local law, Bank also will permit (or cause Subcustodian to permit) Customer’s auditors and independent public accountants, reasonable access to the records of any Subcustodian of Financial Assets held in a Securities Account as may be required in connection with such examination.
 
  (b)   Bank will, upon reasonable written notice, allow Customer reasonable access during normal working hours to the records of Bank relating to the Accounts. Bank may impose reasonable restrictions on the number of individuals allowed access, the frequency and length of such access, and the scope of the records made available. The Customer shall reimburse Bank for the cost of copying, collating and researching archived information at Bank’s regular hourly rate.
 
  (c)   Upon Customer’s request, Bank will send the annual report (SAS 70 Level II Report) prepared by Bank’s external auditors on the procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in the Securities Depository, relating to the services provided by Bank under this Agreement. Also, upon Customer’s request, a letter updating Customer on the matters addressed in Bank’s SAS 70 Level II report as of the date of the relevant fiscal period of Customer, to the extent that the relevant fiscal period of Customer differs by a period of three (3) or more months from the date as of which the SAS 70 Level II report is prepared. Such SAS 70 Level II report shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail as to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state. Such SAS 70 Level II report shall be provided at least once a year, or at such greater frequency as such SAS 70 Level II report is prepared. Bank shall notify Customer in writing of (i) any change in frequency of provision of SAS 70 Level II reports and (ii) if a SAS 70 Level II report is to be dated as of a different date than such report was previously dated. Bank shall also provide Customer, at such times as Customer may reasonably request, reports received by Bank from a clearing corporation or the Federal Reserve book-entry system which the clearing corporation or the Federal Reserve permits to be redistributed on their respective systems of internal control when such reports relate to the services provided by Bank under this Agreement.
 
  (d)   Bank shall take all reasonable action, as Customer may from time to time request, to cooperate with Customer’s auditor with respect to the preparation of Customer’s registration statement, Form N-CSR, Form N-SAR or other annual or periodic reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

 


 

2.14   Maintenance of Financial Assets at Subcustodian Locations
 
    Unless Instructions require another location acceptable to Bank, Financial Assets will be held in the country or jurisdiction in which their principal trading market is located, where such Financial Assets may be presented for payment, where such Financial Assets were acquired, or where such Financial Assets are held. Bank reserves the right to refuse to accept delivery of Financial Assets or cash in countries and jurisdictions other than those referred to in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as in effect from time to time.
 
2.15   Tax Relief Services
 
    Bank will provide tax relief services as provided in Section 8.2.
 
2.16   Foreign Exchange Transactions
 
    To facilitate the administration of Customer’s trading and investment activity, Bank may, but will not be obliged to, enter into spot or forward foreign exchange contracts with Customer, or an Authorized Person, and may also provide foreign exchange contracts and facilities through its Affiliates or Subcustodians. Instructions, including standing Instructions, may be issued with respect to such contracts, but Bank may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available. In all cases where Bank, its Affiliates or Subcustodians enter into a master foreign exchange contract that covers foreign exchange transactions for the Accounts of Customer, the terms and conditions of that foreign exchange contract and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement, will apply to such transactions.
 
2.17   Notifications
 
    If Customer has agreed to access information concerning the Accounts through Bank’s website, Bank may make any notifications required under this Agreement (other than notifications described in Sections 7.1 or 10.11 hereof) by posting it on the website. Notifications described in Section 8 will be provided by Bank via NewsFlash communication until Customer is notified otherwise.
 
2.18   Service Level Agreement
 
    Bank agrees to be subject to written service level standards, which will be embodied in a Service Level Agreement and Key Performance Indicators Agreement between Bank and Customer.
 
2.19   Supervision
 
    Bank shall supervise the performance of its employees of custodial services provided in connection with this Agreement. Bank shall provide appropriate training for employees and implement supervisory procedures for all services provided hereunder by its employees.

 


 

3.   INSTRUCTIONS
  3.1   Acting on Instructions; Method of Instruction and Unclear Instructions
  (a)   Customer authorizes Bank to accept and act upon any Instructions received by it without inquiry. Customer will indemnify Bank Indemnitees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Bank Indemnitees as a result of any action or omission taken in accordance with any Instruction.
 
  (b)   Customer will where reasonably practicable use automated and electronic methods of sending Instructions.
 
  (c)   Bank shall promptly notify an Authorized Person if Bank determines that an Instruction does not contain all information reasonably necessary for Bank to carry out the Instruction. Bank will not be liable for any loss arising from any reasonable delay in carrying out any such Instruction pending receipt of such missing information, clarification or confirmation, provided that such clarification or confirmation is sought in good faith and promptly upon receipt of the relevant Instruction.
  3.2   Verification and Security Procedures
  (a)   Bank and Customer shall from time to time agree upon security procedures to be followed by Customer upon the issuance of an instruction and/or by Bank upon the receipt of an instruction, so as to enable Bank to verify that such instruction is authorized (“Security Procedures”). A Security Procedure may, without limitation, involve the use of algorithms, codes, passwords, encryption and telephone call backs. The Customer acknowledges that Security Procedures are designed to verify the authenticity of, and not detect errors in, instructions. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that a SWIFT message issued in the name of the Customer through any third party utility agreed upon by the parties as being a method for providing Instructions and authenticated in accordance with that utility’s customary procedures, shall be deemed to be an authorized Instruction.
 
  (b)   Bank and Customer shall ensure that any codes, passwords or similar devices are reasonably safeguarded.
 
  (c)   Either party may record any of their telephone communications.
  3.3   Instructions; Contrary to Law/Market Practice
 
      Bank need not act upon Instructions which it reasonably believes to be contrary to Applicable Law or market practice, but Bank will be under no duty to investigate whether any Instructions comply with Applicable Law or market practice. Bank will promptly notify Customer in such event.

 


 

  3.4   Cut-Off Times
 
      Bank has established cut-off times for receipt of Instructions, which will be made available to Customer. If Bank receives an Instruction after its established cut-off time, Bank will attempt to act upon the Instruction on the day requested if Bank deems it practicable to do so or otherwise as soon as practicable on the next business day.
 
  3.5   Electronic Access
 
      Access by Customer to certain applications or products of Bank via Bank’s web site or otherwise shall be governed by this Agreement and the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 5.
4.   FEES, EXPENSES AND OTHER AMOUNTS OWING TO BANK
  4.1   Fees and Expenses
 
      Customer will pay Bank for its services under this Agreement such fees as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time, together with Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket or incidental expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees and tax or related fees incidental to processing charged directly or indirectly by governmental authorities, issuers, or their agents. The Bank will invoice the Customer for amounts owing to it and such amounts will be payable within thirty (30) days of the invoice. The Bank will be entitled to deduct amounts owing to it from the Cash Account if the Customer has not objected to the invoice within sixty (60) days of the date of the invoice (or such other period as the parties may agree in writing). If the Customer disputes an invoice it shall nevertheless pay, or allow the Bank to deduct, such portion of the invoice that is not subject to a bona fide dispute. Without prejudice to Bank’s other rights, the Bank reserves the right to charge interest on overdue amounts from the due date until actual payment at such rate as the Bank may reasonably determine, unless Bank and Customer have mutually agreed upon another rate.
 
  4.2   Overdrafts
 
      If a debit to any currency in the Cash Account results in a debit balance, then Bank may, in its discretion, (i) advance an amount equal to the overdraft, (ii) or refuse to settle in whole or in part the transaction causing such debit balance, or (iii) if any such transaction is posted to the Securities Account, reverse any such posting. If Bank elects to make such an advance, the advance will be deemed a loan to Customer, payable on demand, bearing interest at the applicable rate charged by Bank and communicated to client in writing from time to time, for such overdrafts, from the date of such advance to the date of payment (both after as well as before judgment) and otherwise on the terms on which Bank makes similar overdrafts available from time to time. No prior action or course of

 


 

      dealing on Bank’s part with respect to the settlement of transactions on Customer’s behalf will be asserted by Customer against Bank for Bank’s refusal to make advances to the Cash Account or to settle any transaction for which Customer does not have sufficient available funds in the applicable currency in the Account.
  4.3   Bank’s Right Over Securities; Set-off
  (a)   Without prejudice to Bank’s rights under Applicable Law, until satisfaction of all Liabilities outstanding from time to time (whether actual or contingent) of Customer under or in connection with this Agreement, Bank shall have, and Customer shall grant to Bank a security interest in and a lien on the Financial Assets held in the Securities Account and Bank shall be entitled without notice to Customer, to withhold delivery of such Financial Assets, sell or otherwise realize any of such Financial Assets and to apply the proceeds and any other monies credited to the Cash Account in satisfaction of such Liabilities solely to the extent of such Liabilities. For this purpose, Bank may make such currency conversions as may be necessary at its then current rates for the sale and purchase of relevant currencies.
 
  (b)   Without prejudice to Bank’s rights under Applicable Law, Bank may set off against any amount owing by Customer under this Agreement any amount in any currency standing to the credit of any of Customer’s Accounts. For this purpose, Bank shall be entitled to accelerate the maturity of any fixed term deposits and to effect such currency conversions as may be necessary at its current rates for the sale and purchase of the relevant currencies.
5.   SUBCUSTODIANS, SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES, AND OTHER AGENTS
    5. 1 Appointment of Subcustodians; Use of Securities Depositories
  (a)   Bank is authorized under this Agreement to act through and hold Customer’s Financial Assets with Subcustodians. Bank will act in good faith with due diligence and use reasonable care in the selection, monitoring and continued appointment of such Subcustodians. In addition, Bank and each Subcustodian may deposit Securities with, and hold Securities in any Securities Depository on such terms as such Securities Depository customarily operates and Customer will provide Bank with such documentation or acknowledgements that Bank may require to hold the Financial Assets in such Securities Depository.
 
  (b)   Any agreement Bank enters into with a Subcustodian for holding Bank’s customers’ assets will provide that such assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors except a claim for payment for their safe

 


 

      custody or administration, or, in the case of cash deposits, except for liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Subcustodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, and that the beneficial ownership thereof will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration. Bank shall be responsible for all claims for payment of fees for safe custody or administration so that no Subcustodian exercises any claim for such payment against Customer’s assets. Where a Subcustodian deposits Securities with a Securities Depository, Bank will cause the Subcustodian to identify on its records as belonging to Bank, as agent, the Securities shown on the Subcustodian’s account at such Securities Depository. Bank shall identify on its records as belonging to Customer Financial Assets of Customer held by Subcustodian or Securities Depository. This Section 5.1(b) will not apply to the extent of any special agreement or arrangement made by Customer with any particular Subcustodian.
 
  (c)   Bank is not responsible for the selection or monitoring of any Securities Depository (other than as set forth in Section 2.21 with respect to an Eligible Securities Depository) and will not be liable for any act or omission by (or the insolvency of) any Securities Depository. In the event the Customer incurs a loss due to the negligence, wilful default, or insolvency of a Securities Depository, Bank will make reasonable efforts, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Securities Depository, but Bank will not be obligated to institute legal proceedings, file proof of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action.
  5.2   Liability for Subcustodians
  (a)   Subject to Section 7.1(b), Bank will be liable for direct losses incurred by Customer that result from:
  (i)   the failure by a Subcustodian to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services by it in accordance with the standards prevailing in the relevant market or from the fraud or wilful misconduct of such Subcustodian in the provision of custodial services by it; or
 
  (ii)   the insolvency of any Affiliated Subcustodian.
  (b)   Subject to Section 5.1(a) and Bank’s duty to use reasonable care in the monitoring of a Subcustodian’s financial condition as reflected in its published financial statements and other publicly available financial information concerning it customarily reviewed by Bank in its oversight process, Bank will not be responsible for the insolvency of any Subcustodian which is not a branch of Bank or an Affiliated Subcustodian, provided that Bank conducts reasonable due diligence in selecting the Subcustodian, monitor the financial position of the Subcustodian on an ongoing basis and takes prompt action to replace the

 


 

      Subcustodian in the event that the Bank receives information through its monitoring process that would lead a reasonable financial institution to arrive at a reasonable conclusion that the Subcustodian presents an unreasonable risk of insolvency.
  (c)   Subject to compliance with Rule 17f-5, Bank reserves the right to add, replace or remove Subcustodians. Bank will give prompt notice of any such action, which will be advance notice whenever practicable. Upon request by Customer, Bank will identify the name, address and principal place of business of any Subcustodian and the name and address of the governmental agency or other regulatory authority that supervises or regulates such Subcustodian.
6.   ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CUSTOMER
  6.1   Representations of Customer and Bank
  (a)   The Customer represents and warrants that (i) it has full authority and power, and has obtained all necessary authorizations and consents, to deposit and control the Financial Assets and cash in the Accounts, to use Bank as its custodian in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and to borrow money (both any short term or intraday borrowings in order to settle transactions prior to receipt of covering funds), grant a lien over Financial Assets as contemplated by Section 4.3, and enter into foreign exchange transactions; (ii) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by Bank, this Agreement is Customer’s legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms and it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement; (iii) it has not relied on any oral or written representation made by Bank or any person on its behalf, and acknowledges that this Agreement sets out to the fullest extent the duties of Bank; (iv) it is a resident of the United States and shall notify Bank of any changes in residency and (v) except as otherwise expressly agreed to by Bank in writing, the Financial Assets (other than collateral with respect to U.S. exchange-traded options) and cash deposited in the Accounts are not subject to any encumbrance or security interest whatsoever and Customer undertakes that, so long as Liabilities are outstanding, it will not create or permit to subsist any encumbrance or security interest over such Financial Assets or cash.
Bank may rely upon the certification of such other facts as may be required to administer Bank’s obligations under this Agreement and Customer shall indemnify Bank against all losses, liability, claims or demands arising directly or indirectly from any such certifications.
  (b)   Bank represents and warrants that (i) assuming execution and delivery of this Agreement by Customer, this Agreement is Bank’s legal, valid and

 


 

      binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, (ii) it has full power and authority to enter into and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution of this Agreement and (iii) it shall act in accordance with custody rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
  6.2   Customer is Liable to Bank Even if it is Acting for Another Person
 
      If Customer is acting as an agent or for another person as envisaged in Section 2.1(a) in respect of any transaction, cash, or Financial Asset, Bank nevertheless will exercise reasonable care in treating Customer as its principal for all purposes under this Agreement. In this regard, Customer will be liable to Bank as a principal in respect of any transactions relating to the Account, in the absence of negligence or wilful misconduct by Bank. The foregoing will not affect any rights Bank might have against Customer’s principal or the other person envisaged by Section 2.1(a).
7.   WHEN BANK IS LIABLE TO CUSTOMER
  7.1   Standard of Care; Liability
  (a)   Bank will use reasonable care in performing its obligations under this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided herein, Bank will not be in violation of this Agreement with respect to any matter as to which it has satisfied its obligation of reasonable care.
 
  (b)   Bank will be liable for the Customer’s direct damages to the extent they result from Bank’s fraud, negligence or wilful misconduct in performing its duties as set out in this Agreement and to the extent provided in Section 5.2(a). Nevertheless, under no circumstances will Bank be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including, without limitation, lost profits (except for lost profits that directly result from direct damages)) of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Accounts, Bank’s performance under this Agreement, or Bank’s role as custodian.
 
  (c)   The Customer will indemnify Bank Indemnitees against, and hold them harmless from, any Liabilities that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of Bank Indemnitees in connection with or arising (i) out of Bank’s performance under this Agreement, provided Bank Indemnitees have not acted with negligence or engaged in fraud or wilful misconduct in connection with the Liabilities in question or (ii) solely out of any Bank Indemnitee’s status as a holder of record of Customer’s Financial Assets, provided that, to the extent practicable, Bank uses reasonable care to provide prompt notice to Customer of the circumstances and all pertinent facts related to the claim for

 


 

      indemnification. Nevertheless, Customer will not be obligated to indemnify any Bank Indemnitee under the preceding sentence with respect to any Liability for which Bank is liable under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. Customer shall not be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including, without limitation, lost profits) of any form incurred by Bank, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to Customer’s performance or non-performance under this Agreement.
  (d)   Promptly upon receipt by Customer or Bank, as applicable, of notice of its involvement in a matter that may be covered under the indemnification provisions of Sections 3.1(a), 6.1(a) or 7.1(c) (“Claim”), such party (“Claimant”) when seeking indemnification under such Section, shall notify the other party (“Indemnitor”) of such Claim in writing. Failure by Claimant to so notify Indemnitor will not relieve Indemnitor from its obligation to indemnify Claimant under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure to notify results in the forfeiture by Indemnitor of any of substantive rights or defenses, and will not relieve Indemnitor of its obligation to provide reimbursement and contribution to Claimant. Indemnitor will be entitled to assume the defense of any such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Claimant. Upon assumption by Indemnitor of the defense of any such Claim, Claimant may participate in the defense of such Claim at any time and may retain its own counsel but Indemnitor shall not be liable for any legal fees or expenses subsequently incurred by Claimant in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) Indemnitor has agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) Indemnitor shall have failed to employ counsel satisfactory to Claimant in a timely manner or (iii) Claimant shall have reasonably determined that representation of Claimant by counsel provided by Indemnitor pursuant to the foregoing would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicting interests between Indemnitor and Claimant, including, without limitation, situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to Claimant that are different from or additional to those available to Indemnitor. Claimant shall not settle or compromise any Claim subject to indemnification hereunder without the written consent of Indemnitor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
 
  (e)   Customer agrees that Bank provides no service in relation to, and therefore has no duty or responsibility to: (i) question Instructions or make any suggestions to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding such Instructions; (ii) supervise or make recommendations with respect to investments or the retention of Financial Assets; (iii) advise Customer or an Authorized Person regarding any default in the payment of principal or income of any security other than as provided in Section 2.7(b) of this Agreement; (iv) evaluate or report to Customer or an Authorized Person regarding the financial condition of any broker, agent

 


 

      or other party to which Bank is instructed to deliver Financial Assets or cash.
  7.2   Force Majeure
 
      Bank will maintain and update from time to time business continuation and disaster recovery procedures with respect to its global custody business that it determines from time to time meet reasonable commercial standards and regulatory requirements. In the event of equipment failures, Bank shall, at no additional expense to Customer or any Account, take commercially reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. In the event of business disruption that materially impacts Bank’s provision of service under this Agreement, Bank will promptly notify Customer of the disruption and steps taken in response, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume operations as promptly as is practicable given the circumstances. Bank will have no liability, however, where Bank has otherwise exercised reasonable care, for any damage, loss, expense or liability of any nature that Customer may suffer or incur, caused by an act of God, fire, flood, civil or labor disturbance, war, terrorism, act of any governmental authority or other act or threat of any authority (de jure or de facto), legal constraint, fraud or forgery (except where such fraud or forgery is attributable to Bank or its employees), malfunction of equipment or software (except where such malfunction is primarily attributable to Bank’s negligence in maintaining the equipment or software), failure of or the effect of rules or operations of any external funds transfer system, inability to obtain or interruption of external communications facilities, or any cause beyond the reasonable control of Bank (including without limitation, the non-availability of appropriate foreign exchange).
 
  7.3   Bank May Consult With Counsel
 
      Bank will be entitled to rely on, and may act upon the advice of counsel in relation to matters of law, regulation or market practice (which may be the counsel of Customer), and shall not be deemed to have been negligent with respect to any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to such advice. Bank will use reasonable care in the selection and continued appointment of such counsel.
 
  7.4   Bank Provides Diverse Financial Services and May Generate Profits as a Result
 
      Customer hereby authorizes Bank to act under this Agreement notwithstanding that: (a) Bank or any of its divisions, branches or Affiliates may have a material interest in transactions entered into by Customer with respect to the Account or that circumstances are such that Bank may have a potential conflict of duty or interest, including the fact that Bank or its Affiliates may act as a market maker in the Financial Assets to which Instructions relate, provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of such Financial Assets, act in the same transaction as agent for more than one customer, have a material

 


 

      interest in the issue of the Financial Assets; or earn profits from any of the activities listed herein. (b) Bank or any of its divisions, branches or Affiliates may be in possession of information tending to show that the Instructions received may not be in the best interests of Customer. Bank is not under any duty to disclose any such information.
  7.5   Assets Held Outside Bank’s Control
 
      Bank will not be obliged to hold Securities or cash with any person not agreed to by Bank. Furthermore, Bank will not be obliged to register or record Securities in the name of any person not agreed to by Bank. If, however, the Customer makes such a request and Bank agrees to the request, the consequences of doing so will be at the Customer’s own risk. Bank will not be liable for any losses incurred as a result and may be precluded from providing some of the services referred to in this Agreement (for example, and without limitation, income collection, proxy voting, class action litigation and Corporate Action notification and processing).
 
  7.6   Ancillary services
 
      Bank and its Subcustodians may use third parties to provide ancillary services (i.e. services that do not form part of the custody services contained in Article 2 and which include without limitation courier or pricing services). Whilst Bank will use reasonable care (and procure that its Subcustodians use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third parties, it will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by such third party in providing the relevant services.
8.   TAXATION
  8.1   Tax Obligations
  (a)   Customer confirms that Bank is authorized to deduct from any cash received or credited to the Cash Account any taxes or levies required by any revenue or governmental authority for whatever reason in respect of Customer’s Accounts.
 
  (b)   Customer will provide to Bank such certifications, documentation, and information as it may reasonably require in connection with taxation, and warrants that, when given, this information is true and correct in all material respect, not materially misleading in any way, and contains all material information. Customer undertakes to notify Bank immediately if any information provided in accordance with the foregoing sentence requires updating or correcting. Bank provides no service of controlling or monitoring, and therefore has no duty in respect of, or liability for any taxes, penalties, interest or additions to tax, payable or paid that result from (i) the inaccurate completion of documents by Customer or any

 


 

      third party; (ii) provision to Bank or a third party of inaccurate or misleading information by Customer or any third party; (iii) the withholding of material information by Customer or any third party; or (iv) as a result of any delay by any revenue authority or any other cause beyond Bank’s control.
 
  (c)   If Bank does not receive appropriate certifications, documentation and information then, as and when appropriate and required, additional tax shall be deducted from all income received in respect of the Financial Assets issued (including, but not limited to, United States non-resident alien tax and/or backup withholding tax).
 
  (d)   Customer will be responsible in all events for the timely payment of all taxes relating to the Financial Assets in the Securities Account provided, however, that Bank will be responsible for any penalty or additions to tax due solely as a result of Bank’s wilful misconduct, negligent acts or omissions with respect to paying or withholding tax or reporting interest, dividend or other income paid or credited to the Cash Account.
  8.2   Tax Relief Services
  (a)   Subject to the provisions of this Section, Bank will apply for a reduction of withholding tax and any refund of any tax paid or tax credits in respect of income payments on Financial Assets credited to the Securities Account that Bank believes may be available. To defray expenses pertaining to nominal tax claims, Bank may from time-to-time set minimum thresholds as to a de minimis value of tax reclaims or reduction of withholding which it will pursue in respect of income payments under this Section.
 
  (b)   The provision of a tax relief service by Bank is conditional upon Bank receiving from Customer (i) a declaration of its identity and place of residence and (ii) certain other documentation (pro forma copies of which are available from Bank), prior to the receipt of Financial Assets in the Account or the payment of income.
 
  (c)   Bank will perform tax relief services only with respect to taxation levied by the revenue authorities of the countries advised to Customer from time to time and Bank may, by notification in writing, in its absolute discretion, supplement or amend the countries in which the tax relief services are offered. Other than as expressly provided in this Section 8.2 Bank will have no responsibility with regard to Customer’s tax position or status in any jurisdiction.

 


 

9.   TERMINATION
  9.1   Termination
  (a)   The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of seven years (the “Initial Term”) following the date on which Bank commenced providing services under the Agreement. Following the Initial Term, either party may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (i) either party may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the initial term as permitted under Section 9.1(b) and (ii) Customer may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the initial term upon sixty (60) days written notice subject to payment of the amount set out in Section 9.1(c).
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding Section 9.1(a):
  (i)   Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other party in the event that a material breach of this Agreement by the other party has not been cured within ninety (90) days’ (or such longer period consented to by the non-breaching party in writing, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of that party being given written notice of the material breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Bank determines in good faith that such material breach is not capable of being cured by commercially reasonable means, this Agreement may be terminated by Customer immediately upon written notice to Bank;
 
  (ii)   Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately on written notice to the other party upon the other party being declared bankrupt, entering into a composition with creditors, obtaining a suspension of payment, being put under court controlled management or being the subject of a similar measure;
 
  (iii)   This Agreement may be terminated with respect to any Customer to the extent that all of the assets of such Customer are merged into another Customer or such Customer ceases to exist;
 
  (iv)   Bank may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Customer in the event that Bank reasonably determines that Customer has ceased to satisfy Bank’s customary credit requirements; and
 
  (v)   Customer may terminate this Agreement immediately on written notice to Bank in the event that Bank fails to correct a material breach of certain service level

 


 

      measurements set forth in the related Key Performance Indicators Agreement within ninety (90) days’ of Bank being given written notice of such material breach.
  (c)   If Customer terminates this Agreement during the Initial Term other than a termination pursuant to Section 9.1(b) hereof, Customer shall pay Bank an early termination fee in order to compensate Bank. The early termination fee shall be calculated as follows:
  (i) If early termination occurs during the first one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) The fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of such one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of such one-year period based on estimated fees set forth in Schedule 6 that Bank would have received during such one-year period; plus
(z) 290% of estimated fees set forth in Schedule 6 that Bank would have received during such first one-year period (calculated as sum of 80% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 2 of the Initial Term, 70% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 3 of the Initial Term, 50% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 4 of the Initial Term, 40% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 5 of the Initial Term, 30% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 6 of the Initial Term and 20% of estimated fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(ii) If early termination occurs during the second one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 80% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the second one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the second one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the first one-year period of the Initial Term; plus
(z) 210% of Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the first one-year period of the Initial Term (calculated as sum of 70% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 3 of the Initial Term, 50% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 4 of the Initial Term, 40%

 


 

of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 5 of the Initial Term, 30% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 6 of the Initial Term and 20% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(iii) If early termination occurs during the third one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 70% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the third one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the third one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the second one-year period of the Initial Term; plus
(z) 140% of Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the second one-year period of the Initial Term (calculated as sum of 50% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 4 of the Initial Term, 40% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 5 of the Initial Term, 30% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 6 of the Initial Term and 20% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(iv) If early termination occurs during the fourth one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 50% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the fourth one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the fourth one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the third one-year period of the Initial Term; plus
(z) 90% of Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the third one-year period of the Initial Term (calculated as sum of 40% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 5 of the Initial Term, 30% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 6 of the Initial Term and 20% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(v) If early termination occurs during the fifth one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:

 


 

(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 40% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the fifth one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the fifth one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the fourth one-year period of the Initial Term; plus
(z) 50% of Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the fourth one-year period of the Initial Term (calculated as sum of 30% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 6 of the Initial Term and 20% of Bank’s actual fees to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(vi) If early termination occurs during the sixth one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 30% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the sixth one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the sixth one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the fifth one-year period of the Initial Term; plus
(z) 20% of Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the fifth one-year period of the Initial Term to compensate Bank for the loss in year 7 of the Initial Term); or
(vii) If early termination occurs during the seventh one-year period of the Initial Term, the early termination fee shall equal the sum of:
(x) The fees accrued and unpaid from the inception of this Agreement through the termination date; plus
(y) 20% of the fees that would have been due to Bank for the remainder of the seventh one-year period had the Agreement not been terminated, calculated on a pro-rata basis from the date of termination through the end of the seventh one-year period based on Bank’s actual fees for services rendered during the sixth one-year period of the Initial Term.

 


 

      For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be liable for payment of any early termination fee in the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 9.1(b) or otherwise terminated by Bank. Solely for purposes of determining whether the termination fee set forth under this Section 9.1(c) is payable, this Agreement will be deemed to have been terminated if Customer transfers a material portion of the assets held in custody under this Agreement to another custodian.
 
  9.2   Exit Procedure
 
      Customer will provide Bank full details of the persons to whom Bank must deliver Financial Assets and cash a reasonable period before the effective time of termination of this Agreement. If Customer fails to provide such details in a timely manner, Bank shall be entitled to continue to be paid fees under this Agreement until such time as it is able to deliver the Financial Assets and cash to successor custodian, but Bank may take such steps as it reasonably determines to be necessary to protect itself following the effective time of termination, including ceasing to provide transaction settlement services in the event that Bank is unwilling to assume any related credit risk. Bank will in any event be entitled to deduct any amounts owing to it that are not the subject of a bona fide dispute prior to delivery of the Financial Assets and cash (and, accordingly, Bank will be entitled to sell Financial Assets and apply the sale proceeds in satisfaction of amounts owing to it). Customer will reimburse Bank promptly for all out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in delivering Financial Assets upon termination. Termination will not affect any of the liabilities either party owes to the other arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.
10.   MISCELLANEOUS
  10.1   Notifications
 
      Notices (other than Instructions) under this Agreement will be served by registered mail or hand delivery to the address of the respective parties as set out on the first page of this Agreement, unless notice of a new address is given to the other party in writing. Notice will not be deemed to be given unless it has been received.
 
  10.2   Successors and Assigns
 
      This Agreement will be binding on each of the parties’ successors and assigns, but the parties agree that neither party can assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld (subject to approval by the Board of Customer). Notwithstanding this prohibition, Customer may assign the right to recover losses to its insurer, investment manager or Affiliates that paid for losses sustained by Customer.

 


 

  10.3   Interpretation
 
      Headings are for convenience only and are not intended to affect interpretation. References to Sections are to Sections of this Agreement and references to sub-Sections and paragraphs are to sub-Sections of the Sections and paragraphs of the sub-Sections in which they appear.
 
  10.4   Entire Agreement
  (a)   The following Rider(s) are incorporated into this Agreement:
          —   Cash Trade Execution;
          —   Cash Sweep;
          —   Accounting Services;
           X    Mutual Fund (only with respect to Customer who is a company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended);
          —   Compliance Reporting Services; and
          —   Performance Measurement Reporting Services.
  (b)   This Agreement, including the Schedules, Exhibits, and Riders and the related Service Level Agreement and Key Performance Indicators (and any separate agreement which Bank and Customer may enter into with respect to any Cash Account), sets out the entire Agreement between the parties in connection with the subject matter, and this Agreement supersedes any other agreement, statement, or representation relating to custody, whether oral or written. Amendments must be in writing and signed by both parties.
  10.5   Information Concerning Deposits at Bank’s London Branch
 
      Under U.S. federal law, deposit accounts that Customer maintains in Bank’s foreign branches (outside of the U.S.) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. In the event of Bank’s liquidation, foreign branch deposits have a lesser preference than U.S. deposits, and such foreign deposits are subject to cross-border risks. However, the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the “FSCS”) was created under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. The terms of the FSCS offer protection in connection with deposits and investments in the event of the persons to whom Bank’s London Branch provides services suffering a financial loss as a direct consequence of Bank’s London Branch being unable to meet any of its liabilities, and subject to the FSCS rules regarding eligible claimants and eligible claims, the Customer may have a right to claim compensation from the FSCS. Subject to the terms of the FSCS, the limit on the maximum compensation sum payable by the FSCS in relation to investment business is £48,000 and in relation to deposits is £31,700. A detailed description of the FSCS (including information on how to make a claim, eligibility criteria and the procedures involved) is available from the FSCS who

 


 

      can be contacted at 7th Floor, Lloyds Chambers, Portsoken Street, London, E1 8BN.
 
  10.6   Insurance
 
      The Customer acknowledges that Bank will not be required to maintain any insurance coverage specifically for the benefit of the Customer, except that Bank will maintain commercially reasonable insurance protection which covers Bank’s duties and responsibilities generally as a custodian of Financial Assets specifically for the benefit of the Bank. Bank will provide details of its own general insurance coverage to the Customer on request.
 
  10.7   Security Holding Disclosure
 
      With respect to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 14b-2 under The U.S. Shareholder Communications Act, regarding disclosure of beneficial owners to issuers of Securities, Bank is instructed not to disclose the name, address or Security positions of Customer in response to shareholder communications requests regarding the Account.
 
  10.8   USA PATRIOT Act Disclosure
 
      Section 326 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) requires Bank to implement reasonable procedures to verify the identity of any person that opens a new Account with it. Accordingly, Customer acknowledges that Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and Bank’s identity verification procedures require Bank to obtain information which may be used to confirm Customer’s identity including without limitation Customer’s name, address and organizational documents (“identifying information”). Customer may also be asked to provide information about its financial status such as its current audited and unaudited financial statements. Customer agrees to provide Bank with and consents to Bank obtaining from third parties any such identifying and financial information required as a condition of opening an account with or using any service provided by Bank.
 
  10.9   Governing Law and Jurisdiction
 
      This Agreement will be construed, regulated, and administered under the laws of the United States or State of New York, as applicable, without regard to New York’s principles regarding conflict of laws, except that the foregoing shall not reduce any statutory right to choose New York law or forum. The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York will have the sole and exclusive jurisdiction over any lawsuit or other judicial proceeding relating to or arising from this Agreement. If that court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County will have sole and exclusive jurisdiction. Either of these courts will have proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding, and the parties waive any

 


 

      objection to venue or their convenience as a forum. The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified and to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts. The parties further hereby knowingly, voluntarily and intentionally waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right to a trial by jury with respect to any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding arising or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. To the extent that in any jurisdiction Customer may now or hereafter be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (before or after judgement) or other legal process, Customer shall not claim, and it hereby irrevocably waives, such immunity.
 
  10.10   Severability; Waiver; and Survival
  (a)   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect on the basis of any particular circumstances or in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision or provisions under other circumstances or in other jurisdictions and of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired.
 
  (b)   Except as otherwise provided herein, no failure or delay on the part of either party in exercising any power or right under this Agreement operates as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise of any other power or right. No waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement, or waiver of any breach or default, is effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be enforced.
 
  (c)   The parties’ rights, protections, and remedies under this Agreement shall survive its termination.
  10.11   Confidentiality
  (a)   Subject to Clause 10.11(b) the Bank will hold all Confidential Information in confidence and will not disclose any Confidential Information except as may be required by Applicable Law or a regulator with jurisdiction over the Bank’s business (provided that Bank will provide Customer prior written notice of the same, to the extent such notice is permitted); as necessary to the defense of any claim or cause of action asserted against Bank (provided that Bank will provide Customer prior written notice of the same, to the extent such notice is permitted); or with the prior written consent of the Customer.
 
  (b)   Solely to the extent required in connection with the Bank’s provision of services to Customer in accordance with this Agreement, the Customer authorizes the Bank to disclose Confidential Information to:
  (i)   any Subcustodian, subcontractor, agent, Securities Depository, securities exchange, broker, third party

 


 

      agent, proxy solicitor, issuer, or any other person that the Bank reasonably believes is required in connection with the Bank’s provision of services to Customer under this Agreement;
 
  (ii)   its professional advisors, auditors or public accountants;
 
  (iii)   its employees and Affiliates, and
 
  (iv)   any revenue authority or any governmental entity in relation to the processing of any tax relief claim.
  (c)   Subject to Clause 10.11(b) the Bank shall observe the same degree of care as Bank observes with respect to its own Confidential Information of a similar nature in preventing the unauthorized use and dissemination of the Confidential Information. Upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, Bank shall notify Customer in writing and will specify the corrective action taken or to be taken.
 
  (d)   If Bank or any of its Affiliate is requested or required (by oral question, interrogatories requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, Bank will promptly notify Customer in writing (to the extent permitted) of such request or requirement so that Customer may seek an appropriate protective order with the reasonable cooperation of Bank; provided, however, Customer shall reimburse Bank for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Bank in cooperating with such request. If, in the failure to obtain a protective order or in the absence of a waiver hereunder, the Bank is, in the opinion of counsel to the Bank compelled to disclose the Confidential Information, Bank may disclose only such portion of the Confidential Information to the party compelling disclosure as is required by Applicable Law.
 
  (e)   Except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or as needed to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the parties shall hold the terms and conditions of this Agreement in confidence.
  10.12   Counterparts
 
      This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which will be deemed to be an original and together will constitute one and the same agreement.
 
  10.13   No Third Party Beneficiaries
 
      A person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right to enforce any term of this Agreement. Notwithstanding this prohibition, this shall not limit the right to recover losses sustained by Customer, by Customer’s insurer, investment manager or Affiliates who have paid for such losses.

 


 

                     
EACH REGISTRANT LISTED       JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.    
ON SCHEDULE A HERETO, ON BEHALF                
OF EACH OF ITS UNDERLYING SERIES                
 
                   
By:
          By:        
 
                   
Name:
  Patrick T. Bannigan       Name:   Craig F. Werder    
 
                   
Title:
  President       Title:   Executive Director    
 
                   
Date:
  June 24, 2008       Date:   June 24, 2008    

 


 

ADDENDUM TO MASTER GLOBAL CUSTODY AGREEMENT
The undersigned [                                           ] (“Customer”) incorporated under the laws of [                                           ] with address at [                                            ] hereby requests the securities custody services of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Customer, by its signature below, agrees to the terms and conditions of that certain Master Global Custody Agreement, dated [                      ] with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. on behalf of each of the RiverSource Funds listed on Schedule A, which such Schedule A is hereby amended with the addition of the Customer pursuant to this addendum.
             
    THE CUSTOMER    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Name:        
 
  Title:        
 
  Date:        
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
         
By:
       
Name:
 
 
   
Title:
       
Date:
       

 


 

SCHEDULE A
List of Customers

RiverSource Bond Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Floating Rate Fund
     RiverSource Income Opportunities Fund
     RiverSource Inflation Protected Securities Fund
     RiverSource Limited Duration Bond Fund
RiverSource California Tax-Exempt Trust
     RiverSource California Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource Dimensions Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Disciplined Small and Mid Cap Equity Fund
     RiverSource Disciplined Small Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Diversified Income Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Diversified Bond Fund
RiverSource Equity Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Mid Cap Growth Fund
RiverSource Global Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Absolute Return Currency and Income Fund
     RiverSource Emerging Markets Bond Fund
     RiverSource Global Bond Fund
     RiverSource Global Technology Fund
     Threadneedle Emerging Markets Fund
     Threadneedle Global Equity Fund
     Threadneedle Global Equity Income Fund
     Threadneedle Global Extended Alpha Fund
RiverSource Government Income Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Short Duration U.S. Government Fund
     RiverSource U.S. Government Mortgage Fund
RiverSource High Yield Income Series, Inc.
     RiverSource High Yield Bond Fund
RiverSource Income Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Income Builder Basic Income Fund
     RiverSource Income Builder Enhanced Income Fund
     RiverSource Income Builder Moderate Income Fund
RiverSource International Managers Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Partners International Select Growth Fund
     RiverSource Partners International Select Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners International Small Cap Fund
RiverSource International Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Disciplined International Equity Fund
     Threadneedle European Equity Fund
     Threadneedle International Opportunity Fund
RiverSource Investment Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Balanced Fund
     RiverSource Disciplined Large Cap Growth Fund
     RiverSource Disciplined Large Cap Value Fund
     RiverSource Diversified Equity Income Fund

     RiverSource Mid Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Large Cap Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Disciplined Equity Fund
     RiverSource Growth Fund
     RiverSource Large Cap Equity Fund
     RiverSource Large Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Managers Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Partners Aggressive Growth Fund
     RiverSource Partners Fundamental Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners Select Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners Small Cap Equity Fund
     RiverSource Partners Small Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Market Advantage Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Aggressive Fund
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Conservative Fund
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Aggressive Fund
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Conservative Fund
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Fund
     RiverSource Portfolio Builder Total Equity Fund
     RiverSource S&P 500 Index Fund
     RiverSource Small Company Index Fund
RiverSource Money Market Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Cash Management Fund
RiverSource Sector Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Dividend Opportunity Fund
     RiverSource Real Estate Fund
RiverSource Selected Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Precious Metals and Mining Fund
RiverSource Series Trust
     RiverSource 120/20 Contrarian Equity Fund
     RiverSource 130/30 U.S. Equity Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2010 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2015 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2020 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2025 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2030 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2035 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2040 Fund
     RiverSource Retirement Plus 2045 Fund
RiverSource Short Term Investments Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Short-Term Cash Fund
RiverSource Special Tax-Exempt Series Trust
     RiverSource Minnesota Tax-Exempt Fund
     RiverSource New York Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource Strategic Allocation Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Strategic Allocation Fund
     RiverSource Strategic Income Allocation Fund

 



 


 

RiverSource Strategy Series, Inc.
     RiverSource Equity Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners Small Cap Growth Fund
     RiverSource Small Cap Advantage Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource Tax-Exempt High Income Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Money Market Series, Inc.
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund
RiverSource Variable Series Trust
     Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Aggressive
     Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Conservative
     Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderate
     Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderately Aggressive
     Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderately Conservative
     RiverSource Partners Variable Portfolio — Fundamental Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners Variable Portfolio — Select Value Fund
     RiverSource Partners Variable Portfolio — Small Cap Value Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Balanced Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Cash Management Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Core Equity Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Diversified Bond Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Diversified Equity Income Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Global Bond Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Global Inflation Protected Securities Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Growth Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — High Yield Bond Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Income Opportunities Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Large Cap Equity Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Large Cap Value Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Mid Cap Growth Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Mid Cap Value Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — S&P 500 Index Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Short Duration U.S. Government Fund
     RiverSource Variable Portfolio — Small Cap Advantage Fund
     Threadneedle Variable Portfolio — Emerging Markets Fund
     Threadneedle Variable Portfolio — International Opportunity Fund

RiverSource Tax-Exempt Series, Inc.
    RiverSource Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund
    RiverSource Tax-Exempt Bond Fund


 

Exhibit 99.K.1
(AST LOGO)
TRANSFER AGENCY AND REGISTRAR SERVICES
AGREEMENT
by and between:
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
and
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
Dated:           , 2009

 


 

Table of Contents
         
Section 1.
  Appointment of Agent   3
Section 2.
  Standard Services   4
Section 3.
  Fees and Expenses   6
Section 4.
  Representations and Warranties of AST   7
Section 5.
  Representations and Warranties of the Company   7
Section 6.
  Reliance and Indemnification   8
Section 7.
  Standard of Care   9
Section 8.
  Limitations on AST’s Responsibilities   9
Section 9.
  Covenants of the Company and AST   10
Section 10.
  Term and Termination   10
Section 11.
  Assignment   11
Section 12.
  Notices   11
Section 13.
  Successors   12
Section 14.
  Amendment   12
Section 15.
  Severability   12
Section 16.
  Governing Law   13
Section 17.
  Descriptive Headings   13
Section 18.
  Third Party Beneficiaries   13
Section 19.
  Survival   13
Section 20.
  Merger of Agreement   13
Section 21.
  Counterparts   13
 
  Signatures   14

2


 

TRANSFER AGENCY AND REGISTRAR SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Transfer Agency and Registrar Services Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of           , 2009 is between Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (“AST”).
     WHEREAS, the Company desires the appointment of AST as transfer agent and registrar;
     WHEREAS, AST desires to accept such appointment and perform the services related to such appointment;
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follow:
Section 1. Appointment of Agent
  1.01   The Company hereby appoints AST to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for the common stock of the Company and for any such other shares as the Company may request in writing (“the Shares”) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and AST hereby accepts such appointment.
 
  1.02   In connection with the appointment of AST as transfer agent and registrar for the Company, the Company shall provide AST:
  (a)   A Certificate of Appointment in substantially the form furnished by AST (and a Supplemental Certificate each time there is any material change to the information contained in the original Certificate of Appointment). It is agreed, however, that any provisions explicitly addressed in this Agreement shall govern the relationship between the parties in the event of a conflict between the Certificate of Appointment and this Agreement;
 
  (b)   Specimens of all forms of outstanding stock certificates, in the forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, with a certificate of the Secretary of the Company as to such approval;
 
  (c)   Specimens of the signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign stock certificates and specimens of the signatures of the individuals authorized to sign written instructions and requests;

3


 

  (d)   A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws of the Company and, on a continuing basis, copies of all material amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws made after the date of this Agreement (such amendments to be provided promptly after such amendments are made); and
 
  (e)   A sufficient supply of blank certificates signed by (or bearing the facsimile signature of) the officers of the company authorized to sign stock certificates and bearing the Company’s corporate seal (if required). AST may use certificates bearing the signature of a person who at the time of use is no longer an officer of the company.
Section 2. Standard Services
  2.01   In accordance with the procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Company and AST, AST shall provide the following services:
  (a)   Create and maintain shareholder accounts for all Shares;
 
  (b)   Provide online access capability for the Company’s personnel, including “read-only” access to individual shareholder files;
 
  (c)   Review transfer documents and certificates for acceptability;
 
  (d)   Complete transfer debit and credit transactions;
 
  (e)   Provide for the original issuance of shares as directed by the Company ;
 
  (f)   Maintain Treasury accounts in book entry;
 
  (g)   Furnish clear, simple, and detailed instructions to shareholders throughout the transfer process, as well as clear and concise written explanations of rejected transfers;
 
  (h)   Post transfers to the record system daily;
 
  (i)   Prepare a list of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting as requested by the Company;
 
  (j)   As required by the company, mail all proxy materials to shareholders of record as of the proxy record date or provide a list of the names (and other relevant information) of such shareholders of record to a designated third party for purposes of such mailing

4


 

      (it being understood, however, that production of such external files shall be billable as an expense at AST’s standard rates for the production of external tapes);
 
  (k)   Tabulate returned proxy cards;
 
  (l)   Provide the company with access to shareholder voting records via online access or by written report, prior to the Company’s annual meeting;
 
  (m)   Provide appropriate responses to electronic, telephonic and written inquiries from the Company’s shareholders;
 
  (n)   Provide an 800 toll-free number and toll number in conjunction with an interactive telephone system capable of providing information and handling shareholder requests without talking to a representative;
 
  (o)   Prepare and submit appropriate tax and other reports required by State and Federal agencies, principal stock exchanges, and shareholders, as requested by the Company;
 
  (p)   Issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, unless AST has received notice that such certificates were acquired by a bona fide purchaser. AST shall be entitled to demand an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to AST holding AST and the Company harmless. AST shall be entitled to demand payment of the premium and processing fee for such open penalty surety bond from the shareholder. AST, at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity;
 
  (q)   Compute quarterly dividend payment for each account as of the record date, balanced to the official share position;
 
  (r)   Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Company, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by AST prior to the scheduled mailing date for said dividends or distributions;
 
  (s)   Code lost accounts to suppress printing and mailing of checks in accordance with applicable policies and guidelines;
 
  (t)   Replace lost or stolen dividend checks at a shareholder’s request;

5


 

  (u)   Withhold taxes on dividends at the appropriate rate when applicable; and
 
  (v)   Administer the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
  2.02   The Company shall have the obligation to discharge all applicable escheat and notification obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request, AST will assist the Company in discharging these obligations.
 
  2.03   AST may, at its election, outsource any of the services to be provided hereunder, but shall retain ultimate responsibility for any of the services so provided.
 
  2.04   AST may provide further services to, or on behalf of, the Company as may be agreed upon between the Company and AST.
Section 3. Fees and Expenses
  3.01   Fees
 
      The Company agrees to pay AST fees for the services performed pursuant to this agreement in the amount of $       per month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the scope of services to be provided by AST is increased substantially, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine reasonable compensation for such additional services.
 
  3.02   Out-of-Pocket Expenses
  (a)   In addition to the fees paid under Section 3.01 above, the Company agrees to reimburse AST for all reasonable expenses or other charges incurred by AST in connection with the provision of services to the Company (including attorneys fees) at AST’s rates then in effect.
 
  (b)   Notwithstanding section 3.03 below, AST reserves the right to request advance payment for substantial out-of-pocket expenditures.
  3.03.   Payment of Fees and Expenses
 
      The Company agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within twenty (20) days following the receipt of a billing notice. Interest charges will accrue on unpaid balances outstanding for more than sixty (60) days.

6


 

  3.04   Services Required by Legislation
 
      Services required by legislation or regulatory mandate that become effective after the effective date of this Agreement shall not be part of the standard services, and shall be billed by agreement.
Section 4. Representations and Warranties of AST
AST represents and warrants to the Company that:
It is a corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of New York;
It is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of New York;
It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement; and
All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
Section 5. Representations and Warranties of the Company
The Company represents and warrants to AST that:
It is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Maryland.
It is empowered under applicable laws and governing instruments to enter into and perform this Agreement;
All corporate proceedings required by said governing instruments and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;
All certificates representing Shares which were not issued pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). The shares may not be sold, transferred or assigned in the absence of an effective registration for these shares under the Act or an opinion of the Corporation’s counsel that registration is not required under the Act.”

7


 

All Shares not so registered were issued or transferred in a transaction or series of transactions exempt from the registration provisions of the Act, and in each such issuance or transfer, the Corporation was so advised by its legal counsel.
Section 6. Reliance and Indemnification
  6.01   AST may rely on any written or oral instructions received from any person it believes in good faith to be an officer, authorized agent or employee of the Company, unless , prior thereto, (a) the Company shall have advised AST in writing that it is entitled to rely only on written instructions of designated officers of the Company; (b) it furnishes AST with an appropriate incumbency certificate for such officers and their signatures; and (c) the Company thereafter keeps such designation current with an annual (or more frequent, if required) re-filing. AST may also rely on advice, opinions or instructions received from the Company’s legal counsel. AST may, in any event, rely on advice received from its legal counsel. AST may rely (a) on any writing or other instruction believed by it in good faith to have been furnished by or on behalf of the Company or a Shareholder; (b) on any statement of fact contained in any such writing or other instruction which it in good faith does not believe to be inaccurate; (c) on the apparent authority of any person to act on behalf of the Company or a Shareholder as having actual authority to the extent of such apparent authority; (d) on the authenticity of any signature (manual or facsimile) appearing on any writing; and (e) on the conformity to original of any copy. AST shall further be entitled to rely on any information, records and documents provided to AST by a former transfer agent or former registrar on behalf of the Company.
 
  6.02   AST shall not be responsible for, and the Company shall indemnify and hold AST harmless from and against, any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, counsel fees and expenses, payments, general expenses and/or liability arising out of or attributable to:
  (a)   AST’s (and/or its agents’ or subcontractors’) actions performed in its capacity as transfer agent and/or registrar, provided that such actions are taken in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct;
 
  (b)   The Company’s lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the breach of any representation or warranty of the Company hereunder;
 
  (c)   Any action(s) taken in accordance with section 6.01 above;

8


 

  (d)   Any action(s) performed pursuant to a direction or request issued by a statutory, regulatory, governmental or quasi-governmental body (AST shall, however, provide the Company with prior notice when practicable, unless AST is not permitted to do so);
 
  (e)   Any reasonable expenses, including attorney fees, incurred in seeking to enforce the foregoing indemnities.
  6.03   AST will research the records delivered to it on its appointment as agent if it receives a stock certificate not reflected in said records. If neither the Company nor AST is able to reconcile said certificate with said records (so that the transfer of said certificate on the records maintained by AST would create an overissue), the Company shall either increase the number of its issued shares, or acquire and cancel a sufficient number of issued shares, to correct the overissue.
 
  6.04   The foregoing indemnities shall not terminate on termination of AST’s acting as transfer agent and/or registrar, and they are irrevocable. AST’s acceptance of its appointment as transfer agent and/or registrar, evidenced by its acting as such for any period, shall be deemed sufficient consideration for the foregoing indemnities.
Section 7. Standard of Care
AST shall, at all times, act in good faith. AST agrees to use its best efforts, within reasonable time limits, to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement.
Section 8. Limitations on AST’s Responsibilities
AST shall not be responsible for the validity of the issuance, presentation or transfer of stock; the genuineness of endorsements; the authority of presentors; or the collection or payment of charges or taxes incident to the issuance or transfer of stock. AST may, however, delay or decline an issuance or transfer if it deems it to be in its or the Company’s best interests to receive evidence or assurance of such validity, authority, collection or payment. AST shall not be responsible for any discrepancies in its records or between its records and those of the Company, if it is a successor transfer agent or successor registrar, unless no discrepancy existed in the records of the Company and any predecessor transfer agent or predecessor registrar. AST shall not be deemed to have notice of, or to be required to inquire regarding, any provision of the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, or by-laws, any court or administrative order, or any other document, unless it is specifically advised of such in a writing from the Company, which writing shall set forth the manner in which it

9


 

affects the Shares. In no event shall AST be responsible for any transfer or issuance not effected by it.
IN NO EVENT SHALL AST HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, STATUTORY, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUE, DATA OR COST OF COVER.
AST’S LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF ALL FEES (EXCLUDING EXPENSES) PAID OR PAYABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IN THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DATE OF THE FIRST EVENT GIVING RISE TO LIABILITY.
Section 9. Covenants of the Company and AST
  9.01   AST agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Company for the safekeeping of stock certificates.
 
  9.02   AST shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable. AST agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the services performed hereunder are the property of the Company and will be preserved, maintained and made available to the Company in accordance with the requirements of law, and will be surrendered promptly to the Company on and in accordance with its request provided that the Company has satisfactorily performed its obligations under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 10.03 and 10.05 hereof, to the extent applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, AST shall be entitled to destroy or otherwise dispose of records belonging to the Company in accordance with AST’s standard document and record retention practices and/or procedures.
 
  9.03   AST and the Company agree that all confidential books, records, information and data pertaining to the business of the other party which are exchanged or received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law or as permitted by AST’s privacy policy as then in effect.
Section 10. Term and Termination
  10.01   The initial term of this Agreement shall be three (3) years from the date first referenced above and the appointment shall automatically be renewed for further three years successive terms without further action of the

10


 

      parties, unless written notice is provided by either party at least 90 days prior to the end of the initial or any subsequent three year period. The term of this appointment shall be governed in accordance with this paragraph, notwithstanding the cessation of active trading in the capital stock of the Company.
 
  10.02   In the event that AST commits any continuing breach of its material obligations under this Agreement, and such breach remains uncured for more than sixty (60) days after written notice by the Company (which notice shall explicitly reference this provision of the Agreement), the Company shall be entitled to terminate this agreement with no further payments other than (a) payment of any amounts then outstanding under this Agreement and (b) payment of any amounts required pursuant to Section 10.05 hereof.
 
  10.03   In the event that the Company terminates this Agreement other than pursuant to Sections 10.01 and 10.02 above, the Company shall be obligated to immediately pay all amounts that would have otherwise accrued during the term of the Agreement pursuant to Section 3 above, as well as the charges accruing pursuant to Section 10.05 below.
 
  10.04   In the event that the Company commits any breach of its material obligations to AST, including non-payment of any amount owing to AST, and such breach remains uncured for more than forty-five (45) days, AST shall have the right to terminate or suspend its services without further notice to the Company. During such time as AST may suspend its services, AST shall have no obligation to act as transfer agent and/or registrar on behalf of the Company, and shall not be deemed its agent for such purposes. Such suspension shall not affect AST’s rights under the Certificate of Appointment or this Agreement.
 
  10.05   Should the Company elect not to renew this Agreement or otherwise terminate this Agreement, AST shall be entitled to reasonable additional compensation for the service of preparing records for delivery to its successor or to the Company, and for forwarding and maintaining records with respect to certificates received after such termination. AST shall be entitled to retain all transfer records and related documents until all amounts owing to AST have been paid in full. AST will perform its services in assisting with the transfer of records in a diligent and professional manner.
Section 11. Assignment
Neither this Agreement, nor any rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.

11


 

Section 12. Notices
Any notice or communication by AST or the Company to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier to the other’s address:
If to the Company:
Paul B. Goucher
Ameriprise Financial, Inc.
100 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017
If to AST:
Mr. George Karfunkel
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038
Telecopy No.: (718) 236-4588
With a copy to:
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
Attn: General Counsel
59 Maiden Lane
New York, NY 10038
AST and the Company may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Section 13. Successors
All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or AST shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
Section 14. Amendment
This agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto.
15. Severability

12


 

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. To the extent that any provision hereof is deemed to be unenforceable under applicable law, it shall be deemed replaced by an enforceable provision to the same or nearest possible effect.
Section 16. Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
Section 17. Descriptive Headings
Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
Section 18. Third Party Beneficiaries
The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only AST and the Company and their respective successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.
Section 19. Survival
All provisions regarding indemnification, liability and limits thereon shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 20. Merger of Agreement
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
Section 21. Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
         
    SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY
    GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
       
 
  By.    
 
       
 
       
    Name: Paul B. Goucher
 
       
    Title: Assistant Secretary
 
       
    AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER &
    TRUST COMPANY, LLC
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
    Name: Herbert J. Lemmer
 
       
    Title: Vice President

14

Exhibit 99.K.2
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
AMENDED AND RESTATED
This Administrative Services Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of ___, 2009, is by and between Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (“Administrator”), a Delaware corporation, and the Corporations and Trusts (“Funds”) listed in Schedule A.
Part One: SERVICES
(1)   The Fund hereby retains Administrator, and Administrator hereby agrees, for the period of this Agreement and under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to furnish the Fund continuously with all administrative, accounting, and other services, as set forth in more detail, below:
  (a)   Administration services necessary and appropriate for the business of the Fund, including but not limited to:
  (i)   Preparing all general or routine shareholder communications including notices of dividends and capital gains distributions;
 
  (ii)   Preparing and filing of shareholder reports and other required regulatory reports and communications;
 
  (iii)   Preparing and filing of tax reports, including the Fund’s income tax returns;
 
  (iv)   Monitoring the Fund’s compliance with Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and other applicable tax laws and regulations;
 
  (v)   Executing the pricing process and monitoring the reliability of the valuation information received from the independent third-party pricing services and brokers;
 
  (vi)   Coordinating and supervising relations with, and monitoring the performance of, custodians, depositories, transfer and pricing agents, accountants, underwriters, brokers and dealers, insurers, printers, Fund auditors, and other persons serving the Fund, deemed to be necessary or desirable;
 
  (vii)   Maintaining Fund registration statement updates, and maintaining registration in the jurisdictions in which shares of the Fund are offered for sale, as applicable;
 
  (viii)   Preparing reports, information, surveys, or other analyses to third parties as deemed necessary or desirable by the Fund; and
 
  (ix)   Preparing reports, evaluations, information, surveys, statistical analysis or other analysis of the Fund as the Boards of Directors/Trustees of the Fund (“Board”) may request from time to time.
 
  (x)   Providing support for the Board in connection with the Board’s efforts to vote proxies on behalf of the Fund.

 


 

  (b)   Accounting and recordkeeping services necessary and appropriate for the business of the Fund, including but not limited to:
  (i)   Calculating and supervising publication of the Fund’s daily net asset value quotations, pricing, performance and yield information, periodic earnings reports, and other financial data, consistent with federal securities laws and the Fund’s current prospectus; and
 
  (ii)   Monitoring the Fund’s compliance with accounting operations control processes.
  (c)   Other services necessary and appropriate for the operations of the Fund, not listed above, including but not limited to:
  (i)   Providing compliance services, as directed by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, which may include monitoring the Fund’s compliance with applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities Act of 1933, each as amended from time to time, and the rules promulgated under each of the foregoing;
 
  (ii)   Providing legal support for closed-end funds to ensure compliance with the New York Stock Exchange listing standards, as they may be amended from time to time;
 
  (iii)   Providing legal support of all administration services provided by Administrator under this Agreement;
 
  (iv)   Providing other services related to this Agreement, including drafting, filing and maintaining Fund’s charter documents with regulatory authorities; drafting, negotiating and maintaining any necessary Fund agreements; assisting in the preparation of regulatory filings; and arranging for and preparing or coordinating materials in connection with shareholder meetings, as necessary;
 
  (v)   Providing services to the Fund and to the Board including coordinating and preparing materials for Board and Committee meetings; providing guidance and preparing materials on corporate and legal issues relevant to the Fund’s business; and assisting in the Fund’s procurement of fidelity bond coverage and error and omissions/directors (trustees) and officers insurance coverage;
 
  (vi)   Maintaining the Fund’s books and records in accordance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations; and
 
  (vii)   Maintaining, together with affiliated companies, a business continuation and recovery program for the Fund, provided that, to the extent consistent with applicable law and regulation, any services provided pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) in this Part (1)(d) shall, in the reasonable discretion of the chairperson of the Board (the “Chair”), be subject to review and oversight of the Board, any committee thereof or the Chair.
(2)   Administrator agrees to pay on behalf of the Fund such expenses as may be provided for in Part Three; subject always to the direction and control of the Board, the Executive Committee and the authorized officers of the Fund and to maintain an adequate organization of competent persons,. Administrator agrees to meet with any persons at such times as the Board deems appropriate for the purpose of reviewing Administrator’s performance under this Agreement.

 


 

(3)   The Fund agrees that it will furnish to Administrator any information that the latter may reasonably request with respect to the services performed or to be performed by Administrator under this Agreement.
 
(4)   It is understood and agreed that in furnishing the Fund with services under this Agreement, neither Administrator, nor any officer, director or agent thereof shall be held liable to shareholders of the Fund, the Fund or its creditors for errors of judgment or for anything except willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence in the performance of its duties, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the terms of this Agreement. It is further understood and agreed that Administrator may rely upon information furnished to it reasonably believed to be accurate and reliable.
Part Two: COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES
(1)   The Fund agrees to pay to Administrator, and Administrator covenants and agrees to accept from the Fund in full payment for the services furnished, a fee as described in Schedule A. The fee for each calendar day of each year shall be equal to 1/365 th (1/366 th in each leap year) of the total amount computed. The computation shall be made for each day on the basis of net assets in the case of Tri-Continental Corporation and “managed assets” in the case of Seligman LaSalle International Real Estate Fund, Inc. and Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. as of the close of the preceding day. In the case of the suspension of the computation of net asset value or the value of managed assets, as the case may be, the administrative fee for each day during the suspension shall be computed as of the close of business on the last full business day on which the net assets or managed assets were computed. As used in this Agreement “net assets” as of the close of a full day includes all transactions in shares of the Fund recorded on the books of the Fund for that day. “Managed assets” shall mean the net asset value of the Fund’s common stock plus the liquidation preference of any issued and outstanding preferred stock of the Fund and the principal amount of any borrowings used for leverage.
 
(2)   The administrative fee shall be paid on a monthly basis and, in the event of the termination of this Agreement, in whole or in part with respect to any Fund, the administrative fee accrued shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days that this Agreement is in effect during the month with respect to which such payment is made.
 
(3)   The administrative fee shall be paid in cash by the Fund to Administrator within five (5) business days after the last day of each month.
Part Three: ALLOCATION OF EXPENSES
(1)   The Fund agrees to pay:
  (a)   Administrative fees payable to Administrator for its services under the terms of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Taxes.
 
  (c)   Fees and charges of its independent certified public accountants for services the Fund requests.
 
  (d)   Commitment fees on lines of credit.
 
  (e)   Fees and expenses of attorneys (i) it employs in matters not involving the assertion of a claim by a third party against the Fund, its Board members and officers, (ii) it employs in

 


 

      conjunction with a claim asserted by the Board against Administrator, except that Administrator shall reimburse the Fund for such fees and expenses if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or Administrator agrees, that it is liable in whole or in part to the Fund, (iii) it employs to assert a claim against a third party, and (iv) it or Administrator employs, with the approval of the Board, to assist in the evaluation of certain investments or other matters related to the administration of the Fund.
 
  (f)   Fees paid for the qualification and registration for public sale of the securities of the Fund under the laws of the United States and of the several states in which such securities shall be offered for sale, as applicable.
 
  (g)   Fees of consultants employed by the Fund.
 
  (h)   Board member, officer and employee expenses which shall include fees, salaries, memberships, dues, travel, seminars, pension, profit sharing, and all other benefits paid to or provided for Board members, officers and employees, directors and officers liability insurance, errors and omissions liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance and other expenses applicable to the Board members, officers and employees, except the Fund will not pay any fees or expenses of any person who is an officer or employee of Administrator or its affiliates.
 
  (i)   Filing fees and charges incurred by the Fund in connection with filing any amendment to its organizational documents, or incurred in filing any other document with the state where the Fund is organized or its political subdivisions.
 
  (j)   Organizational expenses of the Fund, unless otherwise provided for in the Fund’s Investment Management Services Agreement.
 
  (k)   Fund Board and Fund office expenses, separate from Administrator or affiliates of Administrator, which shall include a charge for occupancy, insurance on the premises, furniture and equipment, telephone, telegraph, electronic information services, books, periodicals, published services, and office supplies used by the Fund.
 
  (l)   Other expenses properly payable by the Fund, approved by the Board.
(2)   Administrator agrees to pay all expenses associated with the services it provides under the terms of this Agreement
Part Four: MISCELLANEOUS
(1)   Administrator shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized in this Agreement, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Fund.
 
(2)   A “full business day” shall be defined as a day with respect to which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
 
(3)   The Fund recognizes that Administrator and its affiliates, pursuant to separate agreements, now render and may continue to render services to other investment companies and persons which may or may not have policies similar to those of the Fund and that Administrator provides services for its own investments and/or those of its affiliates. Administrator shall be free to provide such services and the Fund hereby consents thereto.

 


 

(4)   Neither this Agreement nor any transaction had pursuant hereto shall be invalidated or in any way affected by the fact that Board members, officers, agents and/or shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in Administrator or any successor or assignee thereof, as directors, officers, stockholders or otherwise; that directors, officers, stockholders or agents of Administrator are or may be interested in the Fund as Board members, officers, shareholders, or otherwise; or that Administrator or any successor or assignee, is or may be interested in the Fund as shareholder or otherwise, provided, however, that neither Administrator, nor any officer, Board member or employee thereof or of the Fund, shall sell to or buy from the Fund any property or security other than shares issued by the Fund, except in accordance with applicable regulations or orders of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
(5)   Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed, and delivered, or mailed postpaid, to the party to this Agreement entitled to receive such, at such party’s principal place of business in Minneapolis, Minnesota, or to such other address as either party may designate in writing mailed to the other.
 
(6)   Administrator agrees that no officer, director or employee of Administrator will deal for or on behalf of the Fund with himself as principal or agent, or with any corporation or partnership in which he may have a financial interest, except that this shall not prohibit officers, directors or employees of the Administrator’s affiliated companies from having a financial interest in the Fund or in Administrator.
 
(7)   The Fund agrees that Administrator may subcontract for certain of the services described under this Agreement with the understanding that there shall be no diminution in the quality or level of the services and that Administrator remains fully responsible for the services.
 
(8)   This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable without the written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.
 
(9)   For each Fund that is organized as a Massachusetts business trust, a copy of the Declaration of Trust, together with all amendments, is on file in the office of the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement has been authorized by the Trustees and the Agreement has been signed by an authorized officer of the Fund. It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of the Fund, personally, but bind only the assets and property of the Fund, as provided in the Declaration of Trust.
Part Five: RENEWAL AND TERMINATION
(1)   This Agreement shall continue in effect until April 30, 2010, except that for Funds set forth in Schedule III of Schedule A, the initial term shall commence on the date hereof and end on April 30, 2011 and, for each Fund, renew thereafter, from year to year as the parties may mutually agree, provided that either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than 60 days after the date of receipt of such notice.
 
(2)   Non-material amendments or modifications to this Agreement will only be made effective upon written agreement executed by the Administrator and the Fund.

 


 

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the foregoing Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
RIVERSOURCE LASALLE INTERNATIONAL REAL ESTATE FUND, INC.
TRI-CONTINENTAL CORPORATION
         
By:
       
 
       
 
  Patrick Bannigan    
 
  President    
AMERIPRISE FINANCIAL, INC.
         
By:
       
 
       
 
  William F. Truscott    
 
  President — U.S. Asset Management and    
 
  Chief Investment Officer    

 


 

Schedule A
Fee Schedule
The fee is based on the net assets of the Fund as set forth in the following table:
                                         
    ASSET LEVELS AND BREAKPOINTS IN APPLICABLE FEES
            500,000,001 -   1,000,000,001 -   3,000,000,001 -    
FUNDS   0 - 500,000,000   1,000,000,000   3,000,000,000   12,000,000,000   12,000,000,001 +
 
Schedule I
    0.080 %     0.075 %     0.070 %     0.060 %     0.050 %
RiverSource LaSalle International Real Estate
    0.080 %     0.075 %     0.070 %     0.060 %     0.050 %
 
Schedule II
    0.060 %     0.055 %     0.050 %     0.040 %     0.030 %
Tri-Continental Corporation
    0.060 %     0.055 %     0.050 %     0.040 %     0.030 %
 
Schedule III
    0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %
Seligman Premium Technology Growth
    0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %     0.060 %
 

 

Exhibit.L.1
[LETTERHEAD OF CLIFFORD CHANCE US LLP]
October 22, 2009
Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
50606 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel for Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-161752 and 811-22328) (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the registration and issuance by the Fund of up to 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Fund, par value $0.01 (the “Shares”).
     In so acting, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records, documents, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below. Based upon the foregoing, and such examination of law as we have deemed necessary, we are of the opinion that:
     1. The Fund is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland.
     2. The Shares have been duly authorized for issuance, and when such Shares are issued and delivered by the Fund, as contemplated by the Registration Statement, in exchange for payment of the consideration therefor as described in the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund, or committees thereof such Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

 


 

Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.   October 22, 2009
Page 2
     Our opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York and the Federal laws of the United States. As to certain matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, we have relied on the opinion of Venable LLP, a copy of which is attached hereto.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Clifford Chance US LLP

 

Exhibit 99.L.2
[VENABLE LLP LETTERHEAD]
October 22, 2009
Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
5228 Ameriprise Financial Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55474
  Re:   Registration Statement on Form N-2
1933 Act File No. 333-161752
1940 Act File No. 811-22328
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as Maryland counsel to Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company (the “Company”), in connection with the sale and issuance of the shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company to be issued in an underwritten initial public offering, covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the 1940 Act.
     In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):
     1. The Registration Statement, and the related form of prospectus included therein, substantially in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;
     2. The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);
     3. The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
     4. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;

 


 

Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
October 22, 2009
Page 2
     5. Resolutions (the “Resolutions”) adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) relating to the authorization of the sale and issuance of the Shares, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
     6. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and
     7. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.
     In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
     1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.
     2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
     3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.
     4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all such Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
     5. Prior to the issuance of the Shares, the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will determine the number, and certain terms of issuance, of the Shares in accordance with the Resolutions (the “Corporate Proceedings”). Upon any issuance of the Shares, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed

 


 

Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
October 22, 2009
Page 3
the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.
     Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:
     1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.
     2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Resolutions, the Corporate Proceedings and the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
     The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act.
     The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.
     This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Venable LLP  
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 99.N
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Legal Opinions and Experts” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and to the use of our report dated October 20, 2009 in the Registration Statement (Form N-2) and related Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (Registration No. 333-161752).
         
     
  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP    
     
     
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
October 20, 2009

Exhibit 99.P
INVESTMENT LETTER
SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), a closed-end management investment company, and RiverSource Investments, LLC (“Purchaser”), intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1.   In order to provide the Fund with initial capital, the Fund hereby sells to Purchaser and Purchaser hereby purchases 5,250 shares of common stock of the Fund (all such shares with a par value $0.01) at a price of $19.10 per share (the “Shares”) as of the close of business on or about October 14, 2009, which amounts to $100,275.00 for the Shares.
 
2.   Purchaser represents and warrants to the Fund that the Shares are being acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution thereof, and that Purchaser has no present intention to redeem or dispose of the Shares.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as of the 14 th day of October, 2009.
                     
            SELIGMAN PREMIUM TECHNOLOGY GROWTH FUND, INC.
 
                   
 
  By:   /s/ Patrick T. Bannigan    
         
 
              Name:  Patrick T. Bannigan    
 
              Title:    President    
 
                   
            RIVERSOURCE INVESTMENTS, LLC
 
                   
 
  By:   /s/  William F. Truscott    
         
 
              Name:  William F. Truscott    
 
              Title:    President    

Exhibit 99.R
RiverSource Funds
Amended and Restated Code of Ethics
Effective, November 2008
This Code of Ethics was adopted by the Board of Directors/Trustees (the “Board”) for each of the Funds set forth on the last page of this document. This Code (except for Appendix A) applies to each Fund’s independent board members — or, independent access persons (as defined below). Appendix A to this Code applies only to each access person of the Fund (as defined below). However, Section 4 of this Code, i.e. , the Policy Regarding Insider Trading, applies to both access persons and independent access persons . Additionally, each access person of the Fund that is employed by a service provider to the Funds (except for Board Services Corporation) is required to comply with the provisions of any code adopted by the service provider and such individual will not be subject to this Code.
1. Purpose
This Code of Ethics states the general principle for the operations of the Fund, sets the standard for the members of the Board, and establishes procedures to assure transactions are carried out consistent with the standard. It differs from a code of ethics for an operating company because the Fund contracts with others to provide all the services required by shareholders and the Fund’s officers are generally employees of service providers. Accordingly, the Board, in entering into contracts on behalf of the Fund, shall evaluate the code of ethics of each service provider to determine that it has established principles that give reasonable assurance the Fund will be managed consistent with the long-term interests of all shareholders. In addition, the Board shall evaluate the practices of a service provider to determine that the practices are consistent with its principles by considering:
    the tone set by senior management of a service provider regarding the way in which the business will be managed,
 
    the candor of the service provider’s employees and their commitment to serve all clients fairly, and
 
    the responsiveness of the service provider to addressing issues that arise.
2. Definitions
Access Person
An access person is any director, officer or employee of the Fund, any officer or employee of Board Services Corporation (the “Corporation”) and any individual (other than an independent access person (as defined below)) who falls within the definition of Access Person under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 


 

Independent Access Person
An independent access person is a director/trustee of the Fund who is not an “interested person” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser or subadviser, as defined by the 1940 Act. The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a list of independent access persons of the Fund and advise them of their status once each year.
Covered Security and a Covered Security Transaction
A covered security is any stock, bond or other instrument as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act. A covered security is not a security issued by the Government of the United States, a bankers’ acceptance, a bank certificate of deposit, commercial paper or shares issued by a registered open-end investment company other than a RiverSource Fund or an exchange traded fund. A covered security transaction includes, among other things, a transaction in a covered security , an option to purchase or sell a covered security and an over-the-counter contract on a narrow-based index of securities.
3. General Principle
The general principle is that the Fund shall be managed and its shares shall be distributed in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and policies set forth in corporate documents and regulatory filings and in accordance with high business standards.
The Board shall fulfill its fiduciary and oversight responsibility with respect to each service provider by monitoring its operations, serving as a resource, forming opinions regarding the quality and scope of the services provided, and taking such actions as may be required. The Board shall not manage the Fund, make investment decisions, or set distribution strategy.
4. Policy Regarding Insider Trading
No access person or independent access person (or any family member of any such person) who has any material non-public information relating to a covered security or to any publicly-traded companies with whom the Fund or its investment manager, RiverSource Investments, LLC, (or its affiliates) does business, such as customers, partners, or suppliers, may buy or sell such covered securities (or securities of such publicly-traded companies), pass the information to others for use in trading in securities or otherwise attempt to take advantage of the information.
5. Standard of Conduct
Each independent access person shall render decisions based upon the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.

 


 

6. Procedures
The procedures are intended to assure compliance with the standard of conduct.
A. Personal Security Transaction
An independent member of the Board is a person who is not an “interested person” of the Fund or of a service provider, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Each independent member shall comply with the provisions in this portion of the Code of Ethics adopted, pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, as reasonably necessary to prevent such persons from violating the anti-fraud provisions of the Rule.
Prohibited Security Transaction in Covered Securities
No independent access person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any covered security in which such independent access person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, or cause any account over which he or she has any direct or indirect influence or control to purchase or sell any covered security , if at the time of such purchase or sale he or she knew or should have known the covered security is being considered for purchase or sale, or is being purchased or sold, for the Fund.
Prohibited Transaction in Shares of a RiverSource Fund
No independent access person shall purchase or redeem (or, in the case of a covered security issued by a closed-end fund, sell) shares of any RiverSource Fund in a manner that can be perceived to be market timing. The shares of all RiverSource Funds except for RiverSource Cash Management Fund are subject to the prohibition.
B. Reporting
Independent access persons shall report to the Chair of the Board, who shall have responsibility for reviewing each report, on a quarterly (if applicable) and an annual basis as follows:

 


 

Quarterly report
No quarterly report shall be filed unless at the time of a covered security transaction , the independent access person knew or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Board member should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or following the date of the transaction, the covered security was purchased or sold or was being considered for purchase or sale for the Fund. It is the responsibility of the Fund officers and the investment manager to keep to a minimum any discussion pertaining to covered securities that are being considered or being actively traded for the Fund and to alert independent access persons when such a discussion occurs so that they can either pre-clear a personal transaction or avoid trading the covered security .
Annual report
An annual report shall be filed stating whether he or she has read the Code and complied with its provisions.
C. Annual Review
At least annually, the Chief Compliance Officer shall obtain from the transfer agent all transactions by independent access persons in RiverSource Fund shares and shall determine that no purchase, redemption or sale (as the case may be) of shares of any RiverSource Fund can be perceived to be market timing and shall report to the Chair of the Board the results of that determination. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Compliance Officer shall determine if there has been any failure to comply with this Code and take such action as is appropriate.
7. Recordkeeping
The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain the following records for a period of six years and shall keep all reports filed pursuant to this Code confidential except that such reports may be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any representative thereof upon proper request:
  (a)   A copy of the Code of Ethics;
 
  (b)   A list of all independent access persons and a list of persons responsible for reviewing their reports;
 
  (c)   A record of all pre-clearances;
 
  (d)   A record of any violation and of any action taken;
 
  (e)   A copy of each report filed under this Code; and
 
  (f)   A copy of each written report and certification furnished to the Board by the Chief Compliance Officer, on the Fund’s behalf (as required by Section 11 below).

 


 

8. Doing Business with or Borrowing Money from the Fund
No independent access person , no members of their families, no company for which they serve as a director, access person, nor any partnership or association of which they are a member, may:
  (a)   Borrow money or other property from the Fund, directly or indirectly, except the Fund may own debt securities including commercial paper of such a company provided the securities are issued on the same terms of other comparable securities.
 
  (b)   Buy or sell any security or other property from or to the Fund as principal unless permitted to do so by statute, rule or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission and done pursuant to procedures established by the Boards.
9. Owning Shares of Stock of a Broker, Investment Adviser or Affiliated Company
No independent access person nor any member of his or her immediate family may:
  (a)   Own, directly or indirectly, 1% or more of the capital stock, voting or non-voting, of any company which buys or sells any security or other property from or to the Fund.
 
  (b)   Own, directly or indirectly, any security issued by the Fund’s investment manager or underwriter, or by an affiliated company of the investment manager or underwriter and may not own any security issued by a sub-adviser to the Fund without notifying the Chief Compliance Officer of such ownership.
10. Receiving or Giving Gifts
No independent access person may:
  (a)   Directly or indirectly, give to, solicit or receive from any person with whom he or she transacts business on behalf of the Fund or that may be related, directly or indirectly, to any transaction of the Fund any gratuities in money or services of more than nominal value.
 
  (b)   Use assets of the Fund to reward or remunerate officials of any government for decisions or actions favorable to the Fund or to its access persons.
 
  (c)   Use assets of the Fund for political contributions for the support of political parties or political candidates.
 
  (d)   Establish any unrecorded fund or bookkeeping account for any purpose.
 
  (e)   Give any information or data of or about the Fund to anyone except as is already public. All data and records (other than that which has been made public by the Fund) shall be treated at all times as confidential and this is especially necessary in connection with recommendations or authorizations with respect to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund and the execution thereof.
 
  (f)   Falsely report or record any expenditure of monies.

 


 

11. Review of the Code by the Board
On an annual basis, the Board shall review operation of this Code and shall adopt such amendments as may be necessary to assure that the provisions of the Code continue to establish standards and procedures that are reasonably designed to detect and prevent activities that would constitute violations of Rule 17j-1.
In connection with the annual review of the Code, the Chief Compliance Officer, on the Fund’s behalf, will provide to the Board, and the Board will consider, a written report that:
  (a)   Describes any issues arising under the Code or related procedures during the past year, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or any procedures adopted in connection therewith and that describes the sanctions imposed in response to material violations; and
 
  (b)   Certifies that the Fund and each service provider have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent access persons from violating the Code.

 


 

Appendix A
Amended 1/12/00, 7/8/04, 1/12/05, 1/11/06, 11/12/08
CODE OF ETHICS
The following provisions shall be applicable to any access person (as defined in the Code to which this portion is appended).
Standard of Conduct
     Each access person shall in all actions for, with, or on behalf of the Funds and of the Corporation consider the shareholders’ interest and render decisions as though acting in a fiduciary capacity. If in any instance there is doubt about how an activity or transaction may be perceived, it should be discussed with the Chair of the Board before proceeding. Full responsibility for observance is entirely upon each access person .
Personal Security Transaction
     With respect to a personal security transaction, each access person shall comply with the provisions in this portion of the Code of Ethics that is based on the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.
Covered Security and a Covered Security Transaction
A covered security is any stock, bond, other instrument as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, or shares of any registered open-end investment company with which the Corporation has a contractual relationship. It is not a security issued by the Government of the United States, a bankers’ acceptance, a bank certificate of deposit, commercial paper, or shares issued by any registered open-end investment company that is not a client of the Corporation nor an exchange traded fund. A covered security transaction includes, among other things, a transaction in a covered security , an option to purchase or sell a covered security and an over-the-counter contract on a narrow-based index of securities.
Prohibited Security Transaction
No access person shall purchase, sell or redeem, directly or indirectly, any covered security in which such access person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, or cause any account over which he or she has any direct or indirect influence or control to purchase, sell or redeem any covered security , if at the time of such purchase or sale he or she knew or should have known the covered security is being considered for purchase or sale, or being purchased or sold by a client, or if the transaction involves shares issued by a client’s investment company which could be perceived to be market timing.

 


 

No access person shall purchase a covered security in an initial public offering .
Reporting
Access persons shall file initial, quarterly and annual reports as follows:
Initial Holdings Report
Each access person shall, upon becoming an access person , file a copy of each brokerage statement from the previous month which reflects the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security in which the access person has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom an account containing covered securities is held.
The same information must be provided for any covered security in which the access person has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership which is not reflected on brokerage statements. The report must be dated and filed within 10 days of becoming an access person .
Quarterly Transaction Report
A report shall be filed at the end of each calendar quarter that states the access person had no covered security transactions during the quarter, or had only covered security transactions that are set forth on the monthly statements issued by each broker at which the access person has an account. The report shall attach these monthly statements from each brokerage account he or she maintains which shall include the following information:
  1.   Date of the transaction;
 
  2.   Title of the security, interest rate and maturity date;
 
  3.   Number of shares or principle amount;
 
  4.   Nature of transaction (purchase, sale, option, etc.); and
 
  5.   Price at which the transaction was effected.
Any transaction in a covered security not reflected on the brokerage statements shall be described on the report. The report shall be dated and filed within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter.
Annual Holdings Report
An annual report shall be filed that references each brokerage statement for the previous month, and shall list the title, number of

 


 

shares and principal amount of any other covered security not listed on the statement in which the access person has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership.
In addition, it shall state that the access person has read the Code and complied with its provisions. All annual reports shall be dated and filed no later than 30 days after the end of the year.
Annual Review
The President of the Corporation shall review each report, except the Chair of the Board shall review the report of the President. Should any violation occur, the violation shall be brought to the attention of the Board.
Recordkeeping
The President shall maintain the following records for a period of six years and shall keep all reports filed pursuant to this Code confidential except that such reports may be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any representative thereof upon proper request:
  1.   A copy of the Code of Ethics;
 
  2.   A record of any violation and of any action taken;
 
  4.   A copy of each report filed under this Code; and
 
  5.   A record of all persons currently and within the past five years who are and were access persons and a list of persons responsible for reviewing their reports.
Owning Shares of Stock of a Broker
  No access person nor any member of his or her immediate family, may:
  (a)   Own, directly or indirectly, 1% or more of the capital stock, voting or non-voting, of any company which buys or sells any security or other property from or to a client.
 
  (b)   Own, directly or indirectly, any security issued by a client’s investment manager or underwriter, or by an affiliated company of the investment manager or underwriter.
Receiving or Giving Gifts
  No access person may:
  (a)   Directly or indirectly, give to, solicit or receive from any person with whom he or she transacts business on behalf of a client or that may be related, directly or

 


 

      indirectly, to any transaction of the client any gratuities in money or services of more than nominal value.
  (b)   Use assets of the Corporation to reward or remunerate officials of any government for decisions or actions favorable to a client.
 
  (c)   Use assets of the Corporation for political contributions for the support of political parties or political candidates.
 
  (d)   Establish any unrecorded fund or bookkeeping account for any purpose.
 
  (e)   Give any information or data of or about a client to anyone except as is already public. All data and records (other than that which has been made public by a client) shall be treated at all times as confidential and this is especially necessary in connection with recommendations or authorizations with respect to the purchase and sale of securities by a client and the execution thereof.
 
  (f)   Falsely report or record any expenditure of monies.
Outside Employment
  No access person may:
  (a)   Accept or perform any outside employment that interferes with the efficient performance of his or her duties.
 
  (b)   Engage, directly or indirectly, in any business transaction or arrangement for personal profit which accrues from or is based upon his or her position as an access person or upon confidential information gained by reason of such position.

 


 

Appendix B
RiverSource Funds
as of November 17, 2008

 
RiverSource Bond Series, Inc.
RiverSource Limited Duration Bond Fund
RiverSource Income Opportunities Fund
RiverSource Inflation Protected Securities Fund
RiverSource Floating Rate Fund
RiverSource California Tax-Exempt Trust
RiverSource California Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource Dimensions Series, Inc.
RiverSource Disciplined Small and Mid Cap Equity Fund
RiverSource Disciplined Small Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Diversified Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource Diversified Bond Fund
RiverSource Equity Series, Inc.
RiverSource Mid Cap Growth Fund
RiverSource Global Series, Inc.
RiverSource Global Bond Fund
RiverSource Global Technology Fund
RiverSource Emerging Markets Bond Fund
RiverSource Absolute Return Currency and Income Fund
Threadneedle Emerging Markets Fund
Threadneedle Global Equity Fund
Threadneedle Global Equity Income Fund
Threadneedle Global Extended Alpha Fund
RiverSource Government Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource Short Duration U.S. Government Fund
RiverSource U.S. Government Mortgage Fund
RiverSource High Yield Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource High Yield Bond Fund
RiverSource Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource Income Builder Basic Income Fund
RiverSource Income Builder Moderate Income Fund
RiverSource Income Builder Enhanced Income Fund
RiverSource International Managers Series, Inc.
RiverSource Partners International Select Growth Fund
RiverSource Partners International Select Value Fund
RiverSource Partners International Small Cap Fund
RiverSource International Series, Inc.
RiverSource Disciplined International Equity Fund
Threadneedle International Opportunity Fund
Threadneedle European Equity Fund
RiverSource Investment Series, Inc.
RiverSource Diversified Equity Income Fund
RiverSource Mid Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Balanced Fund
RiverSource Disciplined Large Cap Growth Fund
RiverSource Disciplined Large Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Large Cap Series, Inc.
RiverSource Growth Fund
RiverSource Large Cap Equity Fund
RiverSource Large Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Disciplined Equity Fund
RiverSource Managers Series, Inc.
RiverSource Partners Fundamental Value Fund
RiverSource Partners Small Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Partners Select Value Fund
RiverSource Partners Small Cap Equity Fund
RiverSource Partners Aggressive Growth Fund
RiverSource Market Advantage Series, Inc.
RiverSource Small Company Index Fund
RiverSource S&P500 Index Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Conservative Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Conservative Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Moderate Aggressive Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Aggressive Fund
RiverSource Portfolio Builder Total Equity Fund
 
RiverSource Money Market Series, Inc.
RiverSource Cash Management Fund
RiverSource Sector Series, Inc.
RiverSource Dividend Opportunity Fund
RiverSource Real Estate Fund
RiverSource Selected Series, Inc.
RiverSource Precious Metals and Mining Fund
RiverSource Series Trust
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2010 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2015 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2020 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2025 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2030 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2035 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2040 Fund
RiverSource Retirement Plus 2045 Fund
RiverSource 120/20 Contrarian Equity Fund
RiverSource 130/30 U.S. Equity Fund
RiverSource Short Term Investments Series, Inc.
RiverSource Short-Term Cash Fund
RiverSource Strategic Allocation Series, Inc.
RiverSource Strategic Allocation Fund
RiverSource Strategic Income Allocation Fund
RiverSource Strategy Series, Inc.
RiverSource Equity Value Fund
RiverSource Small Cap Advantage Fund
RiverSource Partners Small Cap Growth Fund
RiverSource Special Tax-Exempt Series Trust
RiverSource Minnesota Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource New York Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Income Series, Inc.
RiverSource Tax-Exempt High Income Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Money Market Series, Inc.
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Money Market Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Series, Inc.
RiverSource Intermediate Tax-Exempt Fund
RiverSource Tax-Exempt Bond Fund
RiverSource Variable Series Trust
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Global Bond Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-High Yield Bond Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Diversified Bond Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Short Duration U.S. Government Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Income Opportunities Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Global Inflation Protected Securities Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Large Cap Equity Fund
Threadneedle Variable Portfolio-International Opportunity Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Growth Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Small Cap Advantage Fund
Threadneedle Variable Portfolio-Emerging Markets Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Mid Cap Growth Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-S&P500 Index Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Large Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Mid Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Balanced Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Diversified Equity Income Fund
RiverSource Partners Variable Portfolio-Small Cap Value Fund
RiverSource Partners Variable Portfolio-Select Value Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Fundamental Value Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Cash Management Fund
RiverSource Variable Portfolio-Core Equity Fund
Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Conservative
Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderately Conservative
Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderate
Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Moderately Aggressive
Disciplined Asset Allocation Portfolios — Aggressive